FL U KE AND P HI LIPS · THE GLOBAL A L LIAN C E IN T EST'" MEA SU R EMENT

Fluke 93/95/97
Philips PM93/95/97
SCOPEMETER
Service Manual
Fluke: 915970
Philips: 4822 872 05349
920121

Warning: These servicing instructions are lor use by qualified personnel only. To reduce the risk
of electric shock, do not perform any servicing other than that specified In the operatlng
instructions unless you are fully qualified to do 80.

e PHILIPS FL.UKE"
IMPORTANT

In correspondence conctlming this instrument please give the model number and serial number as located on
the type number plate on the instrument.

All modifications up to production data 21 January 1992 are Incorperated In this manual.

For your reference:

Model number: PM,,, Fluke xx
Code number : 9444 yyy yyyyy 9444 YY'I Y'f'I'IY
Serial number: DMnnmmmm DMnnmmmm

Note: The design of this instrument is subj6ct to continuous deve/opm8fll and improvement. Consequently.
this instrument may incorporate minor changes in detail from the information contained in this manual.

o Copyright Philips Export B. V., 1992

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced by any means or In any fonn without written
permission of the copyright owner.

Printed In The Nethet1l1n01

CONTENTS
"'
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page

1. SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . .••...•• . ..••...••... . ••.. .. •.. . ••...... 1·1

1.1 INTRODUCTION . .. . .. 1-1

1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . 1-1

1.3 CAUTION AND WARNING STATEMENTS. 1-1

1.4 SyMBOLS .......... . ..... . . .. . .......... 1·'

1.5 IMPAIRED SAFETY 1-1

1.6 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION . . . ... .• . 1-1

2. CHARACTERiSTiCS .. .. . ... .. . . . . ... .. ... •. .. ••. ... . • ... . • .. ..• .. . .. 2·1

2.A PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS .. . . . · . 2·1

2.B SAFETY CHARACTERISTICS . . . · .. 2-1

2_1 DiSPLAy ..... .... . .. 2-'

2.2 SIGNAL ACQUISITION .. · . .. 2-'
2.3 CHANNELS A&B. · . 2·2

2.4 TIMEBASE . . • .. . .. . .. . ..•.. • • • . . . . •..• . .• . .. . .•...... 2·4

2.5 TRIGGER · . 2·5

2.6 SIGNAL MEMORY (MODELS 95 AND 97 ONLY) ...... .•. .. •.•. . · . 2-6

2.7 TRACE DISPLAY · .. 2·6

2.8 SETUP MEMORY (MODEL 95 ONLY) .. . . . ... • ..•.. • •• . . • .. • .. • .. • ..•........ 2-6

2.9 SETUP MEMORY (MODEL 97 ONLY) ............... •• ..•.. • ..•..•..•........ 2-7

2.10 CALCULATION FACILITIES (MODEL 95 ONLY) .. . .. . . · .. 2·8

2.11 CALCULAT ION FACILITIES (MODEL 97 ONLY) · . . . 2-8

2.12 CURSORS (MODELS 95 AND 97 ONLY) . ..... . ... · ... 2-9

2.13 MULTIMETER . . . . ... . . . ..... · . 2-9

2. 14 AUTO SETTING . . ........... .. . . . . . . . . . . · 2-14

2.15 GENERATOR (MODEL 93 AND 95). . . .. 2-16

2.16 GENERATOR (MODEL 97 ONLY) . _. .. . .. - . . . . . . . -- . 2-16

 IV CONTENTS

2.17 POWER ADAPTOR BATTERY CHARGER .... .. 2· 17

2.18 POWER SUPPLy ... ... . . ... .. 2-17

2.19 MECHANICAL. . . .. . .. ..... ..... .. •..• .. •. , • ..•.. •... . . ........ 2·18

2.20 ENViRONMENTAL .... ... . ... ....... 2·19

2.21 INTERFACE (MODEL 97 ONLY) . . . • ..•• . . . ..... 2· 21

2.22 SAFETY ... ................. . .. . ..•.. • ..•••. • • . • • . • ..•.. • ..... . 2-22

2.23 ACCESSORIES .. ....•......... .. 2-23

2.24 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE . . . .. . • _. •. .• . . •. .•.. • • •. • •. • •. _ • . .• . .. . · . 2·23

3. CIRCUIT DISCRIPTlON$ ... . ... .. ... .. ... .. .. ... . •.•. ...•....•... .. .. 3-1
3.1 INTRODUCTION TO CIRCUIT OISCRIPTION . . · .. 3, '
3.1.1 GENERAL . . . . ..... . ..... . · .. 3-1
3.1.2 LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS. · .. 3,'

3.2 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DISCRIPnON . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • . • . • . . •.. • ..•...... 302

3.2. 1 INTRODUCTION .... .............. .......•. ...•..•..•..•..•...... 3·2
3.2.2 DATA ACQUISITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . •......... 3·4
3.3.3 MICROPROCESSOR ... ... .. ... . .. .. . . . . .• .• . . . 3·7
3.3.4 DIGITAL ASIC (D-ASIC) CIRCUITRY . . . . . . .. .• .•. . .• . . . . . , 3·9
3.3.5 LCD CIRCUITRY . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. • . .•. . .. . . .... . . 3· 12

3.4 ANALOG CIRCUITS (A2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. .. 3·14

3.4.1 INTRODUCTION ............... . ... . .. ... ... ........... . . .. 3·14
3.4.2 OVERVIEW ANALOG CIRCUITS . ... . ..... . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 3· 14
3.4.3 ATTENUATOR SECTIONS, CHANNEL A AND B . . . . . .. . . ... 3-14
3.4.4 EXTERNAL (B ANANA) INPlJTtOlITPUT CIRCUITRY . .. . .... 3018
3.4.5 ANALOG ASIC (A·ASIC) AND ADC CIRCUITRY •.........• .. • .. •...... 3020
3.4.6 ANALOG CONTROL CIRCUIT ........................ • .. • . • • ...... 3024
3.4.7 GENERATOR CIRCUIT ....................... .... , ..•. • •. . . ...... 3-30
3.4.8 BATTERY CHARGER ..... . . . ............. •. .•... • .. . ... . • . ...... 3-32
3.4.9 POWER SUPPlY ......... . ..... . ..... . ..• _ • . • • .. • . • • .. • .. • ...... 3034

4_ PERFORMANCE VERFICATION PROCEDURE __ ___ • ___ _•• _... . __ .. ___ __ _ 4-1

4.1 GENERAL INFORMATION . .. .. . ..... .... . ......... . . . . .. . 4·'

4.2 STANDARD PERFORMANCE VERFICATION PROCEDURE. . . .. 4·2

4.3 STANDARD PERFORMANCE VERFICATION PROCEDURE SUMMARY ........... 4-16

4.4 ADDITIONAl PERFORMANCE VERFICATION PROCEDURE .......... .. . . ...... 4-17

--
CONTENTS v

S. CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE . . ... .•• ....• •. .. ••.. . ••.. ... 5-1

5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION .... . . . . 5-'

5.2 RECOMMENDED CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT eQUIPMENT ...... • .. • . . • ....... 5· '

5.3 ENTERING THE CALIBAATION PROCEOURE ....... .. .. . ........... . .... . 5·2

5.4 OPERATING THE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE ... . . 5·3

5.5 CONTRAST CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE. . . 5-4

5.6 SCOPE CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

5.6.1 HARDWARE SCOPE CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENTS. . . . . ............. 5-4
5.6.2 CLOSED CASE SCOPE CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

5.7 METER CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ... . .... . 5·15

5.8 CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE SUMMARY .. . 5-24

6. DISASSEMBLING THE SCOPEMETER . ... .. ... .. .. •• . .. • • • •• . • ..• •.. . .. 6-1

6. , GENERAL INFORMATION ........ . .. . ..... . .. • .. . .•.. •. . • ..... • .. •... ... . . 6·1

6.2. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE .................... . ................. . ....... 6· 1

6.2.1 REMOVING THE BATTERY PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ .......... 6·2
6.2.2 OPENING THE SCOPEMETEA . . . .. . ... . . . ....... .. 6·2
6.2.3 REMOVING THE ANALOG A2. PCB. TO ENABLE HARDWARE
SCOPE CAUBRATION ADJUSTMENTS ......... .... ................. 6-4
6.2.4 REMOVING THE DIGITAL A 1 PCB ......... ... ....... ................ 6-4

7. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ...... ... .. ••. .. .. .. . .. ..• • .... • •.. . . ... 7-1

7.1 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING ............................ 7·1

7.1.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . .. . . . .... .................... . ......... 7·1
7.1.2 TROUBlESHOOTING TECHNIQUES ....... .... . .. ............. . ..... 7·1
7.1.3 DISPLAY ANO ERROR MESSAGES.......... . ..................... 7·2
7.1.4 MAIN TESTS . ................ ......... . . . ........... ....... 7·5
7. 1.5 TROUBlESHOOTING ... ........ ..... . .. .......... . . . 7 · 7
7.1.6 DIGITALAl PCB TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . ........... . .. ..7·7
7.1.7 ANALOG A2. PCB TROUBLESHOOTING ... ... . . . . . ....... ........... 7·28

7.2 REPLACEMENTS . . . . . .. ... ... . . . .............. . .. . .... • . ....•...... 7·40

7.2.1 STANDARD PARTS .... .. ...........................• . ....• . ..... 7·40
7.2.2 SPECIAL PARTS ...•.................... ... ........• . .• . .... .. .. 7·40
7.2.3 TRANSISTORS AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . • . . •. . 7-40
7.2.4 STATIC·SENSITIVE COMPONENTS . . •. . •. . .... 7·40
7.2.5 REPLACEMEN T OF PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •. . •. . .... 7·42

7.3 SOLDERING TECHNIQUES. .. .. .... . .. ...... • . . . ... 7·51

7.3.1 GENERAL SOLDERING TECHNIQUES . . . . ....... . . 7·51
7.3.2 SOLDERING MICRO-MINIATURE SEMICONDUCTORS . . . . ... . . . . . . .. 7·51
VI CONTENTS

7.' SPECIAL TOOLS ............... . .. ...... ....... . 7-52

.. ......
'

7 .4.1 EXTENDER FLAT CABLE . . 7·52

7.5 RECALIBRATION AFTER REPAIR. ....... . . ... 7-52:

7.6 INSTRUMENT REPACKING . ..... ................... . . 7·52

8. MAINTENANCE OF THE PRIMARY CIRCUIT (PM8907/...) .. . ... ..••... . . . .. . 8-1

9. REPLACEABLE PARTS UST . ... .. . .... .. . . ... . .... . . ... ........... .. 9-1

9.1 INTRODUCTION . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9· 1

9.2 HOW TO OBTAIN PARTS . . . . .. . ............. .. . .. ....... 9·2

10. CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .. . ... . ... . . •• ... •• . . . •• . ..••• . ...•...••. ... . . . 10-1
1 -2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

1.5 IMPAIRED SAFETY

-
Whenever it is likely that safety has been impaired, the instrument must be turned off and
disconnected from all external voltage sources, and the batteries must be removed. The matler
should then be referred to qualified technicians. Safety is likely to be impaired if, for example, the
instrument fails to perlorrn the intended measurements or shows visible damage.

1.6 GENERAL SAFETY INFORMATION

WARNING: Removing the instrument covers or removing parts, except those to which
ecce.. can be gained by hand, Is likely to expou live parts and acceaelble
terminals which can be dangerous to IHe.

The instrument must be disconnected from all voltage sources and batteries must be removed before
it is opened.

Capacitors inside the instrument can hold thair charge even if the instrument has bean separated
from all voltage sources and batteries are removed. Components which are important for the safety
of the Instrument may only be replaced by components obtained through you r local FLUKE/PH ILIPS
organization. These components are Indicated by an asterisk (0) In the parts list section (chapter 9).
CHARACTERISTICS 2-1

2 CHARACTERISTICS

A. Performance Characteristics
PHILIPS and FLUKE guarantee the properties eKpressed in numerical values with stated
tolerance. Specified non-tolerance numerical values Indicate those that could be nominally
eKpected from the mean of a range 01 identical instruments.

For definitions 01 terms, reference is made to lEG Publication 351-1 .

The accuracy of all measurements is within ± {(% of reading) ±(one least-significant digit)}
from 18C to 28C.
Add 0.1 x (specified accuracy)/C for < 18C or > 28C ambient.

B . Safety Characteristics
The instrument has been designed and tested in accordance with IEC Publication 348. Safety
Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus, and has been supplied In a safe condition. This
manual contains Information and warnings that must be followed by the user to ensure safe operation
and to keep the instrument In a safe condition.

2.1 DISPLAY
CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

• T,p" LCD

Useful Screen Area 84mmx84mm 1 dlv equals 25 pixels.

1 div equals 8.75 mm.

Resolution 240 K 240 piKels

• Contrast Ratio Adjustable via LCD Menu.

• Backlight (Model 97 only) Electro Luminescence

2.2 SIGNAL ACQUISITION

Sampling Type
@ 1 j.ls/div...60sldiv Real Time
@ 10 nsldiv...500 nsldiv Quasi Aandom

• Maximum Sample Aate 25 MSls Sampling Rate depends on time/div

setting.

Maximum Vertical 8 bits Over 10 divisions.

(voltage) Resolution

• Maximum Horizontal 25 Samplesldiv Per Channel.

(time) Aesolution

• Aecord Length
With capture 20 djv 512 Samples Per Channel.
With capture 10 div 256 Samples Per Channel.
2-2 CHARACTERISTICS

CHAAACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAllNFORMATIQN

Acqu isition Time

(for 20.4 div)
60s/di...... ! )..lsldiv 20.5 It time/div + 140 ms Excluding delay time.
Delay time is the selected trigger
delay.
500 nsldiv...10 nsldiv 20.5 It timeidiv + 120 ms Excluding delay time.
In Quasi-Random Mode, the
acquisition lime depends on
triggers.

• Sources Channel A
Channel ± B
mV In put

• Acquisition Modes 1 Channel Only CHAN A, CHAN B

2 Channels Chopped Mode from
6Os/div...50 IlsJdiv.
Alternating Mode from
20 l!s/div... l0 nsldiv.

2.3 CHANNELS A & B

• Signal Inputs Isolated BNG Signal Input BNC commons are
connected together.
Common Input Black Safety Banana Jack Part of External Trigger Input.

Input Impedance Frequency dependent, see

Figure 2.1 .

A parallel lMO: ± I % For DC coupled input. For AC

coupled input or GND, add 22 nF In
series with Rand C parallel.

C parallel 25 pF
MAX. INPUT
IMPEDANC ,
,~

''''"
,
'" "" I

''''
~
,.
Figure 2. 1
,~

" "" '""

Max. Input Impedance Versus Frequency
""
>0. "".
FREOUENCV (Hz)
CHARACTERI STICS 2·3

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

• Input Coupling AC DC GND Sequence: ac--dc-GND (pre-dlarge

ac). and back to ac.

• Maximum Input Voltage 300 V Frequency dependent see fig. 2.2

(rms) Setween BNC inner and outer
~ .......
YOLTAGE
contact. Outer BNC contact. and
Ground (Black) Banana Jack are
Internally connected together.

rl
+-
" j
.. '" 10M 100M
FREOOENCY (Hz.!

FIgure 2.2 Max Input Voltage Versus Frequency

Deflection Coefficient

Steps 1 mV/div...2 mVldiv Only for repetitive signals and

(Models 95 and 97 only) tlmebase 6Os ... 1~s. II one of the
channels Is in this sensitivity. both
channels will be switched to
Average", 4.

Steps 5 mVldiv... tOOVldiv In a 1·2·5 sequence 01 14 positions.

Error Umit
Overa" ± (2% ± 1 digit) Add 3% lor 1 mV and 2 mV
Nonlinearity ± (2% ± 1 digit) per IEC 351 for frequencies
< 1 MHz.

• Dynamic Range 9.5 div for frequencies < 10 M Hz.

4 div l or frequencies up to 50 MHz.

• Position Range · 4 div...+ 4 div

(move control)

Frequency Response Z source '" son.

lower Transition Point

01Bandwidth

DC Input Coupling DC
AC Input Coupling · 3dB s: to Hz < 1 Hz Including 1 0 MU probe.

Upper Transition Point ~ 50 MHz (·3 dB) Subtmct 5 MHz for < le ·c
of Bandwidth and :> 28 °C Ambient.
R ise time 7 ns.
2-4 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

• Max. Baseline Instability

Jump 0.1 divorl mV The baseline is automatically

readjusted after switching the
attenuater or AClDClGND.

• Average Running Average.

(Models 95 and 97 only)

Maximum Constant 256x

Conslanl in Roll 10,

• M IN MAX Channel A only.

(Models 95 and 97 only)

T1mebase setting ;:>: 1 "sldiv

Pulse-width for 100% 40 ns
Probability
Pulse-width for 25% 10 ns
Probability

• ZOOM Expansion or compression in 1,2,5

(Models 95 and 97 only) sequence around the 4th division.

Range for Delay < 640 div

2.4 TIMEBASE
• Modes Recurrent
Single Shot
Roll Automatic selected.

• Ranges

Recurrent 5s/div... l0 nsldi...

Dual Channel Chopped 5s1div...SO IJSldiv

Dual Channel Alternate 20 "sldiv... l0 nsldi ...

Single Shot 5s/div... l0 ns/div Every sweep needs a trigger.

A sweep first; B sweep arms
automatically.
For 500 ns, 200 ns, and lOOns; an
aulomanc interpolation takes place.
Chopped.

Roll Mode 6Os/div... l0s/dlv

Maximum Tlmebase Error ± O.1%± 1 LSB

CHARACTERISTICS 2-5

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

2.5 TRIGGER
• Sources Selected Independently.

Channel A Signal CHANA

Channel B Signal CHAN B
Extemal Trigger Input EXT

• External Trigger Input Dual Salety Banana Jack External Trigger Input common
Connector (lOW) Jack la electrically
connected to the Channel A and
Channel B commons (outer
contact of BNe's).

• External Trigger Input

Impedance

R parallel lMn ± l % If used lor mV DC > 1 Mn.

C paranet 25pF Including Banana to BNC adapter.

• Trigger Error For Irequencies < t MHz.

Voltage Level i IlSB 5s/div... SO )J.s/div.

± 0.5 div 20 IlSIdiv... l0 ns/div.

11me Delay i t LSB±5ns

Maximum External Trigger 3()()V Frequency dependent, see fig. 2.2.

Input (rms)

• Trigger Sensitivity For Models 95 and 97, values must

be multiplied by 5 in 2 mV/div. and
1 mnldiv.

Channel A or B
@ tOO MHz :<;; 4div
@60MHz S I.5div
@ 10 MHz :s; 0.5 div

External Trigger Input TTL logic compatible using 10:1

attenuation Probe.

Trigger Slope Selection positive going

negative going

Trigger Level Control

Range

Channel A or 8 ± 4 div
Trigger at 50% 0.5 x peak/peak value Measured during 20 ms.
External Trigge r Input Fixed @ TTl: 10 Switch able to TTl via set-up menu.
2 ·6 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMAnON

N-cycle mode
(Models 95 and 97 only)
5s1div... l Ilsfdiv, N", 2 ...255 For limebase settings from
20 IJ.sfdiv. .. 1 Ilsldiv acquisition and
trigger on Channel A only.
Events (5s/div.. 1 llsldiv) 1... 1023 St8rt via Ext; count with channel A.

• Trigger Delay

Range ·20...640 div

2.6 SIGNAL MEMORY (MODELS 95 AND 97 ONLY)

• Signal Memory Size

Memories , Memory #1 up to #8.

Memory Depth 512 words

Wordlength B Bit

510<8 Storage of signals.

F"""""'"
Sa" Conlents of Channel A and
Channel B are saved in temp
memory ., and '2, and (A ± B) In
temp memory #3.

2.7 TRACE DISPLAY

• Sources Channel A A Maximum of 4 traces plus A vs B
Channel B can be selected.
Af .
AvsB

Memory # 1 up to Its (Models 95 and 97 only).

• Position range

Horizontal + 4 div... - 16.5 div

Vertical · 4 dlv... + 4 div From screen center, select per
trace.

2.8 SETUP MEMORY (MODEL 95 ONLY)

• Memory Size 8 maximum Combined with waveform.
CHARACTERISTICS 2· '

CHARACTERI STICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

2.9 SETUP MEMORY (MODEL 97 ONLY)

• Memory Size 10 maximum Front Panel setups.

• Functions Save Actual front panel settings are

stored in memory, replacing
contents of merTlOl)' location
indicated on LCD.

Delete Contents of memory locatioo

indicated on LCD are deleted.

Recall Actual front panel settings Bre

replaced by contents of memory
location Indicated on LCD.

Wilh soft up/down keys N.~ Actual settings are replaced by

contents of the nelCl (+1) memory
location indicated on LCD.

Previous Aclual settings are replaced by

conteols of the previous (. ,)
memory location indicated on LCD.

Initial setup
selection of AUTO SET only Amplitude
only Time
Tlme and Amplitude

trace Identification on/off

trigger identification on/off
trigger sensitivity external 0.2VI2V
Clear after HoIdlAun onIo'
refresh time 0 RECORD inlinile
in scope mode 2 seconds
5 seconds
10 seconds
60 seconds
2-8 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

2.10 CALCULATION FACILITIES (MODEL 95 ONLY)

• Measurement Functions Maximum of 5 simultaneous
measurement functions.
della V
delta I
RMS value
Mean (Average) value
Peak to Peak value
Rise or Fall lime
of portion between portion.
Frequency
1 +delt8 t
Maximum value
Minimum value
Phase
Trigger time to cursor
Ratio Expression of value in % or
absolute on anyone of the above
values.

2.11 CALCULATION FACILITIES (MODEL 97 ONLY)

• Measurement Functions Maximum of 5 simultaneous
measurement functions.

delta V
delta I
RMS value
Mean (Average) value
Peak to Peak value
Rise or Fall lime
or portion between portion.
Frequency
1 + delta t
Maximum value
Minimum value
Phas,
Trigger lime to cursor
Aatio Expression of va lue In % or
absolute on anyone of the above
values.

• Mathematics Multiplication
Add of whole memory or Channel.
Subtract For tlmebase settings
Filter 20 fls ... 10 ns, only displayed
Invert Channels can be used.
Integrate
CHARACTERISTICS 2-9

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

2.12 CURSORS (MODELS 95 AND 97 ONLY)

• Horizontal
Display Resolution 25 parts per div

Digital Readout ResolutiOn 3 digits

Error Limit ±O.1%± 1lSB

Cursor Range Visible part 01 signal Cursors cannot pass each other.

• Venical
Display AesolLStion 25 parts per div

Digital Readout Resolution 3 digits

Error Limit ± 2% Referred to Input at BNC Of Probe

tip, after Probe r&calibration.

2.13 MULTIMETER
The Multlmeter uses the Channel A Input for VDC & VAC measurements and the Safety Banana Jack
Inputs lor Resistance, Diode Test, Continuity, and DC mV measurements. An inlemal relerence is
used to optimize the accuracy of the Channel A Input and any probas used. The accuracy of all
Multlmetsr measurements is withlo t {(% 01 reading) + (number 01 least-significant digits)} from 18 "C
to 28 °C with relative humidity up to 90% for a period of one year after calibration. Add 0. 1 x (specified
accuracy)/C lor 18 "C or 28 °C Ambient.
Displayed range include used probe, if calibrated.
vaJues listed are without attenuating probe.
A Vrms AC and V DC dual display mode Is optimized for power line (mains) related
measurements.

• DC Voltage

Ranges 300 mY, 3V, 30V & 300V Manual or automatic ranging on
peak voltage. High Voltage x10
Probe extendS measurement to
6OOV. Peak VOltage is 2.5x range,
except 375V in 300V range.

Resolution a.l mV,1 mV, a.aIV, Multiply xl0 with High Voltage
& O.IV Probe.

Accuracy ± (0.5% + 5)

Digital Display 3000 counts Up to 4500 counts, 3500 counts in

300V range.

Display update < 300 ms

Response Time < 3.55

Zeroing automatic

Series Mode Rejection > 50dB 050Hz

Ratio or 60 Hz
2 - 10 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

• AC Voltage

Ranges 300 mV, 3V, 3OV, 250V Manual or automatic ranging on

peak voltage.
High Voltage xl0 Probe extends
measurement to 6OOV. Peak
voltage is 2.5x range and 375V in
250V range.

Resolution 0.1 mV, 1 mV, O.OW, O.IV Multiply xl 0 with High Voltage
Probe.

Accuracy (AC Coupled) Valid from 5% .. 100% of range.

Using High Voltage 10:1
Probe

50 H, ..60 Hz ±(1%+ 10)

20Hz ..20 kHz ±(2%+ 15)

5 Hz ... l MHz ± (3% + 20)

Accuracy (DC Coupled)

Using High Voltage 10:1
P,obe

50 Hz•.. 60 Hz ±(1%+ 10)

1 Hz ...20 kHz ± (2%+ 15)

Crest Factor Meter prevents crest factor errors

by auloranging on Input waveform
peaks.

Digital Display 3000 counts Up to 4500 counts,

at 250V range: 2500.

Display Update < 300 ms

Response Time
@ fnput freq >50 Hz ., 3.5s
SMOOTH ., lOs
FAST
< "
DC Common Mode >loodB@dc
Rejection Ratio

> 100 dB @ 50, 50, or 400 Hz

AC Common Mode
Rejection Ratio > 60 dB @ dc..SO Hz
CHARACTERISTICS 2 - 11

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

• Resistance
Open Circuit Voltage <4V

Full Scale Voltage

3000...3 MO < 250 mV
30Wl <2V
Ranges 3OOCl. 3 kfl, 30 kfl, Manual or automatic ranging.
300 kfl, 3 MQ, 30 MO

Resolution O. Hl, 0.001 kfl, 0.Q1 kfl,

0.1 kfl, 0.001 MQ, 0.01 MO

Accuracy ± (0.5% + 5)
Digital Display 3000 counts Up to 4500 counts, at 30 MO 3000.

Measurement Current 0.5 mA ... 70nA Decreases as range increases.

Display Update < 300 ms

Response Time < 3.SS

SMOOTH < lOs
FAST <"
Protection 600VRMS

Continuity
Beeps if resistance is <: 5% 01 selected

Diode Test OL is indicated if measured voltage

is)o 2.6V.

Mal(imum Vottage 4V
Rang. 2.600V

Resolution O.OOIV

Accuracy :t (2% + 5)

Digital Display 3000 counts II value )0 2800 readout gives OL.

Measurement Current 0.5mA

Display update <300 m5

Response Time <3.55

SMOOTH < lOs
FAST <"
Protection 600 V RMS

Polarity + on RED Banana Jack

- on BLACK Banana Jack

Continuity (Alert) Beeps if reading is below 1V

2 - 12 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

• DCmV Banana Jack Inputs Used for Accessory (including

Temperature) input.

Ranges 300 mV & 3V Manual or Automatic ranging.

Resolution 0.1 mV& 1 mV

Accuracy ± (0.50/0 + 5)

Digital Display 3000 Counts Up to 3500 Counts.

Display update < 300 ms

Response Time <3.5s

SMOOTH < lOs
FAST
< "
Input + on RED Banana Jack
on BLACK Banana Jack

• Multimeter Math (Display)

Functions (Models 95 and
97 only)

Relative ZERO delta Displayed Value", Reading

Reference Reading.

0/0 Change (0/0 Relative) ZERO % delta Displayed Value", {(ReadingfRefe-

rence Reading) -1} x 100.

0/0 Scale Displayed Value", {(Reading-Set

WI<> Reading)/(Set 1000/0 Reading-
Set 00/0 Reading)} x 1000/0.

Set 00/0 Reference Set 00/0 Present, Maximum, Minimum,

Average.

Set 1000/0 Reference Set 1000/0 Present, Maximum, Minimum,

Average,

Power with respect to dBm

1 mW in selected load
resistance

Select load resistance 1200,1000,900,800,600,

500,300,250, 150, 135,
125,110,93,75, 60 & 50

Voltage Ratio in dB with dBV

respect to tV

Audio power WATTS ordBW

Select load resistance SO, 16,8,4, 2 & m

CHARACTERISTICS 2 - 13

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

• Other Multlmeter Operating Modes

Touch Hold HOLD Causes the meter to capture the

next measured reading (and beep)
when a new stable measurement
has been detected. When first
enabled, the numeric display is
frozen (held) until a stable
measurement Is detected. Stable
measurements are defined as
within ± 100 display counts for 4
measurements (- 1s.); and above a
floor of 200 display counts In volts
(300 counts In ac, below 4000
counts in n and below 2800 counts
in diode). Overload is a valid stable
condition except in n and diode
test.

MIN MAX recording

(Models 95 and 97 only) RECORD Simultaneous displays of
Maximum, Minimum, Peak to Peak,
Average, and Present read ing.

Frequency

Range , HZ.. ,5 MHz Manual for frequenCies < 20 Hz.

Accuracy +/- (0. 5~ + 2 CX)Unts)

Timebase Accuracy +/- 0 . 01 ~

Resolution 4 digits

Measuring Time 3.5s gradually degradation from 100 Hz

SMOOTH < lOs and down.
FAST Running average over 32
< "
measurements.

Ranging Automatic

• AUTO RANGE Voltage and Time are coupled .

Voltage Range_Up 3500 Maximum reading in manual range

@ 300 mV, 3V, 30V : 4500.
Voltage Range_Down 0300 @external input: 3500.

Time Range_ Up
5 ms ...50 p.s > 8 periods in display TIME switch selects manual
timebase.

20 j.ls ... l j.lS > 4 periods in display AUTOSET starts timebase ranging.

Time Range_Down
5 ms ... 50 p.s < 1.5 periods in display
20 J.I.S ... 1 j.ls < 0.75 periods in display
2·14 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

2.14 AUTO SETTING

• Settling time 3, The default values are indicated
(Model 97 only). If this can be
changed with the aid of the SETUP
(auto-set) menu, this is shown.

Selectable mode of
operation (Model 97 only) SeIec1ed ., Initial setup,
Complete

• Display functions
Channel Baseline mid screen One channel display.

Separate A:+1div
B . ·ldiv ) Dual Channel display.

X-position zero SETUP: not affected

(Model 97 only).

Y-posit(ion zero SETUP: not affected or separation

(Model 97 only).

X-expand ,1

AvsB off S ETUP: not affected

(Model 97 only).

· Cursors not affected if cursors are on a not the selected

channel, Channel A. SETUP: not
affected (Model 97 only).

Mathematics off S ETUP: not affected

(Model 97 only).

· T.~ Not affected Except lor actual setting, thai is

adapted (Model 97 only).

Trace identification co SETUP: OFF (Model 97 only).

Vertical Acqu isition

Y deflection source Every source having a Channel A if no trigger is found.

triggerable signal at its Input

Input coupling SETUP: not affected

" (Model 97 only).

Y deflection Each channel is indepeodeoUy set.

Input voltage> zo mV apprO)(. 5 div

Input voltage < 20 mV Channel at 200 mV/div Due to trigger uncertainty at Iraq.
> 2 MHz or at duty cycle <> 50%
sensitivity can deviate from above,
but signal will remain on the screen.
CHARACTERISTICS 2 - 15

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

AVflrage o. SET·UP: not affected

(Model 97 only).

Horizontal Acquisition Free Run

Recurrent

T8 Deflection ooelficient

Signal 4{) Hz ...5 MHz min. 2, max 6 signal periods

over 8 div

Signal 5 MHz...50 MHz min. 2, max 20 signal periods

over 8 div

When no trigger found 5 msldiv

• Triggering
0elay 2 0 011 S ETUP: not affected
(Model 97 only).

Negative delay Not affected

Triggerable signal
o ext. input SETUP: select A or 8
(Model 97 only).

No signal 0 ext Input, channel A or channel B Channel with lowest input

but trig. signal C channel frequoncy is selected (Channel A
A or B when Irequeneies are equal) .

No triggerable signal. Channel A

o any input

Level 40 ...60% 01 peak-to-peak After Autoset.

value SETUP: not affected
(Model 97 only).

SlOpe Positive SETUP; not affected

(Model 97 only).

Events OFF SET-UP: not affected

(Models 95 and 97 only) (Model 97 only).

N -Cyc~ OFF S ET-UP: not affected

(Models 95 and 97 only) (Model 97 only).

• Various

Generator (Model 97 only) OFF SETUP: not affected.

Record restart liming OFF SETUP: 2 , 5 , 10 or 60s Of

(Model 97 only) acquisitions, whichever Is the
shortest.
2 -16 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

2.15 GENERATOR (MODEL 93 AND 95)

• Probe Adjust A square wave voltage is available
via the external trigger input for
adjusting probe compensation.

Voltage (p-p) 5V

Frequency 976 Hz

Source resistance 400n

• DC Calibration IncllKfing 10:1 attenuation Probe.

Voltage 3V Inaccuracy Is optimized internally.

Source resistance 400n

2.16 GENERATOR (MODEL 97 ONLY)

• Probe Adjust A square wave voltage Is available
v ia the external trigger Input for
adjusting probe compensation.

Voltage (p-p) 5V

Frequency 976 Hz

Source resistance 400n

• DC Calibration Including 10:1 attenuation Probe.

Voltage (p-p) 3V Inaccuracy is optimized internally.

Source resistance 400n

• LF Sine wave

Amplitude (p-p) 1V

Frequency 976 Hz

Max. Individual Harmonic 3%

Source resistance 400n

• Square wave
Amplitude (p-p) 5V

Frequency 1.95 kHz

976 Hz } selectable
488",

Source Resistance 400n

CHARACTERISTICS 2·17

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

· DAC Output Current can be used for a component

tesler.
Amplitude o mA ... +3 mA In max. t 28 amplitude steps. The
lime lor every step can differ.

Max. voltage 2V

• DAC output voltage In max. 128 amplitude steps. The

time lor every step can dift9f.

Amplitude • 2V... + 2V

Max. Current ., mA

2.17 POWER ADAPTOR IBATTERY CHARGER

• Input Connector 5 mm Power Jack Per DIN 45323

• Source Voltage de

Nominal 15V de

Umits of Operation 8V...20Vdc

Charging Current

Instrument ON SOmA

Instrument OFF 170 mA

• Allowable Temperature
During Charging o °C ...45 "C
• Power Consumption

Instrument ON 5W

Instrument OFF 3W

2.18 POWER SUPPLY

• Battery Voltage Range 4V...6V The batteries are not charged at
delivery. A warning is given it the
battery voltage becomes 1ow9f than
4.4V. The instrument is switched off
if the battery voltage becomes
lower than 4 V.

If the Instrument is Battery

Powered, it will switch off
automatically after 10 minutes 01 no
operalor actions, except in
RECORD or ROll mode.
2 - 18 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

• Recommended Batteries

NiCad Battery Pack PM 9086/001 Only this Battery Pack Is Internally

re-chargeabls_

Recharging time 16 hours

Life time After 500 cycles the capacity will be

> 1100 mAh. The nominal capacity
is 2200 mAh.

Operating time > 4 hours After Charging for> 15 hours.

Stand Alone Batteries (4x)

Model KR27/SO per IEC.

K?O per ANSI.
C-CELl

Operating time > 4 hours

Temperature Rise or 20 °C After instrument has reached a

Batteries stable operating temperature.

Temperature Range or
Alkaline Batteries.

Working - 20...65 °C

Storage - 30 ...65 · C It is recommended to remove the

batteries from the instrument when
it Is stored longer than 24 hours
below - 30 °C or above 60 °C.
CAUTION! UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD
BATIERIES BE LEFT IN THE
INSTRUMENT @
TEMPERATURES BEYOND THE
RATEDSPECJFICATIONSOFTHE
BATTERIES BEING USEDI

2.19 MECHANICAL
• Height 262mm With holster 281 mm.

• Width 129mm With holster 140 mm.

• Depth 60mm With holster 62 mm.

• Weight 1.5 kg With holster ca 1.8 kg.

CHARACTERISTICS 2 - 19

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

2.20 ENVIRONMENTAL
The characteristics are valid only if the instrument is checked in accordance with the official checking
procedure.

• Meets Environmental MIL-T-2B800D Type III

Requirements of: Class 3, Style C

Temperature Batteries removed from instrument

unless batteries meet the required
temperature specifications.
Maximum Operating Temperature
derated 3 °C for each km. (each
3000 feet) above sea level.

Operating

Non Operating (Storage) _ 20 °C ... 70 °C

Maximum Humidity

Non Operating (Storage) 95% Relative Humidity

Operating
20 QC... 30 QC 90%
30 °C... 50 °C 70%

• Maximum Altitude Memory backup batteries removed

from Instrument unless batteries
meet maximum altitude
specifications.

Operating 3 km (1 0 000 feet)

Non Operating (Storage) 12 km (40 000 feet)

• Vibration (Operating)

Frequency 5 ... 15 Hz Sweep Time 7 min.

Excursion (pk to pk) 1.5mm

Max Acceleration 7 m/s 2 (0.7 x g) @ 15 Hz.

Frequency 15.. .25 Hz Sweep Time 3 min.

Excursion (pk to pk) 1.0rnm

Max Acceleration 13 m/s 2 (1.3 x g) @25Hz.

Frequency 25... 55 Hz Sweep Time 5 min.

Excursion (pk to pk) 0.5mm

Max Acceleration 30 m/s 2 (3.0 x g) @ 55Hz.

2 - 20 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTERISTICS SPECI FICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Resonance Dwell 10min. @ each resonance frequency (or

@ 33 Hz If no resonance Is found).

Shock (Operating)

Number of shocks 18 Total

6 Each Axis (3 in each direction).

Shock Wave Fonn Half Sine

Duration 6 ...9 ms

Peak Acceleration 400 m/s 2 (40 X g)

• Bench Handling
Meets requirements of: MIL-STD·81O, Method 516.
Procedure V

Salt Atmosphere
Structural parts meet MIL·STD·810, Method 509,
Procedure I with 5 % salt
solution

• EMI (Electro Magnetic

Interference)
Meets requirements of: MIL·STD-461 Class B Applicable requirements of Part 7:
CE03. CE07, CS01 , CS02, CS06.
RE02, AS03.(RS02: max 2 div
distorsion in 20 mV/dlv).

VDE 0871 and VDE 0875

Grenzwertklasse B

Packing meets
requirements of: UNO 1400

Transportation meets
requirements of: AN·D628

Packaged Transportation
Drop meets requirements
of: Nat. Safe Transp. Assoc.
Procedure 1A-B-2

Packaged Transportation
Vibration meets
requirements of: Nat. Safe Transp. Assoc.
Procedure lA-Bot

• ESD (ElectroStatic
Discharge) meats
requirements of: IEC 801-2 Test severity level 15 kV.
CHARACTERISTICS 2 - 21

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

2.21 INTERFACE (MODEL 97 ONLY)

• Type of interface RS-232-C Optical.

Plug 9 pole D-plug male

• Spacing
.,.
· 0· Ught
No light

Interface function
repertolry for printers

Baud Rate 1200,9600 Input and Output are the same.

Number of STOP bits ,

Parity No
Charader length

Tranmisslon mode
•
Asynchronous, full duplex

Handshake XONIXOFF Software handshake only.

Interface function
repertoiry for interface

Baud Rate 75 ... 19K2 Input and Output are the same.
Selectable by controller.

Number od STOP bits

Parity No, Odd or Even
Character length
•
Tranmission mode Asynchronous, full duplex

Handshake XONIXOFF or no Handshake Software handshake only;

default: no Handshake.

Print facilities

Protocol EPSQN FX, LO compatible

HP ThinkJet compatible

Print out Screen

log of read ings:
single
every 2, 5, 10 or 60s
selectable waveform

Front Panel Control

Modes Loca' Front panel exclusively under

manual control.

Remote-locked Front panel exclusively under

RS-232-C control.

Remote-unlocked Return To Local by User ReQuest

2 · 22 CHARACTERISTICS

CHARACTEAISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADOI TIONAlINFOAMATJQN

• CPl Protocol implemented:

Go to Remote GR
Go to Local GL
Local Lockout LL
Reset Instrument
(Master Reset) RI
Status Query SO
IDentification query 10 Restricted; only 0= 1", 2: . Gives
Type number and software version.
Auto Setup AS
Default Setup OS DefauH Scope setting.
Program Selup PS Has to be done with the string thai
comes out with as.
Query Setup as
Recall Selup RS
Save Setup SS
Program Communication
parameter PC
Arm Trigger AT
Trigger acquisition TA
Query Waveform OW
Program Waveform PW
Query for Measurement
..to OM

2.22 SAFETY
• Meets requirements 01 : IEC 348 Class II With or without battery charger.
VOE 0411 Class II
ANSlIISA S82
UL 1244
eSA C22.2 No. 231

• Approvals voe 0411 (applied for) With or without battery charger.

UL 1244 (applied for)
CSA C22.2 No. 231
(9pplied for)
CHARACTERISTICS 2·23

CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFICATIONS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

2.23 ACCESSORIES
Accessories fUmlshed with
instrument: Users Manual
Quick Operating Guide

PM 891B1OO2 2 x 10 Mn 10 :1 Passive Probe,

I .Sm.

ScopeMeter AcceSSO()' set:

2 x HF adapter
2 x High voltage testpin
2 x Earth lead
2 It Trim screwdriver
4 mm adapter
Banana to BNC adapter PM9081/001 shrouded.

Set TestJeads and Testplns:

2 x testleads I.Sm.
2 x testpins
2 x banana adapter

Holster PM 90831001

Accessory case C75

Power AdaptorlBanery
Charger: Depends on model:
PM 8907/001 Universal Europe.
PM 8907/003 North American.
PM 89071004 United Kingdom.
PM 89071008 Universal IISV/ 23OV.

PM90801001 (Model 97 only) RS·232-C Interface

2.24 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE

• Main Time Between
Failures (MTBF) 40000 hours Predicted value, calculated through
parts countin g method, according
to MIL HOBK· 217E.

Calibration Interval 1 year

• Mean Time To Calibrate 30 minutes

(MITC)
CIR CUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3· t

3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

3.1 INTROOUCTION TO CIRCUIT OESCRIPTION

3.1 .1 General

This chapter presents a layered description 01 the ScopeMeter circuitry. First the ScopeMeter's
overall theory of operation Is described, referring to Itle overall block diagram (section 3.2).
The next section gives some infonnation concerning the ScopeMeter's data acquisition.
Then the circuits on both digital (AI) and analog (A2) printed circuit boards (PCB) are described. After
a short introduction, a detailed circuit description Is given for each circuit part.

The various circuit descriptions reler to Itle ci rcuit diagrams in chapter 10.

NOTE: The large digital (A 1) end analog (A2) printed circuit board diagrams are provided as
separate drawings. Whenever a signa/line continues on another drawing, it is Indicated by
the fa/lowing comment:

"FROM A1 " --> coming from the digITal (A 1) circuit (figure 10.2)

70A2a " --> the signal continues on the first circuit diagram of the analog A2 PCB
(figure 10.5)

3.1.2 Location of electrical parts

The item numbers of C ... , R. .. , V... , N .•. , 0 ... and K .. have been divided into groups. These groups
relate to the functional parts on the PCBs:

Table 3. 1 Location of electrical parts.

Item number Functional part PCB diagram

1200-1299 IlP, Digital ASIC and related circuitry At At

1300-1399 battery sense, RAM power, backlight Al Al
1400-1499 LCD and related Circuitry At Al
1500· 1599 ON/OFF circuit Al Al
1600-1699 keypad At Al
2100-2199 attenuator channel B A2 A2.
2200-2299 attenuator channel A A2 A2a
2300-2399 Analog ASIC and ADC A2 A2"'"
2500-2599 battery charger and power supply A2 A2,
2700-2799 EXTemal lnput-foutput circuitry A2 A2b
2800-2899 generator A2 A2b
2900-2999 analog control circuitry A2 A2a
3·2 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

3.2 FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DESCRIPTION

3.2.1 Introduction
This section contains an o .... erall block diagram of Ihe ScopeMel er. Refer 10 figure 3.1 .

The block diagram can be divided In two parts. The upper part of the diagram shows the components
that are situated on the frinted ~I rcuit eo<lrd (in the following text: PCB). that Is connected to the
ScopeMeter's bottom cover. Because this PCB contains mainly anaklg circuits. it is called the analog
A2 PCB.

The lower part of the diagram contains !he digital circuitry of the ScopeMeler. This circuitry is located
on the digital A1 PCB. the PCB connected to the ScopeMeter's top cover.

The general layout of the block diagram 15 the same as the layOlll 01 the circuit diagrams in chapter
10. The circuits thai can be found on the same circuil diagram (chapter 10) are placed in a dashed
be)( in the block diagram.

Analog A2 PCB
The signals at the red and gray BNC input connectors are attenuated by the CHANNEL A
ATIENUATOR section and the CHANNEL B ATTENUATOR. These attenuators are set by the
Microprocessor (on the digital A 1 PCB) via the ANALOG CONTROL CIRCUIT. Also input protection
cil'CUits are provided here.

The output signals 01 the attenuator blocks afe led to !he ANALOG ASIC (ASIC == Application SpecifiC
Integrated Circuit). This component Is controlled by the ScopeMeter's miCroprocessor (on the digital
A 1 PCB). The Analog ASIC incorporates signal amplification and channel selection. II also prepares
the signal for sampling by the Analog to Digital Converter (ADC).

The red and black banana connectors are connected to the EXTERNAL (BANANA) INPUT/OUTPUT
CIRCUIT. When the ScopeMeter Is set to mY, DIODE or OHM METER mode, the Extemal (banana)
inpuVoulput circuit outputs its signal Into the Channel A Attenuator section. In SCOPE mode, the
circuit can act as a trigger Input. The trigger signal is fed 10 the Analog ASIC. In the Analog ASIC
' channel A' . ' channel B' or ' External trigger' can be seleCted as trigger source. The trigger signal Is
used to generate Ihe DELTA· T voltage (time relation between trigger moment and sampling
moment).

The built-in GENERATOR uses Ihe External (banana) input/output circuitry as output. It is possible
to generate a DC vottage and a square wave voltage. ScopeMeter model 97 also can generate sine
wave voltages, a ramp vOltage, and a ramp current.
 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

r
,------------------------
I j
I
~ NALI)G CONTROl
I CIRCUIT
I
I !, !, !
C~CTOOI

.REr 8HC
I , , ;
ICHAHNEL I) I
0 ,
CH.o.N~L
ATTENUATOR •
I
,. 'AOT(CT I Dot)
,, ,,
I ,,
.~D 8Nt
I ; A~ALOG ASIC
ICH'HNEL ') - . ... LI.IC .. IDN
0
I CHANNEL A -CH'_L SELECTlDot
ATTENUATOR _T~I_. SELECTION
I ,. ".OT !:CT IONI -OELU-T !:I"CUIT

I ,, ••
, OIOOE

L - - ,- - - - -
j
0 ••
- - - - - - - - - - - - f- -
",0
EXTERNAL 1BANANAI
UN'NA
INPUT/OUTPUT ~ENERATOR
CIRCU1T
ILACII V [- 'ROT(CT[DotI

- - - - - - - - - -- -- -- - - - - -- - - -
ON/Off ~n~AD RESET
CIRCUIT I-- ~npAD
DRIYERS CI RCUIT

f-

"ICRO-
Il.ATTERY
PROCESSOR
""
SENSE
CIRCUn A_nO

OPTICALlf
COUPLED
RS-Z32-C
!RAt/SCEIYER I

Figure 3.1 Overall Functional Block Diagram ScopeMeter

------------- CIR CUIT D IA GRAM A20
- -, r - .
1

~~ IL[
1 1
'"8907
1 I
I -.
I
1
1
G
1
1

I
AN ALOG ASIC 1
- '''LI'ICoTION
- ~'_ L HLlel11lM
1
'"
- -'"1_" HLICIIIIM
-OILIO - I CIItCUI1
I '

II
I
UT>
IS_Ll D
l " U1!

- - - - - - -- - -- - 1- - - - - -- -
GEHE ~A TOIt

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM A2b

L - - - - - -- -- - - - - - - - -- - - -- -- -
flESH
CIIlCUI1 ~
~ .u

fll~ UIHHAL D I ~IT.I.l

- .'" ". • AS!C

"ICRO-
~ou
lj ..
- Ti"U OSt '!.OfeTIOH
-l All1G(" ",ICIIOIO

... .
'ROCESSOIt ~
COO
- "IN""'~ SUP PL
-O(SI
-DIII'I." COOII.co..

t
I I
 3·3

,- I r - - C1RCUIT
- - - -DIAGRAM
- - - -A2c-,
I I ~OUER I
",JJ..!:!L PM8907
I
BATTEIIT
CH1JtCER r-- SUPPL r
I
I
I
I
L - - - - - - - - - ...J
PrI90e6
I .,c.
I" T(" •• co
I
I
I

I
I
I
,

I'
~ ...
IIAIII' L( D
l"'UTl
I
II

~ ANALOG A2 PCB
- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - DIGITAL Al PCB
(CIRCUIT DI AGRAM Al l

.(
D'" LCD COlU MtI
DRlnR
OI~IHL
AS IC
'l>P.~ $$

..
-"I'I£M~ tUOtCTi,,"
-'0 1""(" rUNe'I""
, ~

-~IN"' "
COO
SUPPL Y " f=:
.,
B- ''"
""
- 1).[$,

- DI &I'L n """'""'-

BAC~LlGtH

·1 CIRCUIT (97)

1l 1lo3J~
I
9i!Olll'

---
3-4 CI RCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

The power supply circuitry Is also located on the analog A2 PCB. The separate Poweradaptorlbanery
charger PM8901/ ... converts Ihe line voltage Into ISV OC. This voltage is used by the BATTERY
CHARGER to Charge a NiCad BATTERY PACK (PM9086JOO1). it present.

The POWER SUPPLY sectlon transforms the input voltage (line operated) or the battery voltage
(battery operated) into the supply voltages lor the various ScopeMaler ci rcuits on Aland A2.

Dlgltsl A 1 PCB
The ScopeMeler is controlled by the MICROPROCESSOR, located on the digilal AI PCB. This
microprocessor performs several control tasks, for example:

Scanning the KEYPAD for user commands. The keypad is connected to the microprocessor via
the KEYPAD DRIVERS.
Communication with the outside world via the OPTICALLY COUPLED AS-232-C
TRANSCEIVER. This section contains an Infrared LED (transmitter) and a pI'IOtotransistor
(receiver).
Monitoring the battery voltage (BATTERY SENSE CIRCUIT).
Controlling the Analog ASIC on the analog A2 PCB.
Switching the power on or off (POWER ONIOFF CIRCUIT).
Performing a proper RESET at power on (RESET CIRCUIT).
Controlling the analog A2 circuits (via the ANALOG CONTROL CIRCUIT).
Signal processing of acquired dala. The microprocessor reads, calibrates and stores the acquired
data.

The DIGITAL ASIC is the core of the ScopeMeter's digital circuitry. It provides:

Timebase functions. For example: the ScopeMeter's ADC sampling signal is generated by the
Dig ital ASIC.
Trigger functions (in real-time sampling mode).
Acquisition Control Logic (ACL). This function controls the acquisition according to trigger and
acquisition modes. The Digital ASIC contains acquisition RAM for quick data storage.
MiniMax mode.
Decoding of the internal ASIC addresses and synchronization of Digital ASIC and microprocessor
aocess 10 the acquisition RAM.
Display control . The Digital ASIC generales the picture to be displayed o n the LCD.

The p icture , generated by the Digital ASIC is displayed on tha Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). The
LCD is con trolled by the LCD ROW DRIVERS and the LCD COLUMN DRIVERS. The LCD SUPPLY
section provides for th e voltages needed. ScopeMeter model 97 has a BACKLIGHT CIRCUIT, wh ich
can illuminate the LC~.

3.2.2 Data acquisition

- Data acquisition path In the ScopeMeter

The analog input signals are first attenuated andlor amplified and then converted Into digital values
by the AOC. The samples of the Input signals are stored in the Acquisition RAM of the Digital ASIC.
Jl 5 12 samples are stored in memory, the secood trigger pulse win signal the microprocessor that the
acquisition Is ready. f'Ne assume thaI the ScopeMeter is using random repetitive sampling, see nslft
section.) Then the acquired data is ready for processing. The microprocessor reads the data Irom the
Acquisition RAM and processes the data according to the aclual calibration values. These calibration
values (consta nts) are copied from Rash ROM 10 RAM during startup. The calibration values have
been s tored In Flash ROM during the calibration process. After processing, the data is stored in the
External RAMs. These RAM s atso contain the more stalic picture elements, lor example the grid·,
curser- and text data.

-
CIRCUIT DESCRIPT IONS 3-5

- A multitasking kernel for hardware and software scheduling

Processing the acquired data is only one of the tasks of the microprocessor. The ScopeMeter uses
a multitasking kernel lor hardware and software scheduling, based on internal and external interrupts.
The microprocessor contains inlemallimers, which can be programmed by the software. One of
these timers is used to generate interrupts, e.g. to scan the keypad for depressed or released keys.

Except processing (calibrating) the acquired data, the microprocessor also does mathematical
computations and controls the hardware. The multitasking kernel takes care that every 20 ms of
processing lime, a task is interrupted. This task will then be held and rescheduled , unless it requ ires
execution without Interruption. In this way a variety of user-requested tasks can be handled quasi-
simultaneously, without the user being aware of the heavy loads on the microprocessor. The display
of the data on the LCD is done by Ihe Digital ASIC, also taking part In the multitasking scheme.

- Sampling and Triggering

The ScopeMeter uses two types of sampling, commonly used in many Digital Storage Oscilloscopes:
REAL-TIME SAMPLING and RANDOM REPETITIVE SAMPLING.

In the rea l-time sampling mode (time base settings: 6Os/div... l I1sidiv) the Scope Meter takes a series
01 samples from a single period of the input signal. These samples are later used to reconstruct the
signal. During the real-time sampling mode, the Digital ASIC calculates the trigger pulses oul of the
acquired data (for timebase settings between 6Os/div... 50 l1s/div) . For timebase settings between
20 j.ts/div and 1 j.ts/div, the triggering is done by the Analog ASIC, using analog comparators.

In random repetitive sampling mode, the ScopeMeter takes a sample from successive cycles in a
repetitive signal. These samples are stored in memory and combined to reconstruct the original
signal.

In this sampling mode, samples are taken from the input signal at intervals determined by the Internal
ScopeMeter clock. Since there Is no lime-correlation between the system's clock and the incoming
signal, all samples are taken at random points of the signal. The time between the trigger moment
and the sampling moment must be tracked to enable reconstruction of the signal from the samples.
This time. DELTA T, is generated by the Analog ASIC. See section 3.4.5 and figure 3.12.
During random repetitive sampling mode, the Scope Meter always uses analog triggering (Analog
ASIC).
 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

3.3 DIGITAL CIRCUITS (A 1)

3.3.1 Introduction

The following paragraphs describe the circuits on the dlgllal A I PCB In detail. Refe r to circuit diagram
AI (figure 10.2 in chapter 10).

3.3.2 Overview digital circuits

The digital circuitry of the ScopeMeter can be separated into three main parts:

Microprocessor circu itry

Digital ASIC (in the following text: D·ASIC) circuitry
LCD circuitry

A block diagram, which clearly shows the connectJons between these main parts, Is shown in
figure 3.2

TO/ f ~O!'I
f RO~ ANAl OI>
AOC ASIC DIG I TAL Al PCB
ICIRCUIT DI AGR AM ~I l

LCD CDLU MN
~ DI GIHL
DR1VER
~s r c

-
-T1 I'1ESA SE fU NCTI ON

>
-T R IGGER FUNCT I ON
-ACl
- ~I N/ ~ AX
ceD
SUPPL r
.,
'.
Ow
0-
CCO
-Dtsr u'
" 0
-O ISPLAY CONTRO L

I
• BAC KL t GH T
CIRCUIT (97) I

Figure 3.2 Block diagram main parts digital circuitry

 3.3 DIGIT

3.3.1 Introdu(
The folloW
A1 (flQure

3.3.2 Overvie

The digita'

Microp
Digital
LeD d

A block d~
figure 3.2

"
·""lOG
"
"NAlOI>
CDtITIIOL.
lD/fMIJI'I
'"~ ....... LOG
ni t CI~CUIl$ 'K AS I C
-
T
n
i)ATO

Fl~SH EXTERNAL DIGJTAl

RO" ~SIC
"" AOOft[SS

M1CRO-
PROCESSOR OH A
- TI~£SA S[

-T ~I~GE~

- ACL
-"I N/ II.AI
~u~trION

. U!tCTION "
-DESl
ADOAESS -DI~l A Y CONT ROL

t I
3·6

ON/ OFF ~ETP"' D RESET

KEYPA D
CI RCUIT D R ! ~ ERS
r-- C IR CU IT

MI CRO·
PROCESSOR
BA TT ERY
SENSE
CIRCUIT

QPljC AL L T
COUPLED
R$- ;! J2-C
TRA NSCE IVER
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3·7

3.3.3 MICROPROCESSOR circuitry ().1P)

- Introduction
The ScopeMeter Is controlled by a single chip microcomputer with on-board ROM (called Mask ROM
In the following text). This microprocessor controls the total system operation and communication
between the ScopeMeter and the outside world (key pad, AS-232-C Interlace). It also controls the
communication between the Internal syslem components.

- Detailed circuit description

See figure 3.2 and circuit diagram AI (figure 10.2).

The ScopeMeter uses an Intel 83C196 microprocessor 01201 , with on-board Mask-programmed
ROM (Mask ROM). This microprocessor has an 8-bit data buS and a Hi-bit address bus. The lower
S address bits AO ... A7 are combined with the data bits (multiplexed data bus). ADDRESS LATCH
01210 is used to separate data bits and address bits.

The microprocessor's Mask ROM contains the startup software and a diagnostic kemeltes! (see
chapter 7). II also contains the software necessary to drive the serial Interlace and to clear and
program the Flash ROMs.

The two Flash ROMs (FROMs) 01207 and 01208 contain the system software. The FROMs are
directly connected to the microprocessor via the da! and address busses. The microprocessor
addresses the RAMs via lhe O-ASIC (01203).

The microprocessor contains flV6 S-bit VO ports. Port 3 and 4 Share !heir bits with the data and
address busses. The other VO ports O. 1, 2 are used for various purposes. For example: reading the
keypad, operating the RS-232-C interlace, battery voltage sense, switching the power onIofl, etc.

Keypad circuitry
The keypad circuitry consists of live shift registers , 01601 ... 01606, each of which has eight Inputs.
These inputs aTe normally kept "high" by 56 KO. resistor arrays connected to the +5V supply voltage.
Whenever a key on the keypad is pressed, the corresponding line is connected to ground, resulting
In a 'low' signal. All signals are clocked Into the shift registers (with the FRONT_CLOCK and
FRONT_LATCH Signals). Then they are converted Into two signals FAONT_DATAl (shift registe rs
01603, 01604, 016(6) and FRONT_DATAl (01601 and 01602).

Optlcslly IsohJted R5-Z3Z-C Interfttee

The serial communications circuitry, wtllch is built into the microprocessor, Is used to operate the
infrared (IA) RECEIVER and TRANSMITTEA of the ScopeMetar, Forthis purpose a stripped version
of the RS-232-C protocol is used.

Only the TXO (transmit data) and AXO (receive data) Jines from the RS-232-C standard are used.
The IA transmitter LEO H1201 Is drtven directly from the TXD·not pin of the microprocessor. II a "0"
Is transmitted, Ihe LEO lights .

The IR receiver uses operational amplifier N130t to power the collector of phototransistor H1202. If
any IA tight is received , the phototransistor wHI drive VI207 In saturation. This results in a 'low' RXD
lioo, interpreted by the microprocessor as a ' I'.

Battery sen_ circuitry

The battery voltage -VBAT generated on the analog unit is amplified by -213 at operational amplifier
NI301 . The resulting signal BAT_LEVEL is connected 10 an AID converter input of the
microprocessor. In this way the microprocessor can monitor the battery voltage level. II the battery
voltage leval drops below 4.4V, the microprocessor generates the BATTEAY LOW Indication on the
LCD.
3·8 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

Antilog ASIC bus

The Analog ASIC (A-ASIC 02301, see circuit diagram A2aJA2.b, figure 10.5110.6) or A-ASIC, as used
in the following lext, Is controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor uses the signals COAT,
CCLK and DTAEa,b,c to set the A·ASIC and the attenuater sections on the analog A2 PCB. These
signals together form the CONTROL bus.

FlIIsh ROM type ssleerion

The ScopeMeler hardware allows the usage of different types of Flash ROMs. The actual Flash ROM
configuration Is indicated by resistors RI222 and RI224.

FLASH ROM CONFIGURATION

Resistor(s ) F512 (IX) F512 (2x) FOlD (IX)

R1222
• •
AI224 •
•
The resulting voltage levels (0 volt, 2.5 volt or 5 volt) are read directly by the microprocessor AID
converter Inputs.

ON/OFF circuit
The ON/OFF circuit operates almosllike a thyristor. When the ON/OFF key Is pressed, a current Is
drawn from the base 01 V1503, via Rl503 and VI50I. Transistor VI503 will now start to conduct. This
results in a current through RlSO?, Rl504, Vl502 and Rl506. The signal POWEFt-ON will now
become ' high' . Also transistorVl506 will conduct, supplying base current to Vl503 after the ON/OFF
key Is released. The POWER-ON signal will latch ' high'. The ONJOFF signal will go high, turning off
VI506 and V1S03, the next lime the ON/OFF key Is depressed. The POWER_ON signal will become
' low' and the ScopeMeter power turns off.

RESET circuit
The RESET circuit conSists of V1203,
VI20S, V121S, VI201, 0120S and related
components. When the ScopeMeter
power Is switched on, the +5V supply
voltage starts to rise. This causes the
zener diode V1202 to conduct. After some
time transistor Vl203 also starts to
conduct.
R1204 and C1 203form a time delay (see
figure 3.3).
i
The RESET signal now is buffered by
I
-
01205 and connected with the RESET
inputs of the microprocessor and the Figure 3.3 RESET signal timing
O-ASIC circuitry.
After a reset , the voltage on the EA (External Address) input of the m icroprocessor (pin 14) is ' high' .
The Microprocessor starts up using the Internal Mask ROM software. First the Flash ROMs afB
checked to see if they contain va lid software. If this Is true, output pin 6 of flip-flop 01202 Is set 'low'.
Now the microprocessor Invokes a software reset. Because of the 'low' voltage on the EA input of
the microprocessor, the microprocessor will 'start up' again, using the external Flash ROM software.
The reset pulse is blocked by transistor V1201 to prevent the RESET signal from performing a ' hard-
reset' on the microprocessor again. At this software reset, the microprocessor enables the LCD by
means of the signallCOPWR. Then the buffers that control the LCD contain valid data.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3-9

3.3.4 DIGITAL ASIC (D-ASIC) clcuitry

- Introduction
The Digital Application Specific Integrated Circuit (or D-ASIC) 0 1203 forms the core of the digital
circuitry of the ScopeMeter, all located on the digital A 1 PCB.
Many functions are incorporated in this complex CMOS integrated circuit (see figure 3.4 on the next
page):

Timebase
Trigger
Acquisition Conlrollogic
Acquisition RAM
Minimax
Display control
Decoding and synchronization
Digital-Io-analog conve rters (DACs)

- Detailed circuit description :

See figu re 3. 4 and circtJil diag ram AI (figure 10.2).

The following gives a short description of the separate parts of the D-ASIC, which perform the
functions mentioned above:

Tfmebsse
The D-ASIC contains a crystal oscillator, which uses the 25 MHz cryslal G1201. An internal
programmable divider generates timebase signal TRACK with a frequency from 0.6333 Hz up to 25
MHz (see section 3.4.5). This TRACK signal is used 10 sample the ScopeMeter input signals.

Trfgger
The trigger module in the D-ASIC takes care of all trigger related functions:

pre triggering
post triggering
event counting: the time interval corresponding to the trigger delay is Increased by a
programmed number of 'events" (trigger level crossings oftheextemaltrigger
signal), which must occur before triggering.
- n-cycle mode: trigger level crossings of the input signal are counted, and triggering occurs
every n'" crossing (2 < n < 255). The n-cycle mode can be used as a digital
trigger hold-off.

In the real-time sampling mode « 1 ~sldiv), the D-ASIC determines the trigger moment with digital
comparators. In the quasi-random sampling mode, the A-ASIC determines the trigger moment with
analog comparators.
3 - 10 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

1= 1
,_ ......
~
m~

~
~- ,--
r--- ~,

-:::::-
= :..:" ~JJ
~

-~
-"
~ .
~

~
~

..
-
~
,
~I

_.
~
-
~

- J~
I
~~
~I .
I ...'
~
::::i ~
I -",,~

=.
~

~~
H ~ .. ~
. ~

"'~ .~

-
,~

L
'"w

Figure 3.4 Schematic Diagram D·ASle 01209

~

-
Acquisition Control LogIc (ACL)

The ACL cootrols the analog Input circuitry and the ADC (N2302, see circuit diagram A2a1f1.2.b, figure
10.5110.6). The ACL also writes the digital representations of the inp ut signals to the AcquisiUoo RAM
In the D-ASIC, according to the selected lrigger and acquisition modes. Before the acquired trace
data is displayed, it is first processed by the microprocessor. The m icroprocessor corrects lor olfset-
and amplification errors, using the calibratioo values that are stored In Flash ROM.

In last timebase positions the ACL acquires 1024 values. Then the acquisitioo is stopped and the
microprocessor can read the data out of the Acquisition RAM. In Slow limebase positions the ACL
uses the Acquisition RAM as a FtFO (first In Elrst Qut) memory. The microprocessor can start
read ing the acquired data Immediately after triggering. Now there Is synchronization between the
ACL and the microprocessor.

If the system uses analog triggering (time base 2: 'IlS), the trigger hold-oil signal (HLDOFFN) to the
A-ASIC is generated. In digital triggering mode, the O-ASIC generates the HLDOUTN signal. This
signal Is fed to the HlDlN Input of the D-ASIC, via R121' , C1221 , R1 2 14 and CI211. These
components generate noise 00 the HOl DOlfTN signal, which Is needed as a random lactor in ItIe
Della· T circuit.

Minimax
The Mlrv'max module finds the minimum and maximum value of the input signals between two time
base pulses, and writes them Inl0 the Acquisition RAM. To detect narrow glitches, the TRACK signal
(ADC sample frequency) Is always 25 MHz In Minimax mode.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 · 11

Display control
This module reads screen data from the External RAMs (0 1204 and 01205) and sends it to the LCD.
It also sends line pulses LlNECL (17 kHz) and frame pulses FRAME (70 Hz). This screen data,
consisting of for example cursor and grid information, is stored ill External RAMs as bitplane
information. The trace data is stored as a value for every vertical line on the LCD. This data is
converted to bitplane data and added to the cursor and grid information. The display cont rol module
also makes it possible to change the dotslze of the signal displayed and to use dot joining.

Decoding and synchronlzllfion (DESY)

The DESY section is the decoder forthe D·ASIC's internal addresses. This module also synchronises
the microprocessor with the D·ASIC·s Display control module, as both access the same Acquisition
RAM.

Digital to analog converters (DACs)

The OACs module contains 10 one·bit pulse width modulated monotonous DACs, whose resolution
ranges from five to ten bits. The OACs are used to control level shifting, analog trigger level, LCD
contrast and the generator function (see section 3.4.7).

External RAMs

The External RAM section consists of two 32K. 8 SRAMs (01204 and 01206). These RAMs contain:

waveforms (stored with the WAVEFORM key)

frontsettings (stored with the SETUP key)
bitplane data for the LCD picture
text, to be used on the display
data in RECORD mode
data in A versus B mode (A= f B= -+ )
bitplane data used while making a printout of the screen

Ram Power circuit

The External RAMs are powered by the RAM Power circuil. The RAM Power circuit is led directly by
the batteries, independently of the main power supply.
The RAM Power circuit is a simple oscillator, used to generate a stabilised voltage +VRAM out of the
battery voltage ·VBAT. The basic oscillator circuit is shown in figure 3.5.

~~a

, , C!3!! V131~
J.
• ..IT BUFFER

rm
_VBA,T
R!3 13
"". I"" ,

Figure 3.5 OScillator RAM Power circuit

Input B of Schmitt input NAND 01301 is connected to ground. When the voltage on input A Is also
' low', the output C will become ' high', Capacitor C1309 will charge via R1313. After some lime input
A will become ' high' , resu lting in a ' low' output C.

Capacitor CI309 will then discharge via resistor R1313. The generated output pulses are buffered
and converted Into a DC voltage by C13", C1312 and V1319. The output voltage +VRAM is fed back
to the NAND input A, via several transistors (voltage gap), If the output voltage +VRAM has reached
the correct value, the pulse train at NAND output C Is slopped via this feedback (see figure 3.6) . In
3 - 12 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

this way capacitor C1312 is charged just enough to keep the output voltage +VRAM at a stable value
(3V DC).

- '-=
Figure 3.6 Pulse train signal on input A of Schmitt Input NAND (Test Point 223)

3.3.5 LCD circuitry

- Introduction
The LCD used in the ScopeMeler is controlled by sj)( LCD driver Integrated circuits. These drivers get
their information (data· and control signals) directly from the D-ASfC. The microprocessor enables
the display when valid data is present.

5copeMeter models 93 and 95 use a reflexive LCD. Model 97 Is provided with a transflexive LCD with
a backlight, which can be switched on or off by the user.

- Detailed circuit description

See figure circuit diagram AI (figure 10.2).

LCD
The 5copeMeter uses a Super Twisted Nematic Uquid Crystal Display (LCD H1401, see circuit
diagram At , figure 10.2), with a resolution of 240.240 pixels.

The picture on the LCD screen is written column (verlical line) after column, rather than row
(hOrizontal line) after row. The LCD screen is divided horizontally In 3 row-sections, each 80 pixels
wide and vertically into 3 column-sections, each 80 pixels wide.

LCD drivers
The LCD display is controlled by the O-ASIC, via six LCD drivers:

three LCD row drivers: 01404, 01406, 01407

- three LCD column drivers: D1401, 01402, 01403

Description of the LCD drivers input-/output signals:

LCD outputs Yl ... Y80 and Xl ... X80

These outputs are connected to the LCD matrix. Every column driller seNes 80 pixel columns of the
LCD. Every row driver seNes SO pixel rows . The output signals are staircase sIgnals, with lellels
equal to the Vl ...V6 lIoltages.

NOTE: On the output of every LCD driver, a Test Point is provided (TP207... TP212). When the driver
is working properly, a staircase voltage can be measured on these test points.

- Data inputs 00 ... 03 (row drivers only!)

The actual display data coming from the O-ASIC is sent via the ORIVERBUS 10 Ihe LCD drivers
00 ... 03 inputs .

• Terminal input voltages V1 ... V6

Out of these DC signals, with Vu '" -20 V, the LCD drivers general e the stalrcase signals. The Input
voltages Vl ... V6 are generated by the LCD supply section.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 - 13

- Display control signals LlNECL, DATACL, M, FRAME

These signals are used to control the LCD. The LCD picture is constructed from these display control
signals and the data signals and sent to the LCD via the LC~ outputs.
OATACL is the clock signal, used to clock the data 00 ... 03 into the driver buffer.
lINECL is a clock signal , used to clock one complete line (column) into the LCD.
The M signal is described furtheron (see M-randomize section).

LCD supply section

The pulse modulated signal, CONTRAST, comes from the D-ASIC. CONTRAST is filtered by R1401
and C1401 to get a DC voltage. The value of this DC voltage depends on the duty cycle 01 the
CONTRA ST signal. Opamps NI401 convert the DC signal into slabilized DC voltages Vl ... V6. If the
signal, LCDPWR, coming from the O-ASIC, is "high" (+5V), the -20V voltage Is generated and the
system is active. The -20V supply voHage is temperature corrected to compensate for the
temperature dependency 01 the LCD (-80 mVlC) . The LCD supply voltages have to be corrected by
the same amount to get a constant (over a temperature range) brightness and contrast of the LCD.
This temperature compensation is made by Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) R1418. The -20V
voltage is made out of the -30V voltage, coming from the analog A2. PCB. Transistors V1404 and
V1402 form a protection circuit , that limits the current in case the -20V voltage is short circuited.

AI-randomize section
The sign al M ("LCD backplane modulation") has a time relation with the display control signals
lINECL and OATACL. The M-randomize section converts Minto Ml , which is no longer time related
to the other display control signals. The Ml signal is used by the LCD drivers to convert ali DC
voltages into AC voltages, able to drive the LCD.
Depending on the type (brand) of LCD mounted, integrated circuits 01408, 01409 and 01410 or
0 1411 are used.

Backlighr circuitry
The backlight circuitry is based on the Hartley oscillator principle. Components V1307, TI301 , and
CI 30210rm the oscillator. Transistor V1304 supplies current to the circuil. This transistor is switched
orv'off by the ON OFF signal, coming from the microprocessor. When the output voltage across the
backlight becomes higher than l 00V, transistor VI 305 will be driven open via V1308, VI309, and
VI31' . This will draw away current (energy) supplied to the Oscillating circuit (feedback regulation).
3·14 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

3.4 ANALOG CIRCUITS (A2)

3.4.1 Introduction
This paragraph describes the circuits on the analog A2 PCB in detail. Aeter to circuit diagrams A2a,
A2b. and A2c (figures 10.5, 10.6, and 10.7 in chapter 10).

3.4.2 Overview analog circuits

The analog A2 PCB contains $$Versl functional parts:

circuits in the acquisition path

attenuator sections
- EXTernal (banana) InpuVoutput circui1ry
• Analog ASIC and AOC circuitry
control circuitry
signal generator
power supply and battery charger

Each 01 these parts will be described separately. First a short Introduction is given, followed by a
detailed description.

3.4.3 ATTENUATOR sections, CHANNEL A and B

- Introduction
See figure 3.7.

The attenuator sections of both channels A and B are identical. In the following only channel A Is
described. The corresponding components for Channel B have the same numbering, except the
second number. which is '1' instead of '2'. For example: R2202 in channel A corresponds with R21 02
in channel B.

The attenuator section consists of a high frequency (here after refe rred 10 as H.F.) path and a low
frequency (here after referred to 8S LEI path, which are combined again in the impedance convener
(see figure 3.7). To gel a lIat frequency characteristic. both paths must overlap over a wide frequency
range . Circuits are provided lor automatic offset compensation.
The output oIlhe attenoetOf sections 01 channel A and B is processed further by the A-ASIC.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3· 15

r- - -------------- i
I =00 I
I
I "'
lInenua\Or
I I

- .....-
L~ ~~~~~ ~~~~~~_~ _ ~ ~
Hf-pa.1I>

'i' ~ +)-- '"

r- .... •...SIC
"?o

---$- -.+
r- --- - - - --- ---~- -I

I
..... _... _.
.=::., + I
I
~-~ " " I
I
FEEDBACK
,~

..... ......
L -C'= - - - - 1--- C_ -----~
""'''' """" ,~
OFfSET
"C "
---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
"
P.C.B. r
---
D-.... SlC
I .-
Figure 3. 7 Schematic diagram attenuatar section

- Detailed circuit description

See figure 3.7 and circuil diagram A2a (figure 10.4).

Input coupling
The incoming signal first passes the ACfDC coupling section (C2202). When relay K2201 is opened,
the signal is AC coupled via C2202.

H.F. (high frequency) path

After the coupling section, the L.F. part of the signal Is blocked by capacitor C2203. Only the H.F. part
of the input signal enters the H.F. attenuator. This is a triple capacftive divider, consisting of a 1 to
100, a 1 to 10. and a 1 to 1.48 divider.

The 1 to 1.48 divider section is switched on when relay switches K2202 and K2203 are in the ' upper"
position (as shown on circuit diagram A2a, figure 10.5).
The 1 to 1.48 divider consists 01 C2203 and C2209 in parallel with some parasitic capacitors. The
attenuation of 1.48 times in this straight-on path is compensated for later in the circuitry.

The separate sections are switched In the signal path , depending on the attenuation requ ired:

Table 3.2 Sections used In various attenuater settings.

Attenuator Settings Sections Used Attenuation

5 mV/div 100 mVldiv 1.48x 1.48 times

200 mV/div 1 Vldiv 1.48x, tax 14.8 times
2 V/div 10 V/div t.48x, l00x 148 times
20 V/div 100 V/div 1.48x, lax, l00x 1480 limes
3 · 16 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

In the ScopeMeter the response of the H.F. attenuator sections Is adjusted by means of three variable
capacitors C2209, C2207 and C2114. These variable capacitors are used to compensate for parasitic
capacitors of the printed circuit board.
The 1 to 1.48 divider (1 to 1.48 section) can be adjusted with variable capacitor C2209.
The 1 to 14.8 divider (1 to 1.48 and 1 to 10 sections) can be adjusted with variable capacitor C2207.
The 1 to 148 divider (1 to 1.48, 1 to 10 and 1 to 100 sections) can be adjusted with capacitor C2214.

NOTE: These capacitors do nor have to be readjusted at eve/}' calibration. (see chapter 5, section
5.6.1) The capaciters are rough adjustments, used to compensate for hardware differences.
The attenuater response is fine adjusted by means of the L.F. calibration section (see next
page).

Impedance converter
The output of the H.F. path is connected with the impedance converter, formed by transistors V2207
and V2209 (see circuit diagram A2a, figure 10.5). The bias voltage of V2207 is determined by R2216.
To prevent destruction of the gate of V2207 by high voltages or voltage peaks, two clamps V2206 and
V2204 are provided. Summation of the H.E and the L.F. signal parts is obtained in transistor V2207,
which acts as the collector impedance of V2208.

LF. (Low frequency) psth

The L.F. part of the input signal anters the L.F. path. which consists of a LF. attenuator section, a L.F.
calibrallon section and a regulating feedback loop, which consiSts of a summator, inverter, another
summator, and an emitter follower (see figure 3.7).

L.F. attenuator
Fig 3.8 shows the l.F. attenuator section in detail:

Figure 3.8 Principal diagram L.F. attenuator section

The l.F. attenuator consists of an inverting amplifier, N2201, which attenuates the L.F. signal by a
factor, depending on the settings of switches 02201 . These switches are controlled by signals named
SrI b... Sr4b. A 'high' signal switches on the corresponding latched relays.

Teble 3.3 Attenuater drive signals Sr1b ... Sr4b.

Attenuator settings Snb S"b S"b Attenuation

5 mV/dlv... l00 mV/div h"h ~w low 1.48 times

200 mV/div... l V/div high high low 14.8 times
2 V/div ... l0 V/div low low high 148 times
20 Vfdiv... l 00 Vfdiv low high high 1480 times
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 - 17

The signal Sr4b operates the switch, which is used to ground the L.F. part of the input signal during
offset calibration. This Is done automatically to prevent drift.

The offset DAC circuitry (see figure 3.7) provides the offset voltage for operational amplifier N2201 .
The offset compensation is done automatically by means of the signals SoIOb ... So I4b. coming from
the D-ASIC.

L.F. Calibration

Jl IF and HF attenuation ok

Ji7 increase IF signal part

n ....l decrease LF signal part

-.J L --
Figure 3.9 Automatic adjustment of the L.F. attenuation

Fine adjustment althe l.F. path attenuation is completed during calibration of the H.F. path
attenuation. This is done by means of a simple 4-bits D-to-A converter, consisting of resistors R2229.
A2231. A2232. R2233. A2234. A2236. and switches 02202. These switches are operated by signals
Sg4a, SgSa, Sg6a, and Sg7a. see figure 3.6. Resistors R2229, A2231 and R2232 divide the output
signal of the attenuator section. Resistors R2233, R2234, and R2236 increase the Input resistance
of the inverting amplilier of the regulating loop.

Feedback loop
The output signal althe impedance converter is fed back to the input of operational amplifier N2201 ,
with the signal coming from the LF. calibration section (via R2237) and a DC position voltage (5V via
R2248), proportional with the MOVEment of the trace (via R2248). Transistor V221 0 is used to
enlarge the dynamic range: when D-POSCHA is active, R2270 is incorporated in the circu1try.

The feedback loop operates as follows . If, for example, the output signal of the l.F. path is too small,
the correction amplifier N2201 will drive V2207 via V2208. In this way the amplitude of the L.F. path
and the position voltage are increased (compensation).

Input protection
The Input protection safeguards the ScopeMeter against overvoltage. The Input protection circuit
consists of C2203 and V2206N2204 (clamp HF attenuator) and A2219 and V2212N2213 (clamp LF
attenuator).
3 - 18 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

3.4.4 EXTERNAL (BANANA) INPUT/OUTPUT circuitry

- Introduction
See figure 3.10.

The ScopeMeter is provided with two banana connectors, which are used as Inputs in the mY,
DiODE, and OHM METER modes or as EXTernal trigger input in SCOPE mode. These connectors
also serve as outputs for the buill-in generator. Protection circuitry is provided to prevent damage by
overvoltage.

r-----;--;;")~- (mY
MIPI.lFIEA
INPlIfl

···· -· ~JTlON

Figure 3. 10 Schematic diagram signal flow in EXTemal (banana) input/output circuitry

- Detailed circuit description

See figure 3.10 and circuit diagram A2b (figure 10.6).

m V DC measurement circuitry
The mV DC Input voltage on the red banana terminal is fed to the L.F. part of the channel A allenuator
section, via the following path: A2750, K2750a, K2751 b, R2761 , 02751 (referle circuit diagram A2b,
figure 10.6). When the ScopeMeter is switched to mV DC measurement using the EXT banana
tenninaJs, the settings are as follows :

Table 3.4 A-ASIC and attenuatar settings in mV DC mode.

mV DC RANGE A-ASIC (02301) LF-ATTENUATOR (channel A)

300mV 100 mVldiv 1.

3V 100 mV/div 0. 1.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 -1 9

Ohm tmNJsurenumt circuitry

.,""
>-,-.~

."" o--{::""'':::J,-Iv
A ~ B
(red) (black)
RESISfANCE Figure 3." Ohm measurement circuitry
TQBE (principle of operation)
MEASURED
-
The reSistance R. to be measured is conoected as a fee<l:lack resistor of an amplifier circuit (opamps
N2751 ). The output voltage 01 this measuring amplifier is proportional to resistance R.:

The different ranges are obtained by selecting different values for resistor R, . This can be done with
the Ohm range selection circuit (02750 and surrounding resistors), which Is controlled by the Analog
Control circuitry (circuit diagram A2a, figure 10.5, B-OFFSET lines).

Table 3.5 Ohm range selection circuit control lines.

RANGE Sc15 So1. So17 So18

3000 1 a 1 1
3'" 1 a 1 a
30kQ 1 a a a
a a
"""'"
3MO
3OMO
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
a
0

Switches D2751 choose between the mV DC voltage and the voltage from the Ohm circuit. The
outputs of these switches are connected to the LF. part of the channel A attenuator (circuit diagram
A2a, figure 10.5).

Diode meaaurement circuitry

While In DIODE METER mode, the ScopeMeter uses the same circuitlY as In OHM mode.

WARNING: The BLACK termlnalla not connected to the BNC grounds, while In OHM or
DIODE METER model While in OHM er DIODE METER mode, the ScopeMeter can
not be grounded via the BLACK banana terminal.

EXTfmla' trlggtlflng
The trigger Signal is led 10 !he A·ASIC on A2a (figure 10.5) via resistor R2750 and voltage divider
R27531R2754 (see circuit diagram A2b, figure 10.6). II is also possible to trigger on the signal made
by the generator. Then the trigger signal Is made out oIlhe signals STIMUL and G"()UTP by 02850,
V275B, and related components.

GenNator signal
The output of the generator (see paragraph 3.4.7) is sent to the EXT banana terminals via K2751b.
K2750a and R275O.
3 - 20 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

Protection circuit (generator mode)

11 a high voltage is applied to the banana terminals A and e , a current will flow from tennina l A ,
through PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) R2750, zener diodes V2750 or V2 751 and Ilia V2752
and V2753 back to terminal B (see circuit diagram A2b, figure 10.5). The voltage across the zener
diodes is limited to 7,5V for each diode. The rest of the input lIoltage is dropped across R2750. The
resistance of this PTC will rise and limit the current in the circuit. Opamp N2750 drives V2752 and
V2753, 10 prevent capacitille load of the generator by Ihese zener diodes.

Protection (Ohm and diode measurement)

If a high lIoltage is put on the EXT banana tenninals, this results in an increase of the lIoltage oller
PTC R2750. This Increases the value of this PTC, limiting the current in the circuit. Zener diode
V2764 limits the output lIoltage of the measuring amplifier circuit N2751. Resistor R2771 and clamp
diodes V2759 ... V2763 protect the input of the measuring amplifier.

3.4.5 ANALOG ASIC (A-ASIC) and ADC circuitry

- Introduction
See figure 3.12.

The signals coming from the channel A and B anenuators are fed to 02301 . Various oscilloscope
functions are Integrated in this Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC).
Analog ASIC 02301 selects the signal source and prepares the Signal for funher processing by the
ADC circu itry. Also a trigger signal is derived from one of the channel A or B inputs or Ihe external
trigger input (banana connectors).

- Detailed circuit description

See figure 3.12 and circuit diagram A2a/A2b (figure 10.5110.6).

First a shon description is given for the internal circuits of the A-ASIC. The schematic diagram of the
A-ASIC 02301 is shown in figure 3.12. The A-ASIC Input/output signals are also described in the
following sections.

Chllnnel A Amplifier lind Channel B Amplifier

The output signals of the channel A and B anenuator sections are amplified in the A-ASIC to obtain
the most sensitive ranges.

Table 3.6 A-ASIC relative amplification at various altenuator settings.

Attenuator senlng: A-ASICrelative amplification:

100 mV/div 1 lime

50 mV/div 2 times
20 mVldill 5 times
10 mVldill 10 times
5 mVldill 20 Umes
2 mVldiv' 10 times
1 mVldiv' 20 times
r both 1mll/dlll and 2 mllldlll settings are made by multiplying timas Illla ar.d avaraging tile signal in 5 mllldiv.
and 10 mllldiv.)

The A-ASIC Itself can handle input signals with a maximum amplitude of 750 mV peak-peak. A
lIertical offset voltage VPOS is added to the signal in the attenuatar sections (section 3.4.3). This
means that OV on an A- ASIC input tennlnal results in a trace In the venical middle of the screen.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

Schematic D;agram /\ASIC 000306

",i,
CHA

-
",;,

""""'"'
"'~.
~---------,
Trad< & Hold

--
-
a,,,.,. , -
A"A- A

r
-
f I
18 SGNOUT

!!_q.I5J:1 ___
--------
,~,
Channet 6
Amll!ilio"

- - ff h.. (P, 5 TOUT

EXT. mtG
=,
, """"" r ~~
I """'" ""'"
Hystemia

I
L __ _ _
",,",,-

: , -- ------------
-- -- ---- ----- -------
, =oe
-- ro
- -- - -- - - -
'"
10 HLDF

,.-- I'
COAT cell< OTAE
"

Figure 3.12 Schematic diagram A-ASIC 02301

Channel Selector
The channel selector selects channel A or channel e , depending on the level of the CHANA signal
(input 13).

If CHA Is ' high' (> 3.5 V) channel A is selected.

If CHA is 'low' « 1.5 V) channel e is selected.

If a timebase speed faster than 20 j.lS is selected, both channels Bre displayed In altemate mode and
CHA is a square wave signal with a timebase-dependent frequency (see table 3.7). If a timebase
speed slower than 50 IlS is selected, both channelS are displayed In chopped mode. The CHA signal
is a square wave signal with a trigger-dependent frequency of 500 kHz maximum.
3 - 22 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

Table 3.7 Frequencies of A·ASIC signals in various modes.

Time Base TRACKN Ireq CHA Ireq MODE

1) 1) horizontal vertical

60 sldiv 0.8333 Hz 0.416 Hz

T

I
20 sldiv 2.5 Hz 1.25 Hz roll
10 sldiv 5 Hz 2.5 Hz
5 sldiv 10Hz 5Hz
2
1
.5
.2
.1
sldiv
sldiv
sfdiv
sldiv
sfdiv
25Hz
50Hz
100 Hz
250Hz
500Hz
12.5 Hz
25Hz
50Hz
125 Hz
259 Hz
f
S
I
C
H
0
P
50 msldiv 1kHz 500Hz N
20 msldiv 2.5 kHz 1.25 kHz G R
10 msldiv 5 kHz 2.5 kHz L E
5 msldiv 10 kHz 5 kHz E A
2 msldiv 25 kHz 12.5 kHz L
1 msldiv 50 kHz 25 kHz
.5 msfdiv 100 kHz 50kHz R T
.2 msfdiv 250 kHz 125 kHz E I
.1 msfdiv 500 kHz 250kHz C M
50 J1sfdiv 1 MHz 500kHz U E
R

1
20 ,..sldiv 1.2SMHz
10
5
,..sldiv
,..sldiv
2.S MHz
SMHz
T
Trigger
R
E f
2 ,..sfdiv 12.5 MHz I N A
1 ,..sldiv 2SMHz dependent T L
.5 ,..sidiv 25MHz T

1
.2 ,..sidiv 25 MHz
.1 ,..sldiv 25MHz
50 nsldiv 25MHz
20 nsidiv 25 MHz
10 nsld""w 25 MHz

1) In M INIMAX mode (only possible for one channel), the frequency of CHA is zero and the sample
frequeocy TRACK is always 25 MHz.

Clamp
To prevent the Track & Hold circulI from overdrive. the signal Is clamped. The level of the output signal
can be adjusted by means 01 VAEF (input 23). VAEF is Ihe reference voltage, made by the cifCl,Jit
consisting of V2301 , V2302 and R2323, R2324, and R2325 (see ADC section).

Tr.ck& Hold
The maximum sampling frequency of the ADC used in the Scope Meier is 25 MHz. This means that
lhe AOC can only handle signals with frequencies up to 12.5 MHz eha"
the sample frequency) .
Because of this a Track & Hold c ircuit Is Incorporated in the A-ASIC. The Track & Hold circuit
determines the frequency range of the whole system.

The timing in this part ol the A-ASIC Is determined by clock signal TRACKN (inpuI12). The frequency
of !he TRACKN signal depends on the selected timebase speed (see table 3.7).
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 - 23

The output signal, SGNOUT, (outpuI 18)

Is fed 10 the ADC. The voltage range 01
SGNOUT is t .5V... 3.5V. The
Intermediate level 01 SGNOUT Is dertved
from the VREF voltage level, which is
made by the ADC.

Figure 3. 13 Track & HOld timing

EJrWrnal TrIgger Amplifier

This amplifier seclion processes the incoming extemal trigger signal so that it can be used in the
trigger section. The Inpul of this seclion is TTL compatible.

Trigger Selector
In this section the channel A, channel B or external trigger input signal is selected to act as trigger
source. The trigger slope Is also selected in this block.

Hys teresis
The hystaresis section converts the trigger signal into a pulse sh aped signal. Because of the
hysteresis, the circuit will not trigger on noisy signals. The LEVEL signal (input 20) that delennines
the trigger level, is a DC voltage between +().SV and +2.0V. The LEVEL signal is a DC voltage,
generated in the Digital ASIC. Resistor R2309 and capacitors C23t2 and C2313 fonn a lowpass filter,
to convert a pulse width modulated signal into the DC voltage.

Delta- T cIrcuit
The Delta-T circuit measures the time between a trigger pulsa and the moment the input signal is
sampled. FlQure 3.14 shows the timing diagram with relation to the signal HLDF (input 10) , START
(internal), STOPN (output 9), and TOUT (output 15).

~
--
•• ~

START: Internal (in the A·ASIC) start

signal lor the Delta·T
""" measurement.

-
~~, TOUT: a vo!tage proportional to the
measured value (lime) of
Delta T.

=
<OT_)
'----- _
.... , .....1 \
.... AOC-..
Figure 3. 14 Turung diagram Deha·T
circuit

Contra/logIc
The control logic section contains a serial·in parallel-out shift register. This section gets its data from
the microprocessor (01201 , circuit diagram A I , figure 10.2) via the COAT (serial data), CCLK (serial
clock). and DTAE (data·latch) lines. The conlrollogic section con trols ailiunctiona! blocks within the
A-ASIC.
3 - 24 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

ADC
The output signal SNGOUT (pin 18) 01 the A-ASIC is led to the
S-bit Analog Digital Converter TOA 8703. This component operates on a 25 MHz clock signal. The
signal TAACKN is delayed to compensate for the internal signal delay in the A-ASIC (behind the
Track & Hold section) and Is fed to ADC pin 17.

The AOC provides for the reference voltage needed by the A-ASIC. This reference voltage is derived
from the AOC. VREF is made of the voltages on pin 4 (VRB = Reference Bottom Voltage: -+-1.5V) and
pen 9 (VAT = Aeference Top Voltage: +3.5V) of the AOC. During normal operating conditions this
reference voltage, VREF, is +2.5V (+-1- 3.6%, reI. to ground). VREF is adjusted with potentiometer
R2346, marXed · OFFSET' and can be measured between TP331 and ground. The sensitivity of the
AOC is adjusted with R2347, marXed "GAIN". These calibrations are describe{! In chapter 5, section
5.6.1 : "Hardware SCOPE Calibration Adjustments".

The 8-bit output of the AOC: AOCO ... AOC7 Is connected to the Digital ASIC on the digital AI PCB.

3.4.6 ANALOG CONTROL CIRCUIT

• Introduction
See figure 3.13.

The various sections of the ScopeMeter, situated on the analog A2. PCB. are controlled by the
microprocessor on the digital AI PCB. This is done by means of the CCLK (serial clock), COAT (serial
data) and OTAE (data-latch) lines. This bus system creates several contro l signals, which lor example
drive the relays switches in the attenuator sections .

• Detailed circuit description

See figure 3.13 and Circuit diagram A2a (figure 10.5).

I~
~~ ~~
(DRIVERS) SWITCHES
(ATT. SECTJONI

=,
OlAE •.. c

~~ =:0 ~'n
REGISTERS

OFFSEl <XlMPENSoITION
~A.lJ8RATION
WAVEfORM SEl.ECnON

Figure J. 15 Schematic diagram analog control circuitry

Each shift register transforms the serial signal COAT into 8 paranel control signals. This is done by
means of the serial clock signal CCLK and the data-latch signals OTAEa, OTAEb and OTAEc. The
control circuitry comprises two series of cascaded shift registers: 02907-02908-02909 (24 signals)
and 02904- 02906(16 signals).

The signals, thai are made by the shift registers, are used:
to control the buffers (02901 102902 / 02903) , which drive the relays In the attenuator section.
for offset compensation (A-RANGE and B-AANGE) in the attentJator sections.
for L.F.-calibration (A·OFFSET and B-OFFSEf) in the attenuator sections.
to select the waveform in the signal generator section (sinewavelsquarewaveJDC).
to drive the buzzer (beeper).
r
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 - 25

- Relay tables

In the following tables the number"" means 'high' (active) signal. '0' means 'low' signal and 'X'
means 'can be high or low (don't care)'.

Channel 8 DC coupled

K2101 K2102 K2103 K2201 K2202 K2203 K2750 K2751

'} 100 mWdiv , 0 0 , , , , 0
'} lV/div , , 0 , , , , 0
10V/div , 0 , , , , , 0
l00V/div , , , , , , , 0
GROUND 0 , , , , , , 0

Channel B AC coupled

1<2101 K2102 K2103 K22Q, K2202 K2203 K2750 K2751

100 mV/div 0 0 0 , , , , 0
lV/dlv 0 , 0 , , , , 0
IOVIdiv 0 0 , , , , , 0
l00V/div 0 , , , , , , 0
GROUND 0 , , , , , , 0

Channel A DC coupled

K2101 K2102 K2103 K2201 1<2202 K2203 K2750 K2751

100 mV/div , , , , 0 0 , 0
lV/div , , , , , 0 , 0
10Vldiv , , , , 0 , , 0
l00Vldiv , , , , , , , 0
GROUND , , , 0 , , , 0

Channel A AC coupled

1<2101 K2102 K2103 K2201 K2202 K2203 K2750 K2751

100 mVidiv , , , 0 0 0 , 0
1V/div , , , 0 , 0 , 0
IOWdiv , , , 0 0 , , 0
l00V/div , , , 0 , , , 0
GROUND , , , 0 , , , 0

'1 Relay information valid for SCOPE attenuator settings up to 100 mV/div.

') Relay information valid for SCOPE attanuator settings between 100 mV/div and 1V/div, etc.
3·26 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

EXTernal input

K2101 K2'02 1<2103 K220' 1q2<l2 K2203 K2750 K2751

Ext. Trig , , , , , , 0 0
Generator , , , , , , , 0

METER V DC mode

K2101 K2'02 K2'03 1<2202 K2203 K2750 K2751

300mV 0 , , ,
1<220'
, 0 , 0
3V 0 , , , 0 , , 0
30V 0 , , , , , , 0
300V 0 , , , , , , 0

METER V AC mode

K2101 K2102 K2'03 K2202 1<2203 K2750 K2751

300mV 0 , , 1<220'
0 , 0 , 0
3V 0 , , 0 0 , , 0
, , , , ,
300V
30V 0
0 , ,
0
0 , , ,
0
0

METER V DC + AC mode

1<2101 K2102 K2103 K2201 K2202 K2203 K2750 K2751

, , , , ,
300mV
3V
0
0 , , , 0
0
, ,
0
0
30V 0 , , , , , , 0
300V 0 , , , , , , 0

METER mV mode (EXTemallnputs)

1<2101 K2102 K2103 K2201 K2202 K2203 K2750 K2751

300mV 0 , , 0 0 , , 0
3V 0 , , 0 0 , , 0
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 - 27

METER 0: mode

K2101 K2102 K2103 K220' K2202 K2203 K2750 K2751

, , , , ,
300 Ohm
3 KOhm
0
0 , ,
0
0
0
0 , , ,
30 KOhm 0 , , 0 0 , , ,
300 KOhm 0 , , 0 0 , , ,
3 MOhm 0 , , 0 0 , , ,
30 MOhm 0 , , 0 0 , , ,
- Control lines tables

Channel 8 DC coupled

S"'. S"," S"'b S<3b

100 mVldiv ,
Srla
0 0
Sr4a Sgnd8b Srlb
0 0 , , ,
Sr4b SgndSa
, ,
mV OHM
, ,
lV1div , , 0 0 0 , , , , , , ,
10Vldiv 0 , , 0 0 , , , , , , ,
l00Vldiv 0 , , , 0 , , , , , , ,
GROUND 0 0 0 , , , , , , , , ,
Channel B AC coupled

Srla S"', S"," Sr4a Sgnd8b Srlb S"'b S<3b Sr4b SgndSa mV OHM
100 mV/div , 0 0 0 0 , , , , , 0 0
lV1div , , 0 0 0 , , , , , 0 0
10Vldiv 0 0 , , 0 , , , , ,
l00Vldiv 0 , , , 0 , , , , ,
0
0
0
0
GROUND 0 0 0 , , , , , , , 0 0

Channel A DC coupled

Srl a S"', S<3, Sr4a Sgnd8b Srlb S"'b Sc3b Sr4b SgndSa mV OHM
100 mV/div , , , , , , 0 0 0 0 0 0
lV/div , , , , , , , 0 0 0 0 0
, , , , , ,
,•
10V/div 0 0 0 0 0
l00V/div , , , , 0 , , , 0 0 0
GROUND , , , , , 0 0 0 , , 0 0
3 · 28 CIRCUIT DESCAIPTIONS

Channel A AC coupled

Srla S<2. S"," Sr4a Sgod8b Srlb S<2' S"" Sr4b Sg""" mV OHM
100 mV/div , , , , , , 0 0 0 0 0 0
lVidiv , , , , , , , 0 0 0 0 0
10V/div , , , , , 0 0 , , 0 0 0
l00V/div , , , , , 0 , , , 0 0 0
GROUND , , , , , 0 0 0 , , 0 0

METEA V DC mode

Srla S<2. S"'" S r4a SgndSb Srlb S<2' S<3b S,4b SgodBa mV OHM
300mV 0 0 0 , , , , 0 0 0 0 0
3V 0 0 0 , , 0 0 , , 0 0 0
30V 0 0 0 , , 0 , , , 0 0 0
300V 0 0 0 , , 0 , , , 0 0 0

METER V AC mode

Srla S.,. Sr.la Sr4a SgndBb Srlb S<2' S<3b S'" SgodBa mV OHM
300mV 0 0 0 , , , , 0 0 0 0 0
, , 0 0 , ,
3V
30V
0
0
0
0
0
0 , , 0 , , , 0
0
0
0
0
0
300V 0 0 0 , , 0 , , , 0 0 0

METER V DC + AC mode

S". S<2. Sr.la S,4a Sg-' Srlb S<2' S<3b Sr4b S g - mV OHM
300mV 0 0 0 , , , , 0 0 0 0 0
3V 0 0 0 , , 0 0 , , 0 0 0
, , , , ,
, , ,
30V 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
300V 0 0 0 , , 0 0 0 0

METER mV mcx:Ie (EXTemallnputs)

Srla S<2. Sr.la S,4a Sgo_ S"' S<2' S<3b Sr4b S g - mV OHM
300mV 0 0 0 , , 0 0 0 , , , 0
300V 0 0 0 , , 0 , 0 , , , 0
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 - 29

METER OJ ... modes

Srla s", s", Sr4a Sgnd8b Srlb S,,' S"" Sr4b SgndSa mV OHM

300 Ohm 0 0 0 I I 0 0 0 I I 0 I
3 KOhm 0 0 0 I I 0 0 0 I I 0 I
30 KOhm 0 0 0 I I 0 0 0 I I 0 I
300 KOhm 0 0 0 I I 0 0 0 I I 0 I
3 MOhm 0 0 0 I I 0 0 0 I I 0 I
30 MOhm 0 0 0 I I 0 I 0 I I 0 I
Diode 0 0 0 I I 0 I 0 I I 0 I

Sc15 Sc16 Sc17 ScI.

300 Ohm I 0 I I
3 KOhm I 0 I 0
30 KOhm I 0 0 0
300 KO hm I I 0 0
3 MOhm 0 I 0 0
30 MOhm 0 I 0 0
Diode I 0 I I

G_OUTP BUZ
Ext. Trig. 0 Buzzer off I
Generator I Buzzer on 0

SCOPE mode METER mode

Attenuator settings
;:.-: 20 mV/div s 10 mV/div
O-POSCHA
O-POSCHB
0
I
I
I ,I
While the SeopeMeter is operating in METER mode or when the instrument is calibrated, the signals
5 1, mV, OHM, Srlb, Sr2b, Sr3b, Sr4b, and D_POSCHB can change ('highllow'). Signals Ex and Ey
are used to switch the relays. Both signals are "high' when the relays are not operated.

Signals Sg4a, SgSa, Sg6a, and Sg7a set the l.F. gain for channel A. Sg4b, Sg5b, Sg6b, and Sg7b
selthe l.F. gain for channel B. Sg4a (Sg4b) is the most significant bit (MSB), Sg7a (Sg7b) is the least
significant bit (l SB).

Signals 501Ob, 5011b, S012b, 5013b, and So14b are used to set the offset compensation in the
preamplifier circuits of channel A. Signals Sc15, Se16, Se17, Se18, and SOl48 are used to set the
offset compensation in the preamplifier ci rcuits 01 channel B. S0 1 Ob (SeI5) is the most significant bit
(MSB), So14b (S014a) Is the least signifICant bit (lSB).
3 · 30 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

3.4.7 GENERATOR circuit

- Introduction
See figure 3 .14.

The ScopeMeter has a built-In signal generator, which can produce the following signals, used to
adjust the probes:

square wave voltage. amplitude: 5V peak-te>-peak

freQuency: 976 Hz
DC voltage: 3V

ScopeMeter model 97 can also produce:

sine wave voltages, amplitude: 5V peak-to-peak

frequency : 976 Hz
square wave voltages, amplitude: 5V peak-te>-peak
frequencies : 488Hz
1.95 kHz
slow ramp voltage, -2V... +2V
slow ramp current, -3 mA... +3mA

The signal generator uses a square wave voltage, coming from the D-ASIC to generate the various
signals. The circuit consists 01 an operational amplifier, a fourth order filter, and a current source. The
configuration can be changed by means of programmable switches to prodoce different output
signals.

- Detailed circuit description

See figu re 3. 16 and circuit diagram A2b (figure 10.6).

Figure 3.16 shows the basic generator circuitry:

"'~ R FLTUI

- lS'. . •"11
o..+-L-<>"""",

-
c,',UX:.f4l :
.WOr---:-~"-:·~-7------------

Figure 3. 16 Basic geners tor circuitry

-
This circuit uses a square wava voltage, STIMUL. coming from the D·ASIC. This signal has an
amplitude between OV and +5V. The duty cycle of the square wave signal is varied depeoding on the
51gnalto be generated. The relerence voltage +Vref Is used to generate the DC voltage.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 - 31

The configuration depends on the settings of switches 02850 and 02751 . These switches are
controlled by the signals FILT. CALOC- HD. SQUAR and SI. Table 3.8 lists the various settings and
resulting generator output signals.

Table 3.8 Generator control signals for various generator output signals.

STIMUL CONTROL SIGNALS OUTPUT SIGNAL

frequency ''''Y CALDC- FILl SQUAR S; amplitude waveform
cycle HD

4BB Hz. 50% D 0 1 1 5 V pop

976 Hz. 50% D 0 1 1 5 V pop Square wave vo~age
1.95 kHz. 50% 0 0 1 1 5 V p-p

- - 1 0 0 1 3 V p-p DC voltage

976 Hz. 50% 0 1 0 1 1 V pop Sine wave vo~age

20 kHz 0-100% 0 1 0 1 -2 ...+2 V p-p Slow ramp voltage

20kHz 0-100% 0 1 0 0 0 ... +3 mA Slow ramp current

.. . . .
In thiS table 1 means: signal high (switch closed) and O· means sIgnal 'low· (switch open) .

The slow ramp current signal Is made wIth a current source. A sImplified schematic dIagram is given
in figure 3.17:

.. _ ... _. _. --. _ ... --- .. ,

-, I'·
,

,-
-"
I8RlDGE I
0 R:l9n : ,~

-
.7 6;'-
~ R\!673
-, _78:, 0

!~. -. :
:

STII.IUl
:

Figure 3. 17 Current source section of generator

-
When the duty cycle of SnMUL is 0%. the bridge will be in balance and current i. '" O. When the duty
cycle of STIMUL is Increased, a DC component is generated. which has a linear relation to the duty
cycle. The operational amplifier tries to keep the voltages on both inputs the same. The operational
amplifier will now drive transistor V2854 to increase i., Because i. is almost equal to io• the output
current will also increase. In this way it is possible to regulate the current i" by means of the duty cycle
of STIMUL.
3 - 32 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

3.4_8 BATTERY CHARGER

M Introduction
See figure 3. 18.

The battery charger consists of a switched mode power supply and some auxiliary circuitry.
Whenever the ScopeMeter is connected to the line voltage (via the separate power adapterlbattery
charger PM8907), the instrument switches over to line voltage operation automatically. II a NiCd
battery pack is installed, the ScopeMeter will charge this if line voltage Is present. Special circuitry
prevents discharge of the batteries when the instrument Is not being uSed .

• Detailed circuit description

See figure 3.18 and circuit diagram A2c (figure 10.7 ).

HF Filter
The input voltage (between 6V and 20V) first passes HF FILTER Z2501 and is used to drive a flyback
converter.

-
_
~
~~

... 2OVDC
~~
~"
. ,~
~ .~,
PROTECTION

-- = '"

~~ SATTERV
~"
VOLTAGE ~, ~ ~
~ K~ ~ ,~~

SATTERV
,~,

Figure 3.18 Schematic diagram batte!)' charger

Line voltage detection

When the ScopeMeter is operated on line voltage, transistor V2521 will be driven by the (filtered)
input voltage. The signal MAINVOLTHT will become "low" to indicate thai the Instrument Is operated
from the line voltage. The related signal MAINS-O (connector XI2Ql , pin 5) is connected to the
microprocessor analog input 19. When the signal MAINS-O is "high", the microprocessor will not
switch off the ScopeMeter, as in battery operated mode.
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 - 33

Flyback converter
See figure 3.19 and circuit diagram A2c (figure 10.7) .
The main components of this flyback converter are V2532 (converter-switch), l2504 and t2S0S
(windings), R2582 (sense resistor). and C2536 and V2533 (secondary circuit). The main regulating
element is N2503 (see figure 3 .19).

-
, "'P
• = - -""
~~
~-~
~~ ~
~
./1~"

,
, -
,, ~ oc -
PARATOA
~,

~~
~
,,~

~. ~

•
-
~.
CURAENT oc
~- • "~"

Figure 3.19 Schematic diagram flyback converter

N2503 incorporates an oscillator, the frequency of which is determined by R254B and C2527 (fixed
frequency of 100 kHz). This oscillator drives a sawtooth generator. The produced sawtooth voltage
is compared to a DC voltage. This DC voltage is made by an Internal error amplifier (voltage
regulator), which compares the produced converter voltage -V_C H to a stable 5V reference voltage.
This is done with a bridge circuit (R2554, R2555, R2557, R255B).

-.
Figure 3.20 Internal N2503 voltage waveforms

When the sawtooth vollage is larger than the DC voltage, the output signal (CA, CB on pins 12,13)
is "high". When the sawtooth voltage Is less than the DC voltage, the output signal is "low". In this
way the duty cycle of N2503's output signal can be changed, thus changing the energy transferred
to the secondary converter circuit.

The output signal is level shifted by transistor V2526 and related circuitry. Now this square wave
signal is used to drive converter switch V2532, which Is bootstrapped via V2528, V2529, R2546,
R2562, and C2537.

Charging current limiter

N2503 limits the voltage difference between CL+ (pin 4) and CL- (pin 5) to 200 mY. If the voltage
between these two inputs starts to rise , the Internal DC voitage w ill rise, and the duty cycle of the
output square wave voltage will decrease (see voltage regulation described earlier).
3·34 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

II the ScopeMeter is connected to the line voltage and is not operaUooaI, the flyback converter
operates almost without a load (only !he NiCd battery pack). This Implies lhallhe current floating
IhrotJgh windings l2504 and L250S (averaged in lime) is almost zero. Because 01 this, 1he vOltage on
CL+ is about 30 rnA and the voltage on CL- is aboul 170 mY. The battery pack will be charged with
170 rnA .

If the Ilyback converter is operated normally (ScopeMeter ' ON'), the voltage on both CL- and CL+
will rise and the charging current will decrease to 100 rnA .

Battery c harge protfICtion

To prevent charging of non-rechargeable batteries, a special protection circuit is provided. For safety
reasons, this circuit conslsls of two cascaded sections. When !he $copeMeler is 'ON', the lIyback
converter will be operative. The produced votlage POWER -ON will drive both Field Effect Transistors
V2537 and V2538 open (cooductive) via R2568 and R2569. Now the battery plus contact is
connected to the ScopeMeter c ircuit ground. tiline voltage is present, the voltage -VCH produced by
the lIyback convener wi!l drive V2534 and V2536, which prevenllransistors V2537 and V2538 from
conducting. The battery plus contact Is disconnected Irom ground.

Power ON/OFF cIrcuItry

Durlng normal operation the POWER-ON signal is -+5V. Transistor V2542 is opened (conductive), so
-Vbetls equals -v _CH. II the ScopeMeter is operating arid the RESPOWHT ("reset power supply")
becomes "high", V2541 will conduct and V4542 will stop conducting. Th is will disoonnect ·VbaVs from
-V_CH.

3.4.9 POWER SUPPLY

• Introduction
See figure 3.19.

Different supply vottages are needed fo r various Scope Meier sectlons. A second flyback converter is
used to conveM-VbaVs 10 supply voltages ol·30V, ·5V and -+5V. This voltage, -VbaVs, Is made by the
first f1yback converter (in the battery Charger section) or comes from the batteries. -VbaVs is 5V If
operated with NiCad battery pack, and av if operated from line voltage .

• Detailed circuit description

See figure 3.19 and circuit diagram A2c (figure 10.7).

Flf}urs 3.21 Schematic diagram power

-
supply. second flyback converter
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 3 - 35

This self-oscillating Hyback converter consists of;

V2509 (cooverter-switch)
A2509 ... R2517 (sense-resistors)
V2502 (thyristor switch)
R2544 (start-up resistor)
T2501 (windings)
3 separate secondary circuits for -30V, -5V, and +5V

The main regulating component Is operational amplifier N2S01. This op-amp compares the produced
secondary +5V voltage with a reference voltage, produced by zener diode N2502. II the secondary
+5V increases, the fault signal generated by the N2501 will produce a current that causes an extra
voltage drop over R2508. Because of this, thyristor V2502 will lire earlier. The switching frequency of
the flyback converter increases and the secondary +5 V voltage decreases.

When the ScopeMeter Is switched on (RSSLSTN is ' active 1oW'), V2544 (see circuit diagram A2c,
figure 10.6) coonects the Inverting input of N2501 to ground. When the ~ Meter starts up,
capacitor C2509 causes the reference voltage and therefore the output voltage, to rise slowly, limiting
the inrush ('starting') current drawn Irom the batteries or line voltage.

Undervoltllgfl detection lind protection circuit

When the Ilyback converter is oscillating, capacitor C2532 is charged every period via R2543 and
V2516. During normal operation C2532 Is discharged by V2517, which is driven via A2541 , V2511 ,
R2529, and V2509. II, fOf example, the secondary +5V voltage becomes 100 low, C2532 is nol
discharged by V2S17. This will activale the RESPOWHT signal, and lhe power will be swilched oft
completely, preventing further damage 01circuits. (The +5V vohage can become 100 low because the
input voltage -Vbat/s is 100 low, or the power output 10 the ScopeMeler circuitry is 100 high.)

R2542, C2531 . and diode V2508 will reset C2532 during the start up 01 the power supply (the voltage
across C2532 will become zero). This Is necessary because V2517 cannot be driven via V2541 , just
after the Scope Meter is switched on.

Reference source
The reference source provides a stable positive (+Vref) and negative reference voltage (-Vrel) used
in other parts of the ScopeMeter. II also uses the voltage across zener diode N2502 as an input
voltage.

NOTE: The ffyback converter, used in the battery charger section (section 3.4.8) has a fixed
oscillating frequency 01 tOO kHz. The amount of 6n8fgy supplied is regulated by varying the
duty cycle. The Ryback conV6fter used in this power supply. however, is seIf-osci/lating and
operates on a variable oscillating frequency and a fixed duty cycle. For alkaline batteries, for
example, the oscillating frequency is about 62 kHz.
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4·1

4 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

4.1 GENERAL INFORMATION

The ScopeMeter should be calibrated and In operating condition when you receive it.

The following performance tests are provided to ensure that the ScopeMeter is in a proper operating
condition. If the instrument fails any of the performance tests, calibration adjustments (see chapter 5)
andlor repalr (see chapter 7) is necessary.

The Performance Verification Procedure described here consists of two parts;

Standard Performance Ve rification Procedure

(separate SCOPE- and METER-section)
Additional Performance Verification Procedure

The Standard Performance Veriftcation Procedure uses built-In ScopeMeter front panel settings
or frontsettings , that can be accessed via the SERVICE MENU. To enter the SERVICE MENU, press
both ACIDC/GROUND keys simultaneously. This menu allows you to choose between SCOPE and
METER performance testing (' Verify').

Vrms AC
0.058
V DC
+0.012
'OOmsiAOO
SERVICE:
v erily CAUSRATE
SCOPE METEA EM SoopeM_

Figure 4. 1 Service menu

When the Scope Meter is In SERVICE mode, only the softkeys, the selecVadjust keys and the
ON/OFF key can be operated.
It is possible to move fOlward or backward through the frontsettings, that apply to the separate
performance test steps. This can be done using the adjusVselect keys. You can leave the
Performance Verification Procedure any time by pressing the EXIT softkey. The Performance
Verification Procedure steps are explained in th e following sections.
4· 2 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

The Additional P9rformance Verification Procedure can be used to do some exira checks,
depending on the ScopeMeter version (93, 95 or 97), In these tests the ScopeMeler must be set up
manually.

NOTE: This Performance Verification Procedure is 8 quick way to check most of the instrument's
specifications. Because of the highly integrated design of the ScopeMeler. it is not always
necessary /0 ch6ck 13/1 fsstures separately. The procedure described herB of/en combines
many test steps in one procedure slep. thereby minimizing total test time.

The Performance Verification Procedure is based on the specifications, listed in chapter 2 of

this Service Manual, The values (requirements) given here are valid for ambient
temperatures between IBC and 28C.

4.2 STANDARD PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

This section eKpialns the required Performance Verification Procedure setup, with the actions that
have to be done lor each slep. Follow the Instructions described with each step.
The recommended test equipment, required for this Standard Performance Verification Procedure , is
listed in table 4.1.

Table 4. 1 Recommended test equipment Standard Performance Verification Procedure

Instrument Type Recommended Model

Multifunction Fluke 51008

Calibrator

Function Generator Philips PM 5t34

Time Mark Generator Tektronix TG 501

Constant Amplitude Tektronix SG 503

Sine wave Generator

Square wave Tektronix PG 506

Calibration Generator

Cables and terminations for the generators (all 8NC type)

Two standard banana test leads (delivered with the ScopeMeter)
BNC (female)-to-banana (male) (delivered with the ScopeMeter)

NOTE: During the foJlowing Performance Verification Procedure. the $copeMe ter input sockets are
connected to the s/gnal generator outputs by means of cables (BNC connector channel A or
B) or two standard banaTJB test leads (COM and mVlOhmlDiode banana connectots). The
oscilloscope probes delivered with the instrument sre!1!2l used during the Stsndard
Performance Verification Procedure. The calibration of the probes is described in the Users
Manual.

In the following text, this figure is used to Indicate thaI one 01 the selectfadjust
keys (up/down) must be pressed, to display the Indicated step number "x' on the
ScopeMeter screen.
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4-3

112. LCD test

While in the SERVICE menu. press the SCOPE softkey to enter the SCOPE section of the
Performance Verification Procedure.

Now a (dark) test pattern is displayed. This pattern consists of a circle placed in
a square, and a diagonal line (see ligure 4.2).

Observe the test pattern closely. The lines may not be

Interrupted; the pattern must be continuous. In this test
sets the display to a high contrast. resulting in a dark
display. If there are defects In the pheei columns of the
Uquid Crystal Display, they must be clearly visible now as
Intermissions in the pattern.

After you have checked the d isplay, press the upper

select/adjust key once. Now an oscilloscope screen Is
displayed.

Flf}ure 4.2 Test pattern

Press the upper select/adjust key again to go to step 2. Now the display shows
the same pattern, but with a low contrast (bright screen). This will help you to
locate any failures In the pixel rows 01 the LCD.

3. Ground level check

Press the upperselecVadjust key to

go to step 3. The purpose 01 this
step is to check the ground level
position adjustments (OV) for both
traces. The ScopeMeter display
shows the text' VeriI 3", to show
that this is the third SCOPE
Performance VeriflCalion slep (see
tigure 4.3).

Requirements:

Figure 4.3 Reference set-up

Verify that the traces of both channels A and B are situated on the vertical middle 01 the screen.
4-4 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

4. Vertical deflection coefficients channel A

These tests check the vertical deftection coefficients for channel A in the
100 mVldlv DC and AC ranges.

Teat equipment:
Auke 5100B Calibrator

Test setup:

Procedure/requirements fo r A C test:
A Apply a 1 kHz sine wave signal with an amplitude of 600 mV AC peak-Io-peak to the cha nnel A
BNG connector.
(Set the Fluke 51008 to 2 12.1 3 mV RMS, 1 kHz sine wave ).
Verify that the amplitude of the sine wave signal displayed Is 5 .88 ...6.12 divisions.

Procedure/requirements DC test:
B Apply 300 mV DC to channel A.
Verify that the distance between lhe trace lor channel A and the vertical middle of the screen
(ground level) Is 2.94 ...3.06 divisions.

51617. Vertical deflection coefficients channel B

These tests check the vertical deflection coefficients for channel 8 in the DC and
AC ranges.

Test equipment;
Fluke 51008 Calibrator
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4-'

Test setup:

,
FkM 5100II

o
o ~'IT:
o 0 0
DOBOD
, 'o"<::::d
So ' , Vhr

Procedurelrequirements for channel B AC and DC tests:

A Apply 300 mV DC to channel B.
8 Change the input ... oltage and the setting of channel 8 according to table 4.2 and check that the
amplitude of the signal agrees with the value listed. Use the selecVadJust keys to select each
step number.

NOTE: The AC voltages listed in this are peak-to-peak voltages (sine wave). The values listed
between brackets () are the RMS values that have to be chosen on the Fluke 5100B
calibrator.

Requirements:

Table 4.2 Requirements vertical det/oct/on coefficients for channel B.

Input ... o ltage Step number on d isplay Requirements

300 mV DC
600 mVAC pp (212.13mV RMS), 1 kHz "'"
"'"
2.94 ...3 .06
5.88 .. .6 .12
di....
di....
3VDC "6" 2.94 ...3.06 di....
6VAC pp (2.1213V RMS), 1 kHz "6" 5.88 ...6.12 di....
3QVDC "7" 2.94.. .3.06 di....
60V AC (21.213 V RMS), 1 kHz "7" 5.88.. .6. 12 dlv.

The ScopeMeter uses the same Input circuitry (hardware) for the SCOPE and the METER modes (in
the above artenuator settings). When the ... oltage accuracy is checked (see the description ' METER
Performance Verification Procedure" step 1), the deflection coefficients for SCOPE channel A are
also tested.

819. Rise time

The rise time of the ScopeMeter is checked by means of a fast rise time pulse.
First channel B is measured.

Test equipment:
Tektronix PG 506 Square Wave Calibration Generator
4· 6 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

Teat setup channel B rise time measu rement:

8 "'"

-
Procedure fOr chllnnel B rise time measurement:
A Apply a fast rise time pulse, repetition frequency 1 MHz, amplitude O.SV to channel 8. Use a son
tennlnation. Set the generator In position ' FAST RISE'.
B Adjust the pulse amplitude to exactly 5 divisions. See I!gure 4.4.

Requirements:

NOTE:

I, (measure d) := J( tr ( inputsigna/) 2 + I, (Scops Mete r) 2)

C Check the rise time, measured between 10% and 90% of the pulse amplitude. See figure 4.4.
The rise time Ir (measured) must be 7 ns (0.7 div) or less.

,
,,
,,
."
,
,,
,
,,
,, ,
,

FtgUf8 4.4 Rise time SO.7~ -

TItS! setup c hannel A rise time measuremen t :
Refer to the lest set-up for channel B measurement. Connect the pulse generator
to the channel A BNC Input connector.
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEOURE 4·7

Procedure for channel A rise time mea8Urel1'leflt:

Refer to the settings/procedure for channel B measurement.

Requirements:
Refer to channel B requirements.

10111112/13. Frequency response

These tests check the upper transition point of the bandwidth for Scope Meter
vertical channels A and B.

Test equipment:
Tektronix SG 503 Constant Amplitude Sine wave Generator

Test setup:

"'" ,

-_..
==
D OD
DD B DD
=
00 ==

Procedure/requirements for channel A frequency response measurement:

A Apply a 50 kHz sine wave with an amplitude of 120 mV peak-to- peak to channel A. Use a son
termination.
Adjust the input signal to a trace height of exactly 6 divisions.

11 ~
B Without changing the amplitude of the sine wave signal, switch over to

~.
step 11 using the upper selectladjust key. Increase the frequency 01 the sine
wave to 50 MHz and verify that the vertical deflection is 4.2 divisions or more.

12 ~ Procedure/requirements for channel B frequency response measurement:

C Apply a 50 kHz sine wave with an amplitude 01 120 mV peak-to- peak to

? . channel B. Use a S011 termination.

Adjust the input signal to a trace height of exactly 6 divisions.

13 ~ o Without changing the amplitude of the sine wave signal, switch over to
step 13 using the upper selectJadjust key. Increase the frequency of the sine

~.
wave to 50 MHz and check that the vertical deflection is 4.2 divisions or
more.
4 ·8 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

14115/16/17. Trigger sensitivity channel A and B

14 ~ The trigger sensitivity depends on the amplitude and frequency 01 the trigger
signal. This 18St Checks the trigger sensitivity of the ScopeMeter. Also the
+SLOPE/"·5LOPE function (triggering on negative slope) Is tested for both
channels A and B. Channel B is tested first.

Test equipment:
Tektronix SG 503 Constant Amplitude Sine Wave Generator

-
Procedure/requirements tor channel B trigger sensitivity measurement:
A Apply a 100 MHz sine wave, wHh an amplitude of approximately 500 mV peak·to-peak to
channel B. Use a 500 termination.
B Adjust the amplitude of the Input slgn8110 exactly 4 divisions on the display.
C Verity that the signal Is weil iriggered.
o Apply a 60 MHz sine wave, with an amplitude 01 approximately 100 mV peak·\o-peak to
channel B. Use a 50{} termination.
E Adjust the amplitude of the Input signal to exactly 1.5 divisions on the display.
F Verify that the signal Is wetl triggered.

15 ~
G Apply a 10 MHz sine wave, with an amplitude of 300 mV peak-to-peak to

~.
channel B. Use a son termination.

H Adjust the amplitude of the input sl9nalto exactly t.5 divisions. on the display.
Verify that the signal Is well triggered on the lalling edge. See figure 4.5.

--
Flf}urs 4.5 Signal triggered on the falling (negative) edge
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4-9

Procedure/requirements for channel A trigger sensitivity measurement:

16~
K Repeat sleps G ... I for channel A.

~-
17 ~
L Repeal sleps A ... F for channel A.

?-
18. Timebase

This lesl uses a marker pulse calibralion signal 10 verify the deflection coefficient
of the time base.

Test equipment:
Tektronix TG 501 Time Mark Generalor

Test set·up:

==
==
0 ==
~D~DD

Procedure/requirements:
--
==0=

A Apply a 1 ).IS (lY peak·lo-peak) lime marker signal 10 channel A. Use a son termination.
S Verify thai the distance between the 10th marker pulse and the 101t! vertical grid line is the same
as the distance between the 2"" marker pulse and the 2nd vertical grid line.
(Tolerance ± 1 pixel", ± 0.04 divisions).

Figure 4.6
.-
The distance between the td" marker pulse and the Id" vertical grid line must be the
same as the distance between the zt>d marker pulse and the ;rtJ vertical grid line.
4 - 10 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

19. Trigger sensitivity external channel

19 ~
This test checks the trigger sensitivity, using the external banana connectors as

~
the trigger input.

Test equipment:
Philips PM 5134 Funclloo Generator

Tn t setup:

PH ILJPS PM5134

-
Procedure/requ irements:
A Apply a 1 kHz sine wave signal, that has an amplitUde of 1.2 V peak-to-peak, superimposed on
IAV DC to channel A and 10 the banana input sockets. Use a coaxial signal splitter and a BNC-
to-banana converter (see test setup).
Use .500: tenninaUons.
B Verify that the signal is well triggered.

- - -----O.8V

-.
Figure 4. 7 1.2V peak-fo-peak sine wave superimposed on ,.4V DC

20. Horizontal deflection : x-deflection

This test checks the COffect working altha X-Y (A versus B) mode.

Test equipment:
Phitlps PM 5134 Function Generator
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4 • 11

Tesl set·up:

Procedure:
A Apply a 2 kHz sine wave signal 01 800 mV peak·te-peak to channel A and channel B. Use 500
terminations.
Adjust the input signal to a trace height of 8 divisions.

Requirements:
Verify that a Hoe with an angle of 45 0 is displayed.
See figure 4.8.

1/

Ftgure 4.8 A versus B clisp/ay

-
21/22. Base line Instability

This test checks the maximum base line instability.

Test equipment:
none

Test setup:
no special setup required
4·12 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

Procedure/requirements;

21 ~ A Tum off the signal sources connected to the ScopeMeler input or minimize
(zero) the signal amplitudes.

~
8 Use the select/adjust keys 10 swilch from front setting number 21 to number
22 an d back 10 21.

n
22 ~
C Verify that the trace does not jump more than 0.1 divisions while switching

~-
between front settings 21 and 22.

While in the SERVICE menu, press the METER softkey to enter the METER part of tile
Performance Verific ation Procedure.

1. Voltage accuracy METER mode

The following section checks the vOltage accuracy In METER mode. The
ScopeMeter uses the same input circuitry (hardware) for the SCOPE (channel A)
and the METER modes (in these attenuator settings). When the voltage accuracy
of the METE R Is checked, the deflection coefficients for SCOPE channel A am
also tested.

Test equipment;
Fluke 51008 Calibrator

Test setup;

FIuk8 51008
3.000

a
8NC 1C BANANA
(1MWo) 11IIIlI&)
a

Procedure;
A Apply 300 mV DC to channel A.
---
8 Change the input voltage and the setting of channel A according to table 4.3 and check Ihatthe
amplitude of the signal agrees with the value listed.

NOTE: The ScopeMeter is set to METER 'AUTORANGE' (step 1) with a dual (AC and DC) readout.
This implies that the ScopeMeter range is set automatically according to the input signal.
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4 · 13

Requirements:

Table 4.3 Requirements for voltage accuracy test channel A, METER mode.

Input signal Requirements

300 mV DC 298.0 ... 302.0V DC

300 mV RMS AC, 1 kHz 292.5 .. .307.5V RMS AC
3VDC 2.980 ... 3.020V DC
3V RMS AC, 1 kHz 2.925 ...3.075V RMS AC
30V DC 29.80 ...30.20V DC
30V RMS AC, 1 kHz 29.25 ... 30.75V RMS AC

2. DC mV accuracy METER mode

2 ~
These tests check the acctJracy of the DC mV function. The signal must be

?-
supplied 10 the banana input connectors of the ScopeMeter.

Test equipment:
Fluke 51008 Calibrator

Test setup:

.000.0
Fluke 5 1ooe
El F
=
== =
==

-,
D D D
DD BDD
§Ogg5

Procedure/requirements:
A Apply 300 mV DC to the banana connectors of the ScopeMeter.
8 Verify that the readout Is between 298.2 ...301 .8 mV DC.
C Apply 3V DC to the banana connectors of the ScopeMeter.
D Verify that the readout is between 2.982 ...3.018V DC.

3. Resistance accuracy

3 ~
These lests check the accuracy of the resistance measurement function . The

? . signal has to be supplied to the banana input connectors of the Scope Meter.
4 · 14 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

Test equipment:
Fluke 51008 Calibrator

Test setup:

o
'""
+100.0

o• g
l:b~
-----'
OoEIO'il

---
=ggs

Procedure/requ irements fOf resistance function accuracy test ;

A Set the Fluke 5100B to 1DOn
8 Check thallhe readout is between 99.00... 101 .00.
C Set the Fluke 51008 to 10 MCl.
D Check that the readout Is between 9.900 .. 10.10 Mn

4. Diode teat accuracy

This test checks the accuracy of the Diode lest function.

Test equipment:
Fluke 51008 Calibrator

Test setup:

-
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDUAE 4 - 15

Procedure/requirements for diode accuracy test:

A Set the Fluke 51008 to 1 kil.
8 Check that the readout is between 0.420 ...0.589V DC.

5. Signal display and frequency measurement

4 ~
This test checks the waveform display and the frequency measurement function
in METER MODE.

?-
Test equipment:
Tektronix TG 501 Time Mark Generator

Test s etup:

500 A
TeI<!ronix
TO 501

==
o ==
==
D D D

Procedure/requirements for testing waveform display and frequency function :

A Apply alms (1V peak-to-peak) time marker signal 10 channel A. Use a 500 termination.
8 Check that a stable (triggered) signal is displayed.
C Check that the frequency displayed is between 993 ... 1007 Hz.
4 - 16 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

4.3 STANDARD PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE SUMMARY

This table provides an overview of all steps In the Standard Performance Verification Procedure. It is
intended to be used as a reference fo r frequent users. For details on how to perform each Standard
Performance VerifICation Procedure slep, refer to section 4.2.

SCOPE PART

STEP SIGNAL SIGNAL SCOPEMETER REQUIRED

SOURCE AMPUFREC INPUTS

, · · No interrupted lines

,
2 . ·
·
·
·
No interrupted lines
Traces on mid SCrilen
4 Fluke 51006 212.1 mV(RMS)l1 kHz (sine) A Amplitude: 5.88...6.12 div.
300 mVIDC A [M;L mid screen and Irace: 2.94 ... 3.06 diV.
5 Fluke 51006 300 mVfDC B [);sl mid SCr8itn and tr8C8: 2.94 ...3.06 div.
212.1 mV(RM$)ll kHz (sina) B Amplitude: 5.88...6.12 div.
6 Fluke 51006 'ViDC B D1S1. mid screen and trace: 2.94. .3.00div.
6V(pp)/I kHz (sine) B Amplitude: 5.88 .. .6.12 div.
7 Fluke 51006 JOV/DC B Dist mid SCfeen and trace: 2 .94. .3.06div.
6OV(pp)l1 kHz (sine) B Amplitude: 5.86...6. 12 div.
B Tek PG 506 0.5V11 MHz 6 (son term) Rise time: < 0.7 div.
(fast rise/square wave)
9 Tek PG 506 0.5V/l MHz A (son term) Rise tfme: < 0.7 div.
(fasl rise/square wave)

""
Tek sa S03 120 mV(pp)/SO kHz (sine) A (son term) Adjust amplitude to 6 div.
Tek SG 503 120 mV(pp)/SO MHz (sine) A (SOO term) Amplitude: > 4.2 div.

""14 Tek
Tek
Tek
sa
SG
SG
503
S03
503
120 mV(pp)/SO kHz (sine)
120 mV(pp)/SO MHz (sioo)
...soomV{pp)l100 MHz (sine)
B (son
6 (SOO
B (SOO
term)
term)
tenn)
Adjust amplitude to 6 div.
Amplitude : > 4 .2 div.
Weiliriggered signal
- 100 mV(pp)/60 MHz (Sine) Wel l triggered signal

"""
Tek SG S03 300 mV(pp)fIO MHz (sine) 6 (SOOterm) Triggered on fallin9 edge
Tek sa 503 300 mV(pp)/10 MHz (sine) A (son term) Triggered on failing edge
Tek SG 503 ..500 mV(PP)/loo MHz (sine) A (SOO term) Welt triggered signal
.. 100 mV(pp)/60 MHz (sine) Welt triggered signal

" TekTG 501 lV(pp)l1 )ls (marker) A (SOil term) Markers Of\ lines
(tolerance ± 1 pixel", ± 0.04 div.)

"
20
PM 5134

PM 5134
1.2V11 kHz (sine) (pp)
on 1.4VIDC
800 mV(pp)!2 kHz (sina)
A&EXT
(both son term)
A&B
Well triggered signal

Line wilh angle 45° displayed on SCfOOl1

(both son term)
· ·
"
22 . · ·
Trace jumps < 0.1 div. when switching
between setting 21 and 22.

METER PART

STEP SIGNAL SIGNAL SCOPEMETER REQUIRED

SOURCE AMPUFAEC INPUTS

, Fluke 51008 300 mVIDC A 298.0 ...302.0 mV

300 mV(RMS)/1 kHz 292.5...307.5 mV
3V/DC 2.960...3.02QV
3V(RMS)/1 kH ... 2.925...3.075V
JOV/DC 29.80...3O.20V
3OV(RMS)Jl kHz 29.25...30.75V
2 Fluke 51006 300 mVIDC banana 298.2 •.. 301 .8 mV

, Fluke 5 1006
'V/DC
"on banana
2.982 ...3.018V
99.00 ... 101 .00
10 Mil 9.900 ... 10.10 Mil
4 Fluke 51006 an banlll18 0.42O ... 0.589V
5 Tek TG SOl 1V(Pp)l1 InS (marker) A (5on lelm) Stable oscilloscope picture
Frequency displayed: 993... 1007 Hz.
PERFORMANCE VERIFiCATION PROCEDURE 4 - 17

4.4 ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

This paragraph describes the Additional Performance Verification Procedure.
This procedure can be used to do some extra performance tests , depending on the ScopeMeter
version (93, 95, or 97). Follow the instructions described with each step.

The recommended test equipment required fo r this Additional Performance Verification Procedure is
listed In table 4.4.

Table 4.4 Recommended test equipment for Additional Performance Verification Procedure.

Instrument Type Recommended Model

Function Generator Philips PM 5134

Multimeter Philips PM 2525
Power Supply Philips PE 1537
Time Mark Generator Tektronix TG 501
Constant Amplitude Tektronix SG 503
Sine wave Generator
Square wave Tektronix PG 506
Calibration Generator

Cables and terminators for the generators (all BNC type)

Two standard banana test leads (delivered with the Scope Meter)
BNC (female) -to-banana (male) (delivered with the ScopeMeter)
5 mm. Power Jack connector plug with attached cable (e.g.: 4822 321 20125)

NOTE: During the following Performance Verification Procedure, you must connect the ScopeMeter
input connectors to the signal gefIfJrator outputs. This connection must be made by cables
(BNC connector channel A or B) or two standard banana test leads (COM and
mVlOhmlDiode banana connectors). The Additional Performance Verification Procedure
does not use the osdlloscope probes delivered with the instrument. The calibration of the
probes is described in the Operating Manual.

1_ Autoset

••• All models· ..

This test checks the correct operation of the AUTO SET function.

Test equipment:
Tektronix SG 503 Constant Amplitude Sine wave Generator

Test setup:

,-
""'"
==
=
==
D D D
DDBDD
==
D D=
4 - 18 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

Setl:lngslproc:ecluralrequlrements:
A Apply a 50 MHz sine wave signal 01100 mV peak-to-peak to channel A. Use a son termination.
B Switch on the ScopeMeter and press the SCOPE key to get Into SCOPE mode. Now press the
AUTO SET key. Check. that the display is stable and well triggered. Minimal 2 and maximal 20
signal periods must be displayed, over 8 divisions. The signal amplitude must be approximately
5 divisions. The NOTRIG indication on the display must not flash .
C Repeat settings/procedure lor channel B.

2. Vertical dynamic range and position range (move control)

••• All models •••

This test checks the vertical dynamic range. together with the position range (move control). A cenain
overdrive of the ScopeMeter must be allowed.

Test equipment:
Tektronix SG 503 Constant Amplitude Sine wave Generator

cg~
=~

~D~D~

Settingslprocedurelrequirements for channel A:

---
gog~

Verttcal dynamk: range check:

A Switch on the ScopeMeter and press the SCOPE key to get into SCOPE mode.
B Apply a 50 kHz sine wave s ignal of 950 mV peak-to-peak to channel A. Use a son termination.
C Press the AUTO SET key. Set channel A to 100 mVfdiv. and set the timebasa speed to lCJ,Jsldiv.
o Use the vertical MOVE key to shift the bottom of the sine wave vertically over tho screen in the
lower division. Shill the top 01 the sine wave in the upper division. Verify thaI the top and bottom
of the sine wave signal 019.5 divisions can be displayed distortion Iree.
E Apply a 50 MHz sine wave signal of approximately 500 mV peak- to-peak (4 divisions on the
screen) to channel A. Use a son termination.
F Set the timebase speed to 10 nsldiv.
G Now a sine wave with an amplitude 014 divisions must be displayed distortion I ree.

Move control check:

A Adjust the signal amplitude to 8 divisions on the SQ'"een.
B Check that the lTacecan be movOO OV9f4.divisions up (+ 4div.) and over 4. divisions down (- 4 div.).

Settings/procedure/requirements tor channel 8 :

Repeat the total procedure for channel A.
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4 - 19

3_Trigger level control range channel A and B

u. All models •••

This test checks the trigger level control range.

Test equipment:
Tektronix SG 503 Constant Amplitude Sine wave Generator

Test setup:

T""t,oni.
""OO

= =
=

-_.-
= =
DOD
DD 8 DD
~

Settings/procedure/requ irements:
A Apply a 500 kHz sine wave with an amplitude of 950 mV peak-to-peak to channel A. Use a son
termination.
B Switch on the ScopeMeter and press the SCOPE key to get into SCOPE mode. Now press the
AUTO SET key.
C Verity that the signal is well triggered.
D Set channel A to 100 mV/div.
E Press the TRIGGER key. Use the select/adjust keys to verify that the trigger level range is more
than B divisions (4 divisions up and 4 divisions down). The selected trigge r level is shown on the
display (reversed indication'~ LEVEL'). Also the trigger level indication, msr1led with an AI
will shift, while shifting the trigge r level. See figure 4.9.
F Repeat the same procedure for channel B.

or

Figure 4.9 -
Trigger level indication on screen
4 - 20 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

4. Power supply voltage range

•• * All models • • •

This test checks the correct operation of the ScopeMeter within the boundaries of the DC supply
voltage.

Test equipment:
Philips PE 1537 Power Supply 0-40VlO-lA
Tektronix SG 503 Constant Amplitude Sine Wave Generator
5 mm Power Jack connector plug with attached cable (for example order 4622 321 20125)

Test set-up:

-
Settings/procedure:
A Insert the power plug into the power adapter contact on the side 01 the ScopeMeter.
B Switch on the power supply and set the voltage to a wanted value between 6 and 20V DC.
C Apply a 50 kHz sine wave with an amplitude 01 100 mV peak-to- peak to channel A. Use a son
termination.
D Switch on the ScopeMeter. At power on, a beep tone must be audible.
E Press AUTO SET and verily that a well triggered signal with an amplitude 01 approximately 5
divisions is displayed over the whole supply voltage range.

Requirements:
A The Scope Meter must start at any DC voltage between Band 20V, applied at its power adapter
contact.
B The ScopeMeter must remain operative over the indicated voltage range.
C The amplitude 01 the trace displayed must be approximately 5 diviSions, independent 01 the
supply voltage.

POsmvE(+j
NEGAnVE(-)

Figure 4.10 Power Jack connector

PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PAOCEDUAE 4 · 21

5. Supply current
h. All models •••

This test checks !he Iotal supply current (ScopeMeter supply current and the built-In battery charger current).

Test equipment;
Philips PE 1537 Power Supply (}"40V/O-l A
Digital Multimeter (Philips PM 2525 or equivalent)
5 mm Power Jack connector plug witfl attached cable (for example order 4822 321 20125).
Test set-up;
PHIUPS PM2525

I B888S

--
PHIUPS PE1 S37

--
Settlngs/procedurelrequlrements;
-
NOTE: A PM 9086 battel)' pack (included in the shipment) has to be installed for this test.
Only NiGad batteries can be charged by the ScopeMeterl

A Set the power supply to 15V DC.

B Check that the charging current is 200 rnA (typical reading on mullimeler).
C Switch on the ScopeMeter.
o Check that the lolal supply current is 330 rnA (typical reading on multimeter).

6. Battery backup functional test

••• All models · ..

This test verifies that the ScopeMeter settings will be kept in memory if power Is switched off while
the batteries are instai!ed.

Test equipment:
oon.
Test setup:
no specific test setup required

Settings/procedure;
A Switch on the ScopeMeter and press the SCOPE key 10 get into scope mode.
B Press the AUTO SET key and set channel A and B to 500 mVldiv. Set the timebase to 1 msldiv.
C Switch off the ScopeMeter wilh the ON/OFF key and keep il switched off lor one hour to enable
all capacitors to discharge.
D Press the ON/OFF key to switch on the ScopeMeter again, and verify that the settings tor the
Umebase and attenuator have not changed.

Requirements;
ScopeMeter settings at power off must be restored the next time power Is switched on.
4- 22 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

7. Cursor measurements: time accuracy

••• Models 95/97 only! • ••

This test checks the accuracy of the cursors while measuring time.

Test equipment:
Tektronix TG 501 Time Mark Generator

Test setup:

"'" A

-
Settingfpfocedure:
A Apply alms lime marker signal to channel A. Use a son termination.
S Switch on the ScopeMeter and press the SCOPE key to get into SCOPE mode. Now press the
AUTO SET key.
e Set the timebase to 1 ms/dlv.
D Press the HOLOIAUN key to freeze the display.
E Press the CURSOR DATA key to get into the cursor menu.
F Press the CURSOR softkey to lum on the cursor lines.
G Position the cursor lines with the <CURSOR -1-> and <CURSOR 2·> keys, so thallhey cover a
distance of 6 time marker Intervals. Position the markers exactly 10 the top 01 the marker pulses.
See figure 4.11 .

Requirements:
The measured time distance between the cursors is displayed at the right side next to the traces. This
value must be 5.99 ... 6.01 ms.

...,.- , or ~,

,•
!
•

•
-i.oo

•
•
,,
•
,

Figure 4. 11 Cursor lines on marker pulses

PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4 · 23

8. Cursor measurements: voltage accuracy

••• Models 95/97 only! ...

This test checks the accuracy of the cursors while measuring voltage.

Test equipment:
Tektronix PG 506 Square Wave Calibration Generator

Test setup:

,....., A

"''''''
u • , • !

g?~
~D~dD
~=
00=

'-'.'"
-
Settings/procedure:
A Apply a 1 kHz square wave voltage of 1V peak·to-peak to channel A. Use the ' STO AMPL'
OUtput of the PG 506.
B Switch on the ScopeMeter and press the SCOPE key to get into SCOPE mode. Now press the
AUTO SET key.
e Set channel A to 200 mV/div and to AC coupling.
o Press the HOLDIRUN key to freeze the display
E Press the CURSOR DATA key to get into the cursor menu.
F Press the CURSOR softkey to activate the cursor lines.
G Position the first cursor in the horizontal middle of the top of the waveform. Use the
<CURSOR ·1-> key to position cursor 1.
H Position the second cursor in the horizontal mid of the bottom of the waveform. Use the
<CURSOR -2-> key to position cursor 2.
Use the mosl right softkey to select NORMAL readout.

Requirements:

The measured voltage between the cursors is displayed at the right side next to the traces. This value
must be O.96V... l .02V.

9. SETUP memory functions

••• Model 97 only! •••

ScopeMeter model 97 enables storing up to 10 front settings that will be kept in a memory with a
battery backup.
This test checks this function .

Test equipment:
none
4 - 24 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

Teat setup:
no specific set-up requ ired

Setting/procedure:
A Switch on the Scope Meter and switch to SCOPE mode.
Operate the keys 10 get a lront setting that differs from ltIe default settings:
Set channel A and B to 500 mV/div.
Set the timebase to 1 msldiv.
B Press the SETUP key to get Into the SETUP menu
C Press the SAVE soflkey, select SETUP 3 from the pop-up menu, and press ENTER. This will
save the current front setting as SETUP 3.
D Set channel A and B to 2V1div. Setlhe timebase to t ).Is/div.
E Switch off the Scope Meter.
F Switch on the ScopeMeter again (do not use MASTER RESET!). Press the SETUP key to get
Into the SETUP menu.
G Press the RECALL soflkey and choose SETUP 3 from the pop-up menu. (Use the select/adjust
keys and the ENTER soflkey.) This entry is marKed In the pop-up menu. The front setting must
be restored to the setting previously selected In step A.
H Now press the DELETE soflkey. Use the select/adjust key and the ENTER soflkey to choose
SETUP 3 from the pop-up menu. The RECALL mar1ter will disappear now as a sign that tha front
setting is no longer stored in memory.
Press the SAVE button to display the SETUP pop-up menu.
Verify that the marKer before SETUP 3 has disappeared.

10_ Generator
••• Model 97 onlyl * ..

This lest checks the built-in generator.

Test equipment:

"""'
Test setup:

BNC (!&male)

AA~ {maIe)

==
D • • • i

=
D
= D D

--
~
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4 · 2S

Settings/procedure/requirements:

Squa,. wave
A Switch on the ScopeMeter and press the SCOPE key 10 gel Into scope mode.
B Press the SPECIAL FUNCT key. Now press the left most 8Oftkey, marked GENERATE. This will
reveal the GENERATE pop- up menu.
C Use the selecVadjust keys to select 'Square: 976 Hz' snd press the right most ENTER 80ftkey
to activate the generator.
D Press the LCD key, and then press the softkey PROBE CAL. This will reveal the CAl&ADJUST
pop-up menu. Use the select/adjust keys to select ' Channel A , :, ' and press the ENTER softkey
to activate 1:1 coopting.
E Now press AUTO SET.
F Press the CURSOR DATA key. This will get you to the CURSOR DATA menu.
G Press the CURSOR softkey. Use the <-CURSOR ,-> key to positiofl the left cursor "08 on the
most negative part of the square wave signal. Use the <-CURSOR 2-> key 10 position the right
cursor line on the top of the square wave signal.
H Now press the FUNCTION softkey. This will reveal the FUNCTION pop-up menu. Use the
selecVadjust keys to select ' FREQUENCY' and press the ENTER softkey to activate the
frequency measurement. Press the FUNCTION softkey again. This will remove the FUNCTION
pop-up menu .
The ScopeMeter display will look like figure 4.12. The generator must produce a square wave
signal with an amplitude 01 5V and a frequency of 976 Hz (typical values).

PHOIlE 10;1

"",,
,.'"
.-

_.
Figure 4 . 12 Generator produces square waV6 signal

SIMWlJve
J Now press the SPECIAL FUNCT key. Press the GENERATE softkey to reveal the GENERATE
pop-tJp menu. Use the select/adjust keys to select 'SINEWAVE' and press the ENTER softkey
to activate the generator.
K Use the mVN keys to adJust the attenuatOf.
4 - 26 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

L The ScopeMeter display will look like figure 4 _13. TIle generator must produce a sine wave
signal with an amplitude of IV and a frequency of 976 Hz (typical values).
Pf{()BE 10:1

"'"'
PAINT

Figure 4. 13 Generator produces sine wave signal

11 . Component test function

••• Model 97 only! •••

This lest checks the component lesllunctioo (slow ramp vollage and slow ramp current).

Test equipment:
Red scope probe (delivered with the Scope Meter)

Test setup:

-
Settlngalprocedure!requ lrementl:
A Switch on the ScopeMeter and press the SPECIAL FUNCT key to enter the SPECIAL FUNCT
menu.
B Now press the MEASURE soHkey. This will reveal the MEASURE pop-up menu.
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PROCEDURE 4 · 27

C Use the selectladjusl keys 10 select "Components: VOLTAGE", end press the ENTER softkey
(most right) to start the component test function .
D Adjust the channel A ettenuator (press the mVN key once In the direction "mV") to set the
vertical axis to 500 mV/d iv.
E The ScopeMeter display witt now look like figure 4.14.
If you use a 10 k!l resistor, a 45° line will be shown.
F Press the MEASUAE soflkey and use the selecVadjust keys to select "Components:
CURRENT" from the MEASURE pop·up menu. Activate the selection by pressing the ENTEA
soflkey.
G Exchange the 10 kO resistor for a 1 kn resistor.
H Now the ScopeMeter display witl show a tine under 45°, in the upper left quadrant.

_w .w

"''''''
10:1
.""""
DC

MEASURE PRI~ PRINTER START

: FORMAT:
-
SETUP :' PRINT

Figure 4.14 Component test ·VOLTAGE"" mode

CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5. 1

5 CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

5.1 GENERAL INFORMATION

The following information provides the complete Calibration Adjustment Procedure for the
ScopeMeter. Because various control functions are interdependent, a certain order of adjustment is
necessary. The procedure is therefore presented in a sequence that is best suited to th is order.
Before you make calibration adjustments, always use the Performance Verification Procedure in
chapter 4 to check the ScopeMeter performance.

The Calibration Adjustment Procedure, described here, consists of the following three parts:

CONTRAST Calibration Adjustment Procedure

- SCOPE Calibration Adjustment Procedure
- METER Calibration Adjustment Procedure

Almost all Calibration Adjustments can be done without opening the instrument. Only the first four
sleps of the SCOPE Calibration Adjustment Procedure require disassembling of the Scope Meter
(see section 5.6.1).

NOTE: Every year use the Performance Verification Procedure in chapter 4 to check the
ScopeMeter. If the ScopeMeter fails the Performance Verification Procedure, Calibration
Adjustments must be made. If the ScopeMeter also fails the Calibration Adjustment
Procedure, repair is necessary (see chapter 7). (After repair, it is sometimes also necessary
to do also a Hardware Galibration Adjustment, see section 5.6. 1)

Sections 5.5, 5.6 and 5.7 describe the calibration process in detail. Section 5.8 contains a summary
of all calibration adjustments as a reference tor more frequent users.

5.2 RECOMMENDED CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT EQUIPMENT

The equipment recommended for the Calibration Adjustment Procedure is listed in table 5.1.

All calibration adjustments must be done in ambient temperatures between 18C and 28C. The
ScopeMeter can be used immediately: there is no wann-up time specified.

Table 5. t Recommended calibration adjustment equipment sUNey.

Instr ument Type Recommended Model

Multifunction Calibrator Fluke 5100B
Square Wave Calibration Generator Tektronix PG 506
Function Generator Philips PM 5134
. ) Personal Computer Any IBM compatible PC, running MS-DOS
'j Optical to RS-232 Interface Cable PM90801oo1
'J Flash ROM Refresh software Contact your Service Center
'J + 12V (± 2.5%) Programming voltage

' J These items are required after three calibrations, see note paragraph 5.3, pag 5.3 for details.
5-2 CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Cables and terminators for the generators (all BNC type)

Standard banana test leads
(two banana lest leads are delivered with the ScopeMeter)
BNC (female)-to-banana (male) (delivered with the ScopeMeter)
The red and grey probes, delivered with the ScopeMeler.

5.3 ENTERING THE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

The Calibration Adjustment Procedure Is operated via buill-in sequences. Before you can activate a
calibration sequence, you must first connect a 12V DC programming voltage to the ScopeMeter. To
do this, first remove the battery pack. See section 6.2.1.

Figure 5. 1 Position of the + 12V and 0 contacts for calibration (it8ms 25)

If you have removed the ScopeMel9r battery pack and the battery cover (figure 5.1, item 17), you wilt
have access to the + 12V/O contacts (figure 5.1, item 25). These contacts are placed in the left middle
(+ 12V) and the right middle (0) 01 the battery compartment. Connect +12V DC to the contact marked
"+ 12V" and OV to the contact marked "0".

CAunON: To avoid damaging the Flash ROM circuitry be sure to apply the polarity of 12V
programming voltage correctly.

NOTE: After you have performed the Calibration Procedure, remove the 12V programming voltage.
Do not perform measurements with the ScopeMeter. while the programming voltage is still
present.
CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5·3

Connect the ScopeMeler to the Power AdapterlBattery Charvar PM 8907. Use MASTER RESET to
switch the ScopeMeter on. (To do this press the LC~ key and keep it pressed. Then also press the
ONIOFF key. When the ScopeMeter switches on, you will hear two beeps.) Now press both
ACIDCIGROUND keys simultaneously. This will start the SeRVICE menu (see figure 4.1 , chapler 4).
This menu allows you to start the callbration sequence. Press the corresponding softkey mal1<ed
'CALIBRATE ScopeMeter'. This will start the CALIBRATE menu.

NOTE: The ScopeMeter will show the message:

-st»ee tor X more c.llbn1t1on _ ..fans. -(X is: 2, T, or 0)
After three electronic calibratio ns, the ScopeMeter will display: ' Space fOf 0 more calibration
sessions'. This means that the internal Flash ROMs of the ScopeMeter are full. To enable anolher
calibration, you must first empty the Flash ROMs and reinstall the ScopeMeter operating software.
To do this, send the ScopeMeter to your nearest Service Center. It Is also possible to ' refresh' the
FlashROMs by yourself, using a PC. FOf more information: contact your nearest Service Center.

5.4 OPERATING THE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

Softkeys in the CALIBRATE menu
In the CALIBRATE menu, It Is possible to choose the calibration mode (sequence) to be performed.

Press the softkey marked:

CONTRAST lor the CONTRAST Calibration Adjustment Procedure (see sectioo 5.5).
- SCOPE lor the SCOPE Calibf"ation Adjustment Procedure (see section 5.6).
. METER lor the METER Calibfation Adjustment Procedure (see section 5.7).

When one 01 these three calibration sequences is chosen, the corresponding text on the screen will
be shown in reverse. This shows that this calibration mode Is active.

II you press the ESCAPE softkey, the ScopeMeter will leave the CALIBRATE menu and retum to the
SERVICE menu.

NOTE: If you use the ESCAPE softkey to leave the CALIBRATION menu before storing the
calibratioos with the CAL STORE softkey, you will lose all new calibration values. The
instrument will continue using the calibration values thai were used before entering the
CAUBRATE menu.

The CAL STORE softkey saves the new calibration values that a re obtained in the CONTRAST,
SCOPE or METER sequences, to !he Flash ROM. From the moment you press !he CAL STORE
softkey, the ScopeMeter U5eS the new calibration data. The old calibration data is no lOnger valid.
ThIs wlll also fill one calibratiofl field In the Flash ROM. See section 5.3.

NOTE: After calibrating the ScopeMeter, reset the instrument (use 8 MASTER RESET), before
pettormlng measurements.

Key. In CONTRAST, SCOPE, or METER Csfltn-.tlon mode

The calibration Is presented as a sequence. You can advance through this sequence by pressing the
selec1ladjust keys. Pressing the upper select/adjust key advanceS one step; pressing the lower
adjust/select key brings you back one step.

In sectiOns 5.5, 5.6 and 5.7 this figure is used to indicate that one of 1he
select/adjust keys (up/down) must be pressed to display the Indicated step
number 'K" displayed on the ScopeMeter screen.
5·4 CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

When the ScopeMeler LCD displays the indication' CAL' , you must first apply the appropriate Input
(calibration) signal. When the correclsignaJ Is present altha correcllerminaJ, you start the bullt·ln
calibration by pressing the most right READY softkey. The text ' READY' will be in reverse video, to
shOw thallhe ScopeMeter's internal calibration is active. When the process is ready, the 'READY'
text will change again, from inverted 10 normal. Now you can use the selecVadjust keys to advance
to the next calib ration step or return to a previous calibration slep.

After you have completed a calibration sequence, press either CONTRAST, SCOPE or METER
softkey again to relum to the CA LIBRATE menu. The new calibration data will slay in memory to
enable you to store it permanently with the CAL STORE key.

Press the ESCAPE softkey to leave the active calibration mode without storing the new calibration
data. This will also return you to the CALIBRATE menu.

5.5 CONTRAST CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

You activate the CONTRAST Calibration Adjustment Procedure Irom the CALIBRATE menu. by
pressing the left most CONTRAST softkey. When this softkey Is depressed. the text ' CONTRAST" is
shown In reverse video. to show that this calibration mode is active.

Now use the adjusVselecl keys to adjust the contrast 01 the LCD to your own (personal) setting. When
you have found the correct setting, you can make this setting ready for calibration storage. by
pressing the READY softkey once.

NOTE: When you press the READY SClftkey. this does not mean tha t the new value of the LCD
contrast is actually stored in the Flash ROMs of the ScopeMeter. This only happens when
you press the CAL STORE softkey.

Press the CONTRAST softkey again to leave the CONTRAST Calibration Adjustment Procedure.
The text ' CONTRAST" will change from reverse video Into normal again.

5.6 SCOPE CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

You can start the SCOPE Calibration Adjustment Procedure from the CALIBRATE menu by pressing
the SCOPE softkey. When this SClftkey is pressed. the text "SCOPE" is shown in reverse video. 10
show that this calibration mode is active.

The SCOPE Calibration Adjustment Procedure is divided into two parts:

- Hardware SCOPE Calibration Adjustments: steps HI to H4

- Closed Case SCOPE Calibration Adjustments: steps S5 to S29

NOTE: During the foJlowing Calibration Adjustment Procedure,you must connect the ScopeMeter
Input connectors to the signal generator outputs by means of cables (BNC connector channel
A or B) or two standard banana test leads (COM and mVlOhmIDiode banana connectors).

5.6.1 Hardware SCOPE Calibration Adjustments

The tirst tour steps of the SCOPE Calibration Adjustment Procedure are called Hardware SCOPE
Calibration Adjustments. To perform the Hardware SCOPE Calibration Adjustments, you must
open the ScopeMeter. The disassembly procedure for these calibration adjustments is described in
chapter 6 (section 6.1 and 6.2.3).
CALIBRATIO N ADJUSTME NT PROCEDURE 5-5

WARNING: To prevent personallnjur)I, do not perform any disassembly procedures before

reading chapter 6.

When th e ScopeMeter is disassembled, it is not possible to apply the +12V programming voltage in
the normal way. It is possible to apply the + 12V programming voltage by means 01 two test clips (see
figure 5.2).

Remove all voltage sources from the ScopeMeter. Tum the digital A 1 PCB. mounted in the top cover
so that the display and the keyboard are facing down. Connect the + 12V programming voltage to the
appropriate places on the PCB. It can be helplul to first install two metal screws again. See figu re 5.2.
Be sure not to short ci rcu it with the metal shielding, mounted on the analog Al PCB. Tum the top
cover and the mounted PCB. Connect the ScopeMeter to the pow er supply and switch the Instrument
on. Go to the SERVICE menu and press the CALIBRATE ScopeMeter softkey. You can make the
adjustments necessary with six trim capacitors (three for the attenuator of each channel) and two
adjustment potentiometers (for the Analog ASIC).
+12V

-
Figure 5.2 Connecting the + 12V programming voltage for Hardware SCOPE Calibration
Adjustments.

NOTE: You only have to do Hardware SCOPE Calibration Adjustments, if you have repaired the
ScopeMetsr in the A ttenuator sections or in the Analog ASIC circuitry. After you have done
a Hardware SCOPE Calibration Adjustment or you have adjusted one of the potentiometers.
you always need to do a ru/l (saftware) SCOPE and METER calibration.
If you decide not to do the Hardware Calibration Adjustment now, you can advance to
calibration 55 by pressing the upper select/adjust key 4 times.
5-6 CALIBRAT ION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDU RE

H1 . Hardware pulse response of the ..1 attenuation

Purpose: optimal pulse response of the . ' attenuation circuit.

Calibration equipment:
Philips PM 5134 Function Generator

Calibration setup:
~, ~
~
SPUTTER

Procedure:
A - Apply a square wave with a frequency of 1 kHz, amplitude 300 mV peak-Io-peak (between 0 mV
and +300 mY) to both channels A and B. Use 50n terminations.
B - TUm trimmer C2209 on the analog A2 PCB to gellhe besl channel A pulse response on the LCD
(least distorted waveform). The position of trimmerC2209 can be found in section 10: figure 10.3
(A2 PCB layout SMD).
C - Tum trimmer e21 09 on the analog A2 PCB to get the best channel 8 pulse response on the
LCD. The position of trimme r C2109 can be found in section 10: figure 10.3 (A2 PCB layout
SMD).
D - Press the READY sottkey.

H2. Hardware pulse response of the *10 attenuation

Purpose: optimal pulse response of the - 10 attenuation circuit.

Calibration equipment:
Philips PM 5134 Function Generator

Calibration setup:
See calibration setup HI.
CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5· 7

Procedure:
A - Apply a square wave wit h a frequency of 1 kHz, amplitude 3V peak-to-peak (between OV and
+3V) to both channels A and B. Use 5Of.lterminations.
B · Tum trimmer C2207 on ttle analog A2. PCB to get the best channel A pulse response on the LCD
(least distorted waveform). The position of trimmer C2207 can be found in section 10: figure 10.3
(A2 PCB layout SMD).
C - Tum trimmer C21 07 on the analog A2. PCB to get the best channel B pulse response on the
LCD. The position of trimme r C2107 can be found in section 10: figure 10.3 (A2. PCB layout
SMD).
D· Press the READY softkey.

H3. Hardware pulse response of the *100 attenuation

Purpose: optimal pulse response of the - 100 attenuation circuit.

Calibration equipment:
Tektronix PG 506 Square Wave Calibration Generator

Calibration setup:

, ,

ffiffi
o 0_0

-
DDE3uu
=
o O DD

Procedure:
A - Apply a square wave with a frequency of 1 kHz, amplitude 20V peak-to-peak (between OVand
+20V) to both channels A and B. Set the generator to the position ·STD AMPL".
B - Tum trimmer C2214 on the analog A2 PCB to get the best channel A pulse response on ltIe LCD
(least distorted waveform) . The position of trimmer C2214 can be found In section 10: figure 10.3
(A2 PCB layout SMD).
C - Tum trimmer C2114 on the analog A2 PCB to getthe best channel B pulse response on the LCD .
The position of trimmer C2114 can be found in section 10: figure 10.3 (A2. PCB layout SMD).
o - Press the READY softkey.
5 -, CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

H4. Hardware offset and gain

Purpose: optimal response of complete analog A2 circuitry.

Calibration equipment:
Fluke 51008 Calibrator

Calibration setup:

F ...... 5 , 00B

o
!INC", BANANA o
1-11--)

Procedure:
A - Connect Test Point TP209 on the analog A2 PCB to GROUND. The position of Test Point TP209
can be found in section 10: figure lOA (A2 PCB layout wired components side).
B - Apply a 1 kHz sine wave signal with an amplitude 01720 mV AC peak-to-peak 10 the channel A
BNG connector. (Set the Fluke 51008 to 254.56 mV RMS, 1 kHz sine wave.)
C - Tum the potentiometers R2346 and R2347 so that the sine wave on the LCD is 9)(actly 6
divisions: maximum (peak) on +3 divisions. minimum (peak) on -3 divisions (tolerance ± 1 dol).
D - Press the READY softkey.

5.6.2 Closed Case SCOPE Calibration Adjustments

NOTE: The fol/owing calibration adjustments are done electronically. For these calibrations, the
ScopeMeler must be in a fully assembled slale!

S5. Offset correction

Purpose: remove offset 01 channel A and B Input operational amplifiers.

Calibtation equipment:
none.
 CAUBRATIQN ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5·9

Callbf'ation setup:

n
-
Procedure;
A - Short circuit both channel A and channel B Inputs.
B - Press the READY softkey.

S617. Pulse response of the .1/.10 attenuation (fine adjustments)

Purpose: optimal pulse response of the .1 , .10 attenuation circuit.

ClIlIbration equipment:
Philips PM 5134 Function Generator

Cllilbration Htup:
See calibration setup H1 .

Procedure:
A - Apply a square wave with a frequency 011 kHz. amplitude 300 mV peak-to-peak (between 0 mV
and +300 mV) to both channels A and B. Use 500 terminations.
B - Press the READY sottkey.

c· Apply a square wave with a frequency of t kHz, amplitude 3V peak·to-peak

(between OV and +3V) to both channels A and 8. Use 500 terminations.
D · Press the READY soflkey.

-
5 - 10 C ALIBRATIO N ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

S8I9. Pulse response of the _1001.1000 attenuation (fine adjustments)

Purpose: optimal pulse response of the .100, *1000 attenuation circuit.

calibration equipment:
Tektronix PG 506 Square Wave Calibration Generator

ca libration setup:
See calibration setup H3,

Procedure:
A · Apply a square wave with a frequency of 1 kHz, amplitude 20V peak-to-peak (between OV and
+20V) to both channels A and S, Set the generator to the position 'STD AMPL".
B· Press the READY sollkey.

C - Apply a square wave with a frequency of 1 kHz, amplitude SOV peak-to-peak

(between OV and +50V) 10 both channels A and B. Set the generator to Ihe
position ' STD AMP L".
D - Press the READY soflkey_

S10111 /12/13/14/15/16/17
Gain for 5 mY, 10 mY. 20 mY, 50 mY, 100 mY, 200 mY, 2V, 20V

Purpose: correction of the system gain (from BNC to microprocessor) in

attenuatorset\ings: 5 mY, 10 mY, 20 mY, 50 mY. 100 mY. 200 mY, 2V,
20V.

Calibration equipment:
Tektronix PG 506 Square Wave Calibration Generator

Calibration setup:
See calibration setup H3.

Procedure:
A - Apply a square wave with a frequency of 1 kHz, amplitude 20 mV peak-to-peak to both channels
A and B. Set the generator to the position · STD AMP L".
B - Press the READY soflkey.
C - Change the input voltage according to table 5.2.
Alle r each calibration press the READY softkey. Use the adjusVselect keys 10 advance/go back
in the list.

NOTE: These steps calibrate both channel A and 8 at the same lime.
CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5 - 11

Table 5.2 Calibration signals for step 5'0... 5'7.

Calibration step number Calibration voltage

S10 square wave, I kHz, 20 mV peak-to-peak
S11 square wave, I kHz, 50 mV peak-ta-peak
S12 square wave, I kHz, 100 mV peak·la-peak
S13 square wave, 1 kHz, 200 mV peak·la-peak
S1' square wave, 1 kHz, 500 mV peak·ta-peak
S15 square wave, 1 kHz, IV peak·la-peak
S1. square wave, 1 kHz, IOV peak-to-peak
S17 square wave, 1 kHz, looV peak·to-peak

518119, Shift galn .. 1 mode and /8 mode

Purpose: correct lor the shift gain in ' times I mode' and in 'divided by 8 mode'.

calibration equipment:
TektroniK PG 506 Square Wave Calibration Geoerat()(

Calibration setup:
See calibration setup H3.

Procedure:
A - Apply a square wave with a frequency 011 kHz, amplilude 200 mV peak-la-peak (between 0 mV
and +200 mY) 10 both channels A and B. Set the generator 10 the position ' STO AMPL'.
B - Press the READY sankey.

19 ~ c· Apply a square wave with a frequency 01 1 kHz, amplitude 20 mV peak-to-

peak (between 0 mV and +20 mV) 10 both channels A and B.

?- Set the generator to !he position 'STO AMPl',

D · Press the READY softkey.
5 - 12 CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

520121122123. Channel A and channel B 50% and 90% trigger level

20 ~ Purpose: calibrate the 50% and 90% analog tligger level 01 channel A and
c hannel B.

~.
Calibration equipment:
Fluke 5100B Calibrator

Calibration setup:

Procedure:
A - Apply a sine wave with a Irequency 01 SO kHz, amplitude 1V peak-to-peak to both channels A
and B. Use son terminations. (Set the Fluke 5100B to 0.353.5 mV RM S, 5 kHz sine wave).
B - Press the READY sollkey.

21 ~ C - Press the READY sollkey.

~.
22 ~ o - Press the READY sollkey.

~
23 ~ E - Press the READY sollkey

~.
CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5 - 13

S24. Externallrlggerlng

24 ~ Purpose: calibrate the O.2V extemaltrigger level.

?-
Calibration equipment:
Fluke 5100B Calibrator

Calibration setup:

_&,ooe

o = =
=
o ==
D.Q.D

-
DD~o[]
~

Procedure:
A - Apply a 50 kHz sine wave signal with an amplitude of IV peak-to-peak to channel A and also to
the banana connectors. Use a coaxial signal splitter and a BNC(female)-to-banana(male)
converter (see calibration setup). (Set the Fluke 5100B to O.35355V RMS, 5 kHz sine wave).
B - Press the READY softlmy.

S25. Random sampling

Purpose: calibration 01 the random sampling levels.

Calibration equipment:
Tektronix PG 506 Square Wave Calibration Generator
5 - 14 CALIBRAT ION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Calibration setup:

==
E51Tfl
OD D
00 8 00
=
0=

Procedure:
A - Apply a 1 MHz square wave signal with an amplitude 01 approximately 600 mV peak-to-peak to
both channel A and B. Set the generator to the FAST RISE position. Use son terminations.
B - Press the READY softkey.
C - Now press the SCOPE softkey to go back to the CALIBRATE menu.
CAUBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5 · 15

5.7 METER CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Press the METER softkey to activate the METER Calibration Adjustment Procedure from the
CALIBRATE menu. When you press this softkey, the text ' METER' will be shown in reverse video to
show that this calibration mode is active.

NOTE: During the METER calibration, the values displayed on the LCD do not represent the values
of the input voltages!

M1. Linearity calibration and M2. Zeroing the ranges

Purpose Ml : calibration 01 the linearization table, used by the ScopeMeter.

Purpose M2: Ihis calibration zeros all ranges of the ScopeMeter in METER
mode: 300 mY, 3V, JOV and 300V on ch<lnnel A and 300 mV and
3V of the banana connectors.

Calibration equipment:
MOO

Calibration set·up:

-.
Procedure:
A· Short circuit the channel A BNC and the banana connectors.
B· Press !he READY softkey.

NOTE: During this calibration step many internal calibration constants are being set. This process
can last up to 3 minutes.

(C · ShOrt circuit the channel A BNC and the banana connectors.)

O · Press the READY softkey.
5 - 16 CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

M3. Channel A, 300 mV range: zero for open input

Purpose: zero chann el A in the 300 mV range wilh open input.

Calibration equipment:
none

Calibration setup:
Channel A BNC open.

Procedure:
A - Remove any connection from the channel A BNC.
B - Press the READY soflkey.

M4IS/617. Channel A, 300 mVI3VI30VI300V range: gain calibration

Purpose: calibration of the channel A gain in the 300 mV, 3V. 30V and 300V
ranges .

Calibration equipment:
Fluke 51008 Calibrator

Calibration setup:

Procedure:
A - Apply 300 mV DC to channel A.
B - Press the READY softkey.
C - Change the input voltage according to table 5.3. After each calibration press the READY softkey.
Use the adjust/select keys 10 advance/go back in the list.
CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5 - 17

Table 5.3 Calibration signals for step M4 ... M7.

Calibration Step Number calibration Voltage

M4 300mV DC
M5 3V DC
M6 30V DC
M7 300V DC

WARNING: After you have performed calibration M7, deactivate the Fluke 51008 to remove
the 300V DC. Always set the Fluke 51008 to 300 mV DC before touching the
connection cables!

M8I9, External input, 300 mVI3V range: gain calibration

Purpose: calibration of the external input gain in the 300 mV and 3V ranges.

Calibration equipment:
Fluke 51008 calibrator

Callbratlon setup:

Procedure:
A - Apply 300 mV DC to the banana connectors.
B - Press the AEADY softkey.

C - Apply 3V DC to the banana connectors.

D - Press the READY softkey.
5 - 18 CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

M10. All ranges 00 calibration

Purpose: calibration of the on points in all ranges.

Calibration equipment:
0"""
Calibration setup:

SHOAT CIRCUIT

Procedure:
A - Short circuit the banana connectors.
B - Press the READY softkey.

M11/12113114115116 . Calibration of the Ohm range8

Purpose: calibration of the 300n 3 kCl, 30 kO. 300 kO. 3 Mo, and 30 Mil ranges.

calibration equipment:
Fiuke 5100B Calibrator
CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5 - 19

Calibration setup:

- ~

"
''''
.. 100.0
"

0"0
o
=
~
D.Q.D
DD~DD
=
D ODD

-
Procedure:
A - Connect 100n to the banana connectors.
B - Press the READY softkey.
C - Change the resistance according to table 5.4. After each calibration press the READY softKey.
Use the adjust/select keys to advance/go back in the list.

Table 5.4 calibration signals for step MIl ,.. M16.

Calibration Step Number Calibration Resistance

Mll 100n
M12 1kQ
M13 10 kn
M14 100 k!l
M15 1 MQ
M16 10MO

M17. Voltage ramp calibration

Purpose: calibration of the voltage ramp of the circuit tester.

Calibration equipment:
none
5 - 20 CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Calibration setup:

Procedure:
A - Connect the channel A BNC to the red GENERATOR OUT banana connector. by means of a
BNC cable and a BNC (female)-Io- banana(male) connector.
B - Press the READY soNkey.

M18. Current ramp calibration

18 ~ Purpose: calibrate the current ramp of the circuit tester.

?-
calibration equipment:
Fluke 5100B Calibrator

Calibration satup:

D
. 100,0

D" D ==
D d:,IT:i;l
Om~DO
d~

Procedure:
Sa""M_

-
A - Connect a resistance of 1000 between both banana connectors. Connect channel A to the red
banana connector. Do not use a probe! Refer to the calibration setup.
B - Press the READY soflkey.
CAUBRATlON ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5 · 21

M19120
10:1 calibration for channel A (red) and channel B (grey) probes

Purpose: determine the gain, using a 10:1 probe.

calibration equipment:
Red scope probe (deHvered with the ScopeMeter)
Grey scope probe (delivered with the ScopeMet8f)
Red adjust aclaptar (delivered with !he ScopeMeter)

Calibration setup:
r ..

AfldA _
•
Dff GeNERATOROUT

rfIO -I- ?\- ~

_.
IMPORTANT: Calibration steps M19 and M20 determine the Internal calibration constants that
com~nute tor protM characteristics. To achieve tull accuracy (as listed In the
specifications In chapter 2), calibrations M19 and M20 must be performed, using
the probes that are normally to be used with the Instrument.

tt the probes delivered with the ScopaMeter a,. not avanabfe at the time of
calibraUon, use other probes specifically deaJgned for the ScopeMel8f. In this
case you must notify the user that these calibration. have been ~rtonned ,
u.lng dtftarent probes. To achieve full accuracy, the u.... mu.t do a U.... Probe
calibration, u sing hi. own probes. This procedure Is described In the
ScopeMeter U..... Manual. Becauaethe result. oftheae User Probe Calibrations
5 - 22 CALIBRATION ADJ USTMENT PROCEDURE

are atored In battery backed up RAM, they must be repeated if the batteries lire
removed lor 8 longer period. You will also loose the resuns of the User Probe
Calibrati on when you do a MASTER RESET. (A MASTER RESET Is done when
the ScopeMeler Is switched on while the LCD key Is depressed. Two beeps ere
audible.)

Procedure:
A - Connect the red scope probe to lne channel A BNG.
S - Connect the probe tip to the red GENERATOR OUT banana connector using the red adjust
adapter. Refer to the Calibration setup.
C - Press the READY softkey. II you have made all connections correctly and you ha.... e connected
the correct probe, the ScopeMeter will display the text:
"DC PROBE calibration in progress",
After a few seconds the SoopeMeter wil l display:
· PROBE successfully calibrated"
and will also beep once. Now you can So to the next calibraiion step.

o - Connect the grey scope probe to the channel B BNC.

E - Connect the probe tip to the red GENERATOR OUT banana connector using
the red adjust adapter. ReIer to the Calibration set-up.
F - Press the READY softkey. If you have mad e all connections correctly and
you have connected the correct probe,the ScopeMeter will display the te)(\:
~ DC PROBE calibration in progress·.
After a tew seconds the ScopeMeter will display:
· PROBE successfully calibrated "
and 11 will also beep once. Now you can go to the next calibration step.

M21122. 1:1 probe calibration for channel A and channel B

Purpose: determine the gain, using a 1:1 probe.

Calibration equipment:
none

Calibration set-up:

= =
CAUBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE 5 · 23

Procedure:
A · Connect the channel A BNC to the red GENERATOR OUT banana connector, by means 01 a
BNC cable and a BNC (femate)·to- banana(male) connector.
B· Press the READY softkey.
If all connections are good, the ScopeMeter will display the text:
~OC PROBE calimtlon In progreu~.
After a few seconds the ScopeMeter will display:
~ PR08E successfully callbreted~
and wilt also beep once. Now you can go to the next calibration slep.

C · Connect the channel B BNC to the red GENERATOR OUT banana

connector, by means of a BNC cable and a BNC(femaleHo-banana(maJe)
connector.
D · Press the READY softkey. If all COMections are good, the ScopeMeler will
dis~ay the text:
- DC PROBE calibration In progress~ .
After a lew seconds the ScopeMeter will display:
"PROBE successtully calibrated"
and It will also beep once.
Calibration is now complete.
5 - 24 CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

5.8 Calibration Adjustment Procedure Summary

This table provides an overview of all steps in the Calibration Adjustment Procedure. 1\ is intended to
be used as a reference for frequent users. For details on howto perlorrn each Calibration Adjustment
slep, refer 10 sections 5.5, 5.6 and 5.7.

Table 5.5 Calibration Adjustment Procedure Summary.

STEP I SIGNAL SOURCE I SIGNAL AMPUFREQ I SCOPEMETER INPUTS I ACTIONS

CONTRAST calibration Adjustment Procedure

- I- I- - I I Adjust lor clear picture.

SCOPE Calibration Adjustment Procedure

Hardware SCOPE Calibration Adjustments : only to be done when ScopeMeter is repalredl

H1 PM 5134 300 mV(pp)/1 kHz (square) A & B (son tennln .) Adjust C2109/C2209.
H2 PM 5134 3V(pp)/1 kHz (square) A & B (son tennin .) Adjust C2107/C22Q7.
H3 Tek PG 506 20V(pp)f, kHz (square) AOS Adjust C21141C2214.
H' Fluke 5100B 254.5 mV (RMS)11 kHz (sine) A Adjust R23461R2347,
Ground testpoint 209.

Closed case SCOPE Calibration Adjustments

55 - - Short circuit BNCs.

sa PM 5134 300 mV(pp)/1 kHz (squara) A & B (50n termin.) -
57 PM 5134 3V(pp)/1 kHz (square) A & B (son termin.) -
sa Tek PG 506 2OV(pp)/1 kHz (square) AOS -
59 Tek PG 506 SOV(pp)ll kHz (square) AOB -
510
511
Tek PG 506
Tek PG S06
20 mV(pp)/1 kHz (square)
50 mV(pp)/1 kHz (square)
AOS
AOS
--
512 Tek PG 506 100 mV(pp)/1 kHz (square) A&S -
513 Tek PG 506 200 mV(pp)/1 kHz (square) A&S -
5"
515
Tek PO 506
Tek PO 506
500 mV(pp)/1 kHz (sqlJllfe)
1V(ppVl kHz (square)
AOS
A&S
--
516 Tek PG 506 10V(pp)/1 kHz (square) AOS -
517
518
Tek PG 506
Tek PG 506
l OOV(pp)/1 kHz (square)
200 mV(pp)/1 kHz (square)
A&S
A&B
--
519 Tek PG 506 20 mV(pp)/1 kHz (square) AOB -
S20 Fluke 51008 353.5 mV (RMS)/50 kHz (sine) AOS -
S21
522
Fluke 51008
Fluke 51008
353.5 mV (RMS)/SO kHz (sine)
353.5 mV (R MS)/SO kHz (sine)
A&S
A&S
--
523 Fluke 51008 353.5 mV (RMS)/50 kHz (sine) A&B -
52< Fluke51008 353.5 mV (RMS)fSO kHz {sine) A & banana
525 Tek PO 506 500 mV(pp)/1 MHz A & 8 (SOil tennin .) -
CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT PAOCEDUAE 5 - 25

I STEP [ SIGNAL SOURCE I SIGNAL AMPUFREQ I SCOPEMETER INPUTS ACTIONS

METER Calibration Adjustments

- -
"' - -
Short circuit 8NCs &
banana
Short circuit A 8NC &
"2
banana
"3 - - A BNC open
"4 Fluke 51008 300mV DC A
"5 -
".
Fluke 51008 ,V DC A
Fluke5100B 30VDC A -
"7
"8
Fluke 51008 300V DC A -
-
".
Fluke 51008 300mV DC bananas
Fluke 51008 'V DC bananas -
- - -
"" Short circuit banana
Ir'lput
-
""
""
Fluke
Fluke
51008
51008
H"'"
Hn
bananas
ballanas -
-
""
MU
M'S
Fluke
Fluke
Fluke
5t008
51008
51008
"""
HlO ""
, Mn
bananas
bananas
bananas
-
-
Ml6 Fluke 51008 10Mn bananas -
MH - A BNC 10 bananas -
MlB Fluke 5100B ,oon resiSlor betweoo bananas ,
connect A BNC to banana
M'. red probe probe tip to bananas -
M20 grey probe - probe tip to bananas -
M2' - - A BNC to bananas -
M22 - - B BNG 10 bananas -
ClSASSEMBUNG THE SCOPEMETEA . ·1

6 DISASSEMBLING THE SCOPEMETER

6.1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Whenever the ScopeMeter needs repair and/or HardWare SCOPE Callbratlon Adjustments, the
instrument must be disassembled.

NOTE: For replaC6ment of compc1fIfNlts refer to section 7.2; fOr Hardware SCOPE Calibration
Adjustments refer to section 5.6. 1.
This section provides Iha required disassembling procedures. Both printed circuit boards removed
from the instrument must be adequately protected against damage. and atl normal precautions
regarding the use of tools must be observed. Curing the disassembly process, make a careful note
of aU discoonected leads SO thatlhey can be reconnected to !heir correctterrninals when you
reassemble the Instrument.

WARNING: Removing the Inatrument covers or removing psrts, except those to which
access can be gained by hand, Is likely to expose live parts and accessible
terminals may be live. To avoid electriC shock, disconnect the instrument from
all voltage aourcea and remove batttlf"s before dl ..... mbling the instrument.
H any adjustment, maintenance, or repair of the dl ..ssembled instrument under
vottage i. required, It ahall be carried out only by qualHHId personnel using
custom.ry precautlona against elecb1c shock. capacltOnil Inside the Instrument
can hokt thlMr charge even H the Instrument has been sepanl1ed from s" voltage
sources and batterlea have been removed.

6.2 DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

The following sections describe the disassembly process of the 5copeMeter In sequence (from fully
assembled instrument to separate printed ci rcuit boards and chassis parts). Start and end
disassembly at the appropriate heading levels.

WARNING: To avoid electric shock. disconnect test leads, probes and power supply from
any live source and from the ScopeMeter ItaeH.
6-2 DISASSEMBLING THE SCOPEMETER

6.2.1 Removing the battery pack

•

Figure 6. 1 Removing the battery pack

1. The battery cover (item 17) is secured to the ScopeMetsr with two black M3 Tone screws (item
20). Use a Torx screwdriver to loosen the two screws (00 not remove them) from the battery
cover.

2. Lift the battery cover from the ScopeMeler.

3. Pull the black battery pull strip (item 28) carefully to lift the battery pack.

4. Remove the battery pack.

6.2.2 Opening the ScopeMeter

Referring to figure 6.2, use the following procedure 10 open the ScopeMeter.

1. Loosen the two black M3 Tone screws (item 4) (do not remove them) from the front cover.

2. Lift the front cover assembly (item 3) from the ScopeMeter.

NOTE: The gasket, between the front cover end the two case halves, is sealed to, and must remain
with, the front cover, The front cover asssmbly lifts away 'rom the top and bottom case halves
easily. Do not damage the gasket or separate it from the front cover.
A oorrectly fitted gasket assures the sealing of the ScopeMeter.

3. Remove the battery pack (see Section 6.2.1).

DISASSEMBLING THE SCQPEMETER 6-3

4. The bottom cover assembly is secured to ttle top cover with two M3 Torx screws (item 29) ttlat
are accessible In the battery compartment. Use a Torx scremriver to remove the two screws.

5. Lift the bottom cover a little from the top cover and unfold lI"Ie ScopeMeler.

NOTE: Do not damage the black gaskets and keep them with the front cover and the lowercase half.
A correctly fitted gasket assures proper sealing of the ScopeMeter.

3 FRONT
COVER

~~~ "',"'''' COVER

BATTERY
coveR

Figure 6.2 Opening the ScopeMeter

6-4 DISASSEMBLING THE SCOPEMETER

6.2.3 Removing the analog A2 PCB, to enable Hardware SCOPE Calibration

Adjustments

Referring to figure 6.2, use the following procedure to remove the analog A2 PCB.

1. First open the ScopeMeter (see Section 6.2.2).

2. The analog A2 PCB and top screening are secured to the bottom cover with two M3 Torx screws
(item 30). Use a Torx screwdriver to remove the screws.

3. Carefully lift the metal top screening, while pulling it backwards.

4. Pull the battery wiring plug (item 27, figu re 6.1) out of the connector on the analog A2 PCB.

5. Use a Torx screwdriver to loosen the two black screws (item 13) (do not remove them) from the
input unit assembly. Now the analog A2 PCB can be lifted out of the bottom cover assembly.

6. The bottom of the analog A2 PCB shows the components (potentiometers) used for hardware
calibration adjustments. Th e Hardware SCOPE Calibration Adjustments are described in
section 5.6.1.

NOTE: The digital A 1 PCB and the metal shielding are still fixed to the top cover and musl be
connected to the analog A2 PCB by the 3D-pole flat cable.

CAUTION: Damage may occur if you disconnect the flat cable between the two printed
circuit boards within ten seconds after turning off the Instrument. Damage may
also occur when the Analog unit (A2) Is powered when not connected to the
Digital unit (Al)_

6.2.4 Removing the digital A1 PCB.

1. First open the Scope Meter (see Section 6.2.2).

NOTE: Note how the 3D-pole nst cable is positioned In the connector: il must be replaced in exactly
the same way

When the ScopeMeter is opened, the blue marks on the flal cable must be visible.
Carefully lift the upper part of the flat cabl e connector on the digital Al PCB. This plastic clamp
must be lifted at both sides simultaneously to unlock the flat cable. Now pull the flat cable out of
the connector on the digital A l PCB. Do not touch the flat cable ends!

Figure 6.3 Removing the 3D-pole flat cable

DISASSEMBLING THE SCOPEMETER 6-5

3. The digital At PCB and metal screening are secured 10 the top cover with four M3 Torx screws
(item 33). Two of these screws contain small standoffs. Be sure to reinstalilhem In the correct
place when the ScopeMeter is reassembled. Use a Torx screwdriver to remove the screws.

8. Remove the metal AI screening from the digital AI PCB.

9. Remove the digital A 1 PCB from of the top cover. Be careful not 10 damage the infrared LED and
phololransislor of the optical interlace.

NOTE: When reassembling the digital A 1 PCB, make sure that the infrared LED and phototransistor
are exactly aligned with the holes in the top cover.
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7-,

7 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

7.1 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

7.1.1 Introduction

The ScopeMeter provides semi modular design to aid in troubleshooting. This section describes
procedures needed to isolate a problem in a specific functional area. Finally, troubleshooting hints fO(
each functional area are presented.

II the ScopeMeter fails, first verify that you are operating the ScopeMeter COfTactty by reviewing the
Operation Verification Procedure found in the Users Manual.

WARNING: Opening the case may expose hazardous vo ltages. Always disconnect the
Instrument from all voltage sources .nd remo ve the batteries before opening the
c .... Remember that repairs or servicfng shoufd be performed by qualified
personnel only.

7.1.2 Troubleshooting techniques

II a fault appears, the !oUewing lest sequence can be used to help you to locate the defective
component

Check 10 verify that the conlrol settings of the inslrument are correct. Consult the operating
Instructions in the Users Manual.

Check the equipment to whict1the instrument is connected and check the Interconnection cables.

Verify that the instrument is properly calibrated. If it is not, reler to Chapter 5: 'Calibratlon
Adjustment Procedure'.

locate the circui1(s) in which you suspect the fault: the symptom often suggests the faulty circuil.
tf the power supply is defective, the symptom may appear to be caused by several circuits.

Check the cirruit(s) in which you suspect the fault. Often i1 is possible to find faults such as cold
or defective solder ;oints, intermittent or open interconnection plugs and wires or damaged
components.
7-2 COAAECTIVE MAINTENANCE

7.1.3 Display and error messages

To ease the ScopeMeter operation display messages are generated. If you operate the ScopeMeter
Incorreclly, it will display error messages. Each error message Is dIsplayed lor 5 seconds.

The following table describes the display messages and error messages and the possible solutions.
If no specific model number Is stated, the message and solution apply to all ScopeMeter models.

MESSAGE CAUSE

Key not poselbte In thlt! ScopeMetet' mode. You have pressed an InCOHect key.
(SCOPEIMETER mode) For example: you have pressed the trigger
key, while In meier mode.

Solution: Press a correct key.

Not executed: at least one trace on LCD You have attempled to switch off the only
(SCOPE mode) displayed trace In the CHAN AB menu or
WAVEFORM menu (Model 97) .

Solution: Tum on another channel.

Not executed: already max. tree.. on lCD (Model 97) You have attempted to tum 00
(SCOPE mode) more than four traces simultaneously in the
CHAN AB menu and the WAVEFORM menu.

Solution: Tum oft IlllOther trace.

Chosen function changed oUter settings. Somellmes some functions. for e!(ample
(SCOPE mode) events and n-cycle. can adapt (change)
other ScopaMeter settings automatically.

Solution: Switch ofllhe chosen function and check the settings.

Time base limit reached tor present mode The s TIME ns key has been pressed. lorcing
(SCOPE mode) the timebase to exceed the limit. For
example. if the ~mit of 100 ns in single trigger
mode Is exceeded.

Solution: Select RECURRENT trigger mode.

ScopeMeter auto shut down In 5 minutesf No new key has been activated in the last
(SCOPEiMETER mode) 10 minutes. To save battery power. the
ScopeMeter shuts down.

Solution: Press a key.

Scope Meter model 9x j VX.lIX j VY-VY-VY ScopeMeter ' model number; software
(SCOPEiMETER mode) version; software date'. Both soltkeys 1 (left)
and 5 (right) have been pressed at the same
lime.

Solulion: -
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ' ·3

Scope mode: not more than 5 meas urements You have attempted to switch on more
(SCOPE mode) than fiIIe cursor measuremems
simultaneously in the cursor function pop-up
menu,

Solution: Turn off another cursor function.

Unknown probe o r wrong co nnection. No probe or a defective probe has

(SCOPE/METER mode) been connected during probe DC calibration.

Solution: Connect a correct probe and do another DC calibration. If the warning is still displayed,
refer to the troubleshooting information 01 the Ana log A2. PCB later in this section.

No valid memory setup that can be used. You have tried 10 recal l a wavefOfTTl and
(SCOPE mode) the corresponding setup (Setup recaJi
active), while a setup has not been saved for
the stored wavelofTTl.

Solution: Choose a waveform for which there is a valid setup stored, or switch off the 'Setup reca ll'
function.

Not executed: no '2V programming vonage The CALIBRATE ScopeMeter soflkey has
(SCOPEIMETER mode) been pressed in the SERVICE menu without
the 12V programming voltage being
connected to the programming contacts in
the battery compartment

Solution: Connect the 12V programming voltage, before pressing the CALIBRATE soflkey.

NOTE: calibration is to be done by qualified S8rvic6 personnel. Incorrect calibration data is stored if
12V programming voltage Is connected, While the CALIBRATE ScopeMeter mode is turned
on. Forca/ibration of Ihe Scopemetef refer 10 chapter S: 'Celibrstion Adjustment Procedure'.

CAL STORE error: no 12V or no space feft 1. No 12V. The 12V programming voltage
(SCOPEIMETER mode) that Is connected to the programming
contacts in the battery compartment has
disappeared during the calibration
adjustments.

2. No space left. The internal Rash ROMs

with the ca!ibratlon constants are lull.

Solution: 1. Check the 12V programming voltage connection in the battery compartment.

2. The calibration conslants part in the Flash Roms must be emptied belore other
calibrations can be made. For refreshing the Flash ROMs, contact your nearest
Fluke/Philips Service Center.

PRINTER error: pi. .. . reMf: printer. No printing or the printing has stopped via
(SCOPEIMETEA mode, model 97 only) the optically isolated AS- 232-C interface
PM9080.

SoIuti041: Check !he settings 00 the printer (ON UNE and BAUD RATE). Reset the printer. Verity
that ilthe optically Isolated AS-232-C Interface Is stm connected to the ScopeMeter.
7-4 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

CAUBRATION error: wrong Input signal(s) The ScopeMeler has rejected the connected
(SCOPEIMETE A mode) calibration adjustment signal during
calibration.

Solution: Check the calibration signal and repeat the calibration step. If the signal Is correct and the
error message remains, refer to the troubleshooting information of the Analog A2 PCB
later in this section.

PROBE successfully calibrated. The probe calibration has been successful.

(SCOPE/METER mode)

•• ERROR ••• PLEASE RESET INSTRUMENT ••• General error message: something has gone
(SCOPE/METER mode) wrong. which cannot be undone easily.

Solution: Switch off the ScopeMeter and switch it on again, using MASTER RESET: Press the LCD
key and keep it pressed. Now press the ON/OFF key. The ScopeMeler will give two beeps
and will start up in a default condition.

No AUTOSET on time or att: no channels You have tried to do an AUTOSET, while

(SCOPE mode) both channels A and B were switched off
(only waveforms in memory displayed!).

Solution: Switch on channel A and/or channel B before you activate AUTOSET.

REF differs trom present meter mode. The sellings of the ScopeMeter have been
(METER mode) changed, so that previously determined
references are not valid.

Solution: Set new references.

PROBE CAL Use AUTO SET to exit. The ScopeMeter has been selinto the
(SCOPE/METER mode) AC ADJUST mode for channel A or B in the
PROBE CAL popup menu.

Solution: AC adjust ttle probe and/or press the AUTO SET key.

AUTO SET .. AUTO SET .. AUTO SET The ScopeMeter performs an aula set after
(SCOPE/METER mode) the AUTO SET key has been pressed.

Solulion: Wail untilihe warning disappears (aboul 1 second). If the warning stays, refer to the
troubleshooting information later In th is section.

Connect PROBE to GENERATOR OUT. The AC ADJUST or the DC CAL item in

(SCOPEIMETER mode) the PROBE CAL pop up menu has been
selected.

Solution: Connect a probe to the generator output and select AC ADJUST or DC CAL or wait for
five seconds.

DC PROBE calibration in progress The DC CAL ilem In the PROBE CAL

(SCOPE/METER mode) pop·up menu has been selected.

Solution: Wail until the warning disappears. A beep signals the end of the DC PROBE calibration.
If Ihe calibration has been successful, the message ' PROBE successfully calibrated ' will
appear.
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7· 5

7.1 .4 Main tests

7.1.4. 1 Operation Verification Procedure

This test verifies the Scope Meter with a minimum of test steps and actions. It does not check every
facet of the ScopeMeter's characteristics, but it gives you an Indication of correct operation.

For operation verification purposes, the ScopeMeter generales a 975 Hz/SV peak-Io-peak square
wave signal that can be measured and verified. This signal Is measured in the SCOPE and METER
mOOs.

NOTE: To use the ScopeMeter 10 its fullesl capability il is essentiat to USB on/ycatibraled probes with
your instrument. These calibnJtlld probes are dqilVflf90 with the ScopeMeter.

Operation Verification Procedure:

1. Tum ON the ScopeMete r.

2. Connect the red 10:1 scope probe to channel A (red BNC) input.
3. Connect the red adjust adapter to the red banana GENERATOR OUTput connector.
4. Connect the red probe to the red banana/scope tip adapter.
5. Press the SCOPE key.
6. Press the LCDICAL key.
7. Press the PROBE CAL softkey to select the CAUbration & ADJUST pop-up menu.
8. Press the (..c..( ~ seleC1ladjusl keys to setect AC ADJUST of channel A.
9. Press the ENTER softkey to enter lhe AC ADJUST mode.

Check the SCOPE display on the following settings and results:

Channel Configuration Channel A

Vertical Amplitude lV/div
Channel Input Coupling AC
Probe Selected PROBE x10
Time Base 100 ~sldlv
Trigger Mode (Press SCOPE key) Recurrent
Trigger Source (Press TRIGGER key) Channel A
Trigger Slope (Press mlGGER key) + Slope
7-6 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Result (see Figure 7.1): Square wave,

Ampl SV peak-to=peak ± 10%
Freq 976 Hz ± 1%

R"A - + 1
Channel A
a[fGENERATOR OUT

Channel B

V DC
+X.XXX
Figure 7. 1 Result on LCD screen during . .... Q
vl'Jrification prOCl'Jdum

10. Press the METER key.

The ScopeMeter sets itself to the initial METER measurement function.

Check the METER display on the following settings and results:

Result (see Figure 7.1): Vrms AC 2.500 ±IO%
Ranging (see Figure 7.1): AUTO, 3V

11 . Press the AUTO SET key to end the operation verification procedure for channel A.

NOTE: To verify the SCOPE operation of Channel B, proceed In the same order 8S Channel A, use
the grey channel B BNC socket and the grey 10: 1 scope probe.
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ,.,
7. 1.4.2 PerlOfTTUlfICfJ Verification Procedure

The Performance VerifiCation Procedure is a very quick way 10 check most of the ScopeMeter's
specifications. It is based on the specifications listed in Chapter 2 of this Service Manual. If the
instrument fails of any of these tests, Calibration Adjustments (see chapter 5) and/or repair (see
chapter 7) Is necessary. The complete Performance Verification Procedure is described In chapter 4.

7,1 .5 Troubleshooting

7. 1. 5. I Trouble shooting hints

OPENING THE SCQPEMETER:

To troubleshoot the ScopeMeter, open the instrument as described in subsection 6.2.2 "Opening the
ScopeMeter" 01 chapter 6 "DI$ASSEMBUNG THE SCOPEMETER".

TEST POINT AND COMPONENTS LOCATION:

Added with the PCB layouts ligures 10.1, lOA, and 10.5 and the circuit diagrams figures 10.2, 10,3,
10,6, 10.7, and 10.8 are location reference lists lor last location of the test points and the components.

CONNECTING THE GROUND (ZERO) LOGIC 0 REFERENCE:

While performing measurements, It Is possible to use the metal shielding as zero relerence. It is also
possible to install the metal screws, as is described in section 5.6. 1 "Hardware SCOPE Calibration
Adjustments". You can use one 01 the screws as a zero reference: refer to figure 5.2.

LOGIC 1 LEVEL:
The logic ooe level is +5V.

7.1.6 Digital A1 PCB Troubleshooting

First remove the digital AI PCS as described in section 6.2.4 "Removing the digital PCS".

7. 1.6. 1 Powering the ScopeMeter

Power the ScopeMeter with the powerAdaplerlBattery Charger PM8907.

7. 1.6.2 Kemel Test

The Kemellesls the Address/Data outputs ffom lhe microprocessor (0 1201), the interface
transmitter and receiver circuits of the optical interface, and the Random Access MemorieS (RAM).
The test results are measured with an oscilloscope.

NOTE: If loading the ScopeMetefS FlashROMs fails, 't is possible to get a ScopeMeter which is not
functioning. For example: if the operating system of the $c;opeMeter is corrupted, it is not
possible to operate the instrument normally. In this case you should also use the following
procedure to estebliSh communication with the $copeMeter. When communication is
established, you can relOad the operating software into the FlashROMs. (For this action you
need special software: contact your nearest FlukelPhilips Service Center.)

I. Power the ScopeMeter with the Power Adapter/Battery Charger PM8907.

2, Ground testpointTP216. tum on the ScopeMeter and release the ground (from teslpOint TP216).
7-' CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

MICROPROCESSOR 01201

3. Measure on connector contact X12Q l /610 lest the microprocessor 01201.

Correct'" 0.5 Hz.
Incorrect (defect microprocessor 0120 1) ::0 not 0.5 Hz.

OPTICAL INTERFACE

4. Shine with a lamp in the 'Optical lnterface' holes to lest the optical interface receiver.

5. Measure on the transceiver line 01201/32.

Apply light and verify lhalthe signal level changes from OV DC (dark) to O.3V DC (light).

ADDRESSIDATA LINES

6. Measure on address/date bus 00 (ADOO, 01201/2).

Correct = logic O.
All other address dal a lines (ADO! to AD t S) are logic 1 (+5V).

7. Ground and release lestpoinl TP217 (first time) and the next address/data ADO! line will go low
(to logic 0).
Continue grounding and releasing leslpoint TP217 until address/data line AD15 goes low
(fifteenth time).
With steps 6 and 7 the buffered addresses throughout the whole instrument are active and can
be traced.

RAMS D1204 AND D1206.

a. The next grounding of testpoint TP217 (sixteenth time) starts the RAM test 01 the first AAM
01204. Measure on connector contact X1201 /6.
During the RAM test connector contact starts at logic O.
RAM correct == 0.5 Hz.
RAM incorrect == logic 1.

9. Ground and release testpoint TP217 (seventeenth time) to start the RAM test 01 the second RAM
01206. Measure on connector contact X1201/6.
During the RAM test connector contact XI201/6 starts at logic O.
RAM correct == 0.5 Hz.
RAM incorrect == logic 1.

ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION.

10. After the seventeenth time of grounding TP217, the ScopeMel er sends an <XON:> via the
AS-232 interface. Now communication is established, it is possible to reprogram the
FlashROMs. For special software contact your nearest Fluke/Philips Service Center.

11 . Ground testpoint TP216 one more time to abort the Kernel Test.
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7·9

7. 1.6.3 Test point signals.

The digital At PCB Is provided with test points. mar1c.ad: "Tp. See figure 10.t : A 1 PCB layout
(component side). These can be used 10 check correct functioning of the PCB.

All measurements are made In the default MASTER RESET conditlon (start the measurements In the
ScopeMeter using MASTER RESET).

A MASTER RESET Is performed as follows:

1. Remove all signals Irom the 5copeMeter.
2. Tum off the ScopeMater.
3. Hold down the LCD key and press the ONIOFF key silTMJltaneously. Two beeps are audible. and
all volatile memories (RAM with battery backup) are reset. The ScopeMeter is automaticany set
10 the METER mode.

Use another oscilloscope with high Input impedance and 10:1 probe to measure the signals on the
test points. See table 7.1:

Table 7.1. Overview on Test Points on the digital A 1 PCB.

Logic O=QV. Logic 1=+5V

TP Name Frnq. Data Description

"""'" tWA

.~ . - -
207 Y40 595 Hz A Output 40, 01404

208 Y120 .~ -- 595 Hz A Output 120. 01406

209 Y200 "1""

. uUT 595 Hz A Output 200. 01407
I,,"
210 X40 II II -- r 595 Hz A Output 40. 01401
....
211 X120 J I I I T 595 Hz A Outpu1120, 01402

212 X200 T I 595Hz A Output 200, Ot403

213 WEN ] UlL A Write Enable Not, point 10 of

01203

214 REN Jl.fWlJ¥ A Read Enable Not, point 11 01

01203

21. TESTI Lu 0
" TEST l /analog channel 3.
point 16 of 01201

217 TEST2 .JUUl.fL 12.1 kHz A TEST 2/timer 2 Clock, point

64 of 01201

219 ON_OFF 0 L ON OFFilligh speed Input

0.2. poinl53 01 01201

22 1 POWER_ON Luu 0
" POWER ON
7 - 10 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

TP Name Scope F"", _ Data Description

HIllA

222 NOT_ON a L NOT ON

223 RAM_ POWER t _ ___________ a H RAM POWER

22' +VRAM L .. _........... . a H +Supply Voltage lor the

RAMI...
~

233 VI Lu .............. .. •
a H Power supply lor LCD drive
(+2.3V)
.................... ... •
234 V2 a
I ~
L Power supply lor LCD drive
(-23V)

235 V3
Imuumm-muu • a L Power supply lor LCD drive
.~
(..{J.BV)

237 V5 1.0.0 • a L Power supply lor LCD drive

~
(-22V)

239 .PCLK
C\J\AI"-- 12.5 MHz A ~Processor dock, point
01201
9 of

241 BAT_LEVEL t uum umumm a H BATtery LEVEUanaJog

Channel 6, pointlO 01 01201

244 RAMSELN llJlJl..JJ[L _ A RAM SELect Not, point 20 01

01204
246 OPTSELN -lJUlJ1MJ1JWWJUl- 500 kHz A Option Select Not

247

248
A15

-20V
,-
AAADJJ.AJ.AD1
------------------ --
100 kHz

a
A

H
.. JROM 1 select not

-lOV supply

249 .5V Luumum .. muuu a H +5V supply

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 · 11

7. 1.6.4 Defauh signals measured in tile digital cifClJits.

The Digital A 1 PCB is provided with large integrated circuits. For testi~ the board, the Input signals
and output signals of the large Integrated circuits are given In tables 7.2 up to 7.5. and the
corresponding figures. These signals can be used to check correct functioning of the large Integrated
Circuits on the digital A 1 PCB .

All measurements are made In the default MASTER RESET condition (start the measurements In the
ScopeMeter using MASTER RESET).

A MASTER RESET is performed as follows:

1. Remove all signals Irom the ScopeMeler.
2. Tum off the ScopeMeter.
3. Hold down the lCO key and press the ONfOFF key simultaneously. Two beeps are audible, and
all volatile memories (RAM with battery backup) are reset. The ScopeMeter is al1lomatlcally sel
to the Meter mode.

Use another oscilloscope with high Input Impedance and 10:1 probe to measure the signals on the
Integrated ci rcuits.

I!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
O ~Q ~~ ~~~N_O~Q~~ ~
€1 Q~ ~~~~ ~~ ~~~ ~~~~~

~D ' __ I 64 _ T2ClK
~DO _ 2 63 _ VSS (0)
R'O _ l 62 _ RUDY
AL£/.im _ ~ 61 _ 1'2. '
INST __ 5 60 _ WIfR/1JR[
BUSWIDTH _ 6 59 _ Wl![/WlI
CLKOUT _ 7 S8 _ PW"
~ULl _ 8 51 _ 12eAP P2
XIAtl _ _ 9 S& _ _ VPP 1+5V )

1:1 ~~~ ::::

( .,. 5V vee _
:~
12 0120 1
~~
Sl
:::::
_
~~ gl
H50 . .3
( +5V vee _ Il 52 _ vee (+5v )
U __ U 51 _ V55 (0)
..... , - 15 ~ - HSO. 2
PO.3 _ 16 ~9 _ Pl.fi
l CHI ___ 17 48 _ 1'1.7
" CHO __ IS .. , _ Pt.6
"CH2 _ 19 46 _ PI .S
.lCH6 __ 20 4S _ HSO.I
.lCH1 __ 21 .. _ H50 .0
(0) VSS _ 22 4j _ HSO . S
.lCH~__ 23 42 _ VS5 (0)
PO.4 _ H .1 _ HSO. '

I!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
S1661S
SI ll ""
FigurB 7.2 Microprocessor D1201
7·12 CORRECTI VE MAINTENANCE

Table 7.2 Signals measured on microprocessor D 1201.

Logic O=OV, Logic 1=+5V

Comp Name (pin) Scope Freq . Data Description

Circ IIC HlUA
01201

1 AD01 /ADlfP3
lliliUliLL 1.5 MHz A Address Datal/Address
Datal port3

2 ADOO /ADO/P3 lliliUUlJ 2 MHz A Address Datao/Address

DataO port3

3 RDIN I RD
lliliUliU 2 MHz A Read noVRead

4 ADV N /ALEJADV
hJLfLJUUlJL 2 MHz A Address valid noVAddress
latch enable/Address val id
output

5 IINST 200 kHz A I instruction fetch for external

memory

6 IBUSWIDTH a L lBuswidth selection, 8 or 16

bit

7 )1PClKOVT/CLKOVT
~- 6.25 MHz A )1P clock ouVclock out 1/2
oscillation frequency 50%
duty cycle

8 /X·TAL2
~ - 12.5 MHz A I Crystal

9 I X·TAL 1
rvYVVV"- - 12.5 MHz A I Crystal

10 NSS a L Noltage supply

ground (0)

11 NSS a L Noltage supply

ground (0)

12 Nee luum_uu_m_uuuuu;" a H I Main supply (+5V)

-"
13 Nee I ... . ...... • . . . . . . . . . . . . ···0
a H I Main supply (+5V)

14 lEA a H IExtemal access

•
15 I NMI
DIIIIII IIQIIIIIIIIQL __ A /NonMaskable Interrupt

."
16 fPO.3
L •••••••••••••••• " ' - 0
a H /port 0.3

."
17 IACHl I .. ·0
0 H {Analog channell

uv
18 {ACHO
I .. . . . . ... .. . . . .. ·0
a H IAnalog channel 0
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 · 13

Comp Name (pin) F"". D.ta Description

Circ llC >WA

,. /ACH2 Luuuuum ."

., 0 H /Analog channel 2

2Q /ACH6 Lmum ........ .... --

, . ~
0 H /Analog channel 6

21 /ACH7 . ~ ..... 0 A IAnaIog channel 7

22 NSS 0 L Nottage supply

ground (0)

23 IACH5 0 L /Analog channel 5

2. HlDOFNlACH4 i uul .m.immi H IA Hold off not /Analog

channel 4

25 IANGND 0 L IAnalog ground (AID

convertor)

26 N REF tummmmum --.-.•• ---

0 H Nreference (AID convertor)

27 NSS 0 L /Clock Detect Enable

28 ACQRDY/EXTINT .ffiJlJLJlJL .. 5H, A Acquisition readylExtemal

interrupt

2. NCC I.. uu. Umm ----.•• --

0 H !Main supply (+5V)

~
30 ~PRESET/RESET
t .. .... --- --c
0 H ~P reset /reset

31 /AXD Imummmmmmom: 0 H /Receive datalport 2

32 ITXD L . ........ - •• .
- - - - - - --
0 H ITransmiI datalport 2

33 NSS 0 L Nottage supply

ground (0)

34 COAT /PI.O D.[l[][l[ 5 H' A Cbus DATA /Port 1.0

35 DTAEblPl .l 0 L DATA enable /Port 1.1

36 FAONTClOCKIPI .2 .lDDDl:::U. 6OkH, A Front dock /Port 1.2

37 CClK /Pl .3
J//I/1LJ//111lJ11 100 kHz A Cbus clock /Port 1.3

38 PSO/Pl.4 .lfllillDlllIDJlIlL 40 Hz A page select 0 !Port 1.4

••
3. FRONTDATA1IHS1 .0 lum . ......... - --_. -- a
0 H FrontdatatlHigh speed Input
1.0
 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Cornp Name (pin) Freq. Data Description

Clrc/lC twA

40 FRONTDATA2IHS1.1 L........... n ___ . . . . n ..... ~"" 0 H Frontdata2

IHlgh speed input f.l

41 IHSO.4 .JlIIIIIIII III IIIII .. 400H, A tHigh Speed input 0.4

42 N SS a L Noltage supply
ground (0)

43 ADI5IHSO.5 UA Address data 15/HighSpeed

Input 0.5

44 LlGHTIHSO.O a L UghtlHigh Speed input 0.0

45 IHSO.l a L lHigh Speed input 0.1

46 PS11P1.5 a L page select 1 lport 1.5

47 PS21P1.6 .1IlJlJlJl[lJl[ .... 45-1 .5 kHz A page selec12/port 1.6

48 PS3IP1.7 _1IlJlJlJl[lJl[.__ 45-1 .5 kHz A page select 3/port 1.7

49 DTAECIP2.6 a L Data enable C lport 2.6

SO IHSO.2 a L IHlgh Speed input 0.2

51 NSS a L Noltage supply

ground (0)

52 NCC t. ............ nm.m .. m.~ 0 H /Main supply (+5V)

53 ON OFFniSO.3 a L on off niigh Speed input 0.2

54 NSS a L Noltage supply

ground {OJ

55 NSS a L Nollage supply

ground (0)

56 NPP t. . n .. m . . n m m ••• m_.~ 0 H I (+5V)

57 FRONT LATCH
1T2CAPJP2
.~ ..
H/A Fronl latch I

58 TEST2IPWM .1llJ1JlJl1lIl __ . 12 kHz A Tes1 2IPuise width

modulator

59 WRIN IWRlIWR .v=lTr.-- 2.08 MHz A Write not !Write IowM'rite

.v=lTr.-- 2.08 MHz A /lNnte high, Bus High Enable

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 15

Corn. Name (pin) Fteq. Dala Description

Circ/lC HlUA

61 AOC7 IP2 .4 .r:::u::::utllll ... A Analog digital convertor/

port 2.4

62 SVNCRDV/READV
.11J1J'L.JJ 2MHz A Synchronisation
ready/Ready

63 NSS D L N ottage supply

ground (0)

64 TEST2fT2CLK 1JlIlill1IlJl.. 12 kHz A Tesl2 romer 2 clock

6' ADI5 /ADI5

fLJ1JlJL 100 kHz A Address data IS/Address
data I S

" AD14/AD14
JU1JIJL 100 kHz A Address data I4IAddre ss
data 14

flIlnJL .
.
67 AD13 /AD13 100 kHz A Address dala 131Address
data 13

AD12 /AD12
JLD!lJL 100 kHz A Address data 121Address
data 12

6. ADtl /ADll JU1JlJL .. 100 kHz A Address data l "AddrGSS

data 11

70 ADl0 /ADtO .JlIlJlJL 100 kHz A Address data t o/Address

data 10

71 AD09/AD .JlIlJlJL ... tOO kHz A Address data O9IAddress

data 09

72 AD«J /AD fUlJUL . tOO kHz A Address data O8IAddress

data 08

73 AOO7 /AD [JIlDnflL 1-2 MHz A Address data 07/ Address

data 0 7

74 ADOO /AD lflillJJTI[ 1-2 MHz A Address data Q61Address

"mOO
••
7' NCC luummmum .... - 0
D H IMain supply (+SV)

76 ADOS /AD LllJLnL 1.5 MHz A Address data Os/Address

data 05

n AD04 /AD lJLlLfl[ .. 1.5 MHz A Address data O4IAddress

data 04

78 AfXJ3 /AD lJLlLfl[ 1.5 MHz A Address data O3IAddress

data 03

7' NSS D L Nonage supply ground (0)

80 AOO2/AD2 !ljlliC 1.5 MHz A Address data 02lAddress

data 02
7 - 16 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

OPTSELN 1 80 sn lol Ul
e07 2 79 CO NTR
BOS 3 78 CHAN"
805 ... 77 TR"C KN
BO~ 5 76 TR"CK
803 5 75 NLOOH'"

." H STOP N

." 73 "DCO

WROUTN
." 10
12
71
Aoel
Aon
ROOUTN 11 70 "OC3
(0) Y55 12 59 YS5 (0 )
SAU 13 6~ AOC4
(+~Y) YOO ,. 57 YOO ( + 5Y)
8A13 15 01203 55 " OCS
8A11 16 55 " DCS
BAll 17 64 AOC7
BAlD 18 63 HLOOUTN
8"9 1S 62 HLDINN
IIA8 20 51 OSCO
IIAl 21 60 OSCI
BAS 22 59 PSO
BAS 23 58 PSI
IIU 24 57 PSl
BAJ 25 55 "CORDY
11"2 26 55 UPCLOCK
8" \ 27 54 WRIN
BAD 28 53 ROIN
RO IolOSELN 29 ~2 5l.AO\lN
ROlollS£LN 30 51 AD'll

..
":c :c" :;: .,:;: «
:::
~ ST6SlY

Figure 7.3 Digital ASIC 01203

" 91 11 1 ...

Table 7.3 Signals measured on digitsl ASIC D1203.

Logic O=OV Logie 1=+5V

Comp Name (pin) Freq. Data Description

Cire IIC HlUA
D1203
1 IOPTSELN .rLJLJL~ ...... 499.6 kHz A Optional RAM Select Not
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 1· 17

Comp Name (pin)

Cire /IC
Freq.
.....,.
Data Description

2 BOO7!BD1 Unstable

[[ [ [ [[ [[
100 kHz
• Buffered Data

·.

3 BD06IBD6 Unstable 100 kHz

• Buffered Data

[ [ [ [ [ [

• BOO5lB05 Unstable 100 kHz A Buffered Data

·
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ ...
5 BOQ4roD4 Unstable 100 kHz
• Buffered Data

·
[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [.. --
• 80031803 Unstable

[[ [ [ [ [ [ [· .
100 kHz A Buffered Data

7 B002l802 Unstable 100 kHz A Buffered Data

·
[[ [ [ [ [ [ [. . ..
8 BOO118o1 Unstable 100 kHz
• Buffered Data

[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [
9 80001800 Unstable 100 kHz
• Buffered Data

[ [ [ [ [ [ [ [· .
10 WEN/WROUTN Unstable 32 kHz
• Write Enable NoVWrite Oul
Nol
1'IIIi'IWIIIIIII·
RENIRDOUTN Unstable 1.4995Wiz A Read Enable Not/Read Out
" [I [ [
Nol
a! [[ lf ..

t2 VSS 0 L Volt Supply ground

13 8A14/BAI4 Unstable 200 kHz

• Buffered Address

.~
I.
IS
+5VoNoo

BA131BA13
L
Unstable
u . --~
- ..

0
635kHZ
H

A
Volt Supply

Buffered Address

,. BA121BA12
[[
Unstable
! LI [ ! 0 [ [
635 kHz A Buffered Address

[ [ [ LI [ [ [I [ [ ..

17 BAl1fBAl1 Unstable 635 kHz A Buffered Address

[ I [ [[ [ [ D [ [..
7· 18 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

e""" Name (pin) Freo· D.,. Description

CircllC HAlA

18 BA1O/BA10 Unstabte 635 kHz A Buffered Address

r I r lI' I I'Ll I L.
19 BA09/BA9 Unstable 635 kHz A Buffered Address

I I I [I I I U I I ..

20 SA08IBAa Unstable 635kHz A Buffered Address

I I I LI I I 01 I ..

21 BA07IBA7 Unstable 616 kHz A Buffered Address

rtlllllll1Jlll Clilri .
22 BA06IBA6 Unstable 616 kHz A Buffered Address

[[[[[lIlllJIIIIJIIIJ u

23 BAOSIBA5 Unstable 6t6 kHz A Buffered Address

11111 11111 1I11l:mD.

2. BA04IBA4 Unstable 590kHz A Buffered Address
25 SA03IBA> Unstable 599 kHz A Buffered Address
26 BA02l8A2 Unstable 599 kHz A Buffered Address
27 BA01IBAl Unstable 599 kHz A Buffered Address
28 BAOOIBAO Unstable 624 kHz A Buffered Address

rrrrrrrnnl1Jrrrrnnm
29 CENlAOMOSELN 0 H ....... JAorn 0 Select Not
30 Al51AOMISELN 0 H Address 15/Rom 1 Select
No.

3. UPCLOCK WIJW./I.NIJ' .. 12.496 MHz A Micro-processor Clock

32 ADOOIDO 0 0 0 Address DalalDala Bus lIO 0

33 AOO11D1 0 0 0 Address DalalData Bus I/O 1
34 AOO2JD2 0 0 0 Address DataIData Bus 110 2
35 AOO3ID3 0 0 0 Address DatalData Bus I/O 3
36 AOO4ID4 0 0 0 Add ress OataIData Bus lIO 4
37 AD051D5 0 0 0 Address OataIData Bus 110 5
38 AOO6ID6 0 0 0 Address DataIData Bus 110 6
3' AD071D7 0 0 0 Address DataIData Bus liD 7
.0 AD08I08 0 0 0 Address DataIData Bus lIO 8
4t +5VDNDD
• 0 H Volt Supply

....
"43
45
AD09ID9
... .NSS
A010/A l 0
A011 /All
A01 2/A12
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
L
0
0
0
Address DataIData Bus 110 9
Volt SUpply Ground
Address DataIDala Bus Ir'O 10
Address DatalDaIa Bus Ir'O 11
Address DataIData Bus Ir'O 12
47 ADl3113 0 0 0 Address DatalData Bus va 14
48 AD14fA14 0 0 0 Address DatalData Bus Ir'O
AD15fAI5 0 0 Address DatalOata Bus 110 15
"SO SYNCRDY
ISYNCRDY
0

0 0 0 Synchronisation ready
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 19

Comp Name (pin) Freq. Data Description

Cire IIC HlUA

5' ADVNlADVN Unstable 1.200 MHz A Address Valid Not

52 SLADVN ,rooooc 0 H Slow Address Valid Not

(not used)
53 AOINIAOIN Unstable 1.200 MHz A Read In

[II [I GD[L
54 WAIN/'NAIN Unstable 33 kHz A Write In
. ~WI!i'IlIIIIIIII n

55 UPCLOCKlUPClOCK .11Jl1llLJU11LJL .. 6.248 MHz A Micro Processor Clock

56 ACQAOY/ACQADY .~ 5H, A Acquisition Ready

57 PS2IPS2 Unstable 130 Hz A Page Select 2

lfl...KL .
58 PSlIPS1 lfl...KL ..... 0 0 Page Select 1

59 PSOIPSO Unstable 125 Hz A Page Select 0

lfl...KL
60 .. .I0SCI Mf\M!I!INWiNV
. .. _ .... -.. ..... -. 25M"' X Oscillator In

6' ...I0SCO Mf\M!I!INWiNV 25_ X Oscillator Out

62 IHLDINN Unstable 5 H, A Hold In Not

·-----u--'lr
63 IHLDOUTN Unstable 5 H, A Hold Out Not

-----u--'lr
64 ADC7/AOC7 Unstable 100 Hz A AOC data output 7

.~ ..

65 ADC6JADC6 Unstable 100 Hz A AOC data output 6

. ~ ..
66 ADC5IADC5 Unstable 100 Hz A ADC data output 5

1rLJII:l
67 +5VDNDD t .......... -
-- - ----0
0 H Volt Supply
7·20 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Comp Name (pin) Freq. Data Description

Clre IIC HIllA

68 ADC4/ADC4 Unstable 100 Hz A Ace data output 4

69 .. .NSS a a L Volt Supply Ground

70 AOC3IADC3 Unstable 500 H, A ADC data output 3

71 AOC2lAOC2 Unstable A AOC data output 2

1 ""

72 ADC 1/AOC1 Unstable 2.5 kHz A AOC data output 1

. ~ ...
73 ADCO/ADCO Unstable 2.7 kHz A AOC data output a

74 STOPNISTOPN Unstable 5 H, A Acquisition Stop Not

75 HLOOFFN
IHLOOFFN Unstable 5 H, A Trigger Hold Off Not

. ~ ..
76 TRACKITRACK Unstable 11 kHz A Track (acquisition clock
ADC)
. I
n ..
JTAACKN not ""'" Track
78 CHANAfCHANA 1 a H Cl'IannelA

79 CONTRICONTR 4.88 kHz A Contrast

80 STIMUUSTIMUL . ~ ... 976Hz A Stimulus output

81 HF-COMPIHFCOMP Unstable 4.882 kHz A High Frequency

Compensation
.~ (32 digit zero meter
correction)

82 TRIMDfTRIMD 4.882 kHz A Tri mming output 0

83 .. .!TRIMC a L Trimming output C

84 .. .!TRIMS 4.882 kHz A Trimming output B (not used)

85 .. .!TRIMA 4.882 kHz A Trimming output A (not used)

POS·CHB/SHIFTB 4.882 kHz A PositJon·Channel B/Shift

" Channel B
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 21

Camp Name (pin)

Circ IIC
Sro,. Freq. Data Description
HILlA

87 .. .NSS Logic O=OV o L Voltage Supply Ground

88 POS-CHAISHIFTA
lIUUl.L ..... . 4.882 kHz A Position Channel AlShift
channel A

B9 +5VDNDD t mnnm nmnnn;" o H Volt Supply

90 LEVEL/TRGLVL .IUliliL.. 4.882 kHz A LeveVTrigger Level

91 RESETNfRESETN .IUliliL.. o H Reset Not

92 MIM .IUliliL.. 35Hz A Multiplex LCD

93 FRAME/FRAME I I I I I I 70 Hz A Frame clock

94 LlNECLlLINECL 11 111111 11 11 16.66 kHz A Line Clock

95 DATACUDATACL .JUUUUUUUUL 999.6 kHz A Data Clock

96 DOILCDO Unstable 60 kHz A Data OfUQuid Crystal Display

DO
· "IIIIIIIIIIIINI .n
97 D1ILCD1 Unstable 60 kHz A Data 11L1Quid Crystal Display
01
· "IIIIIIIIIIIINI .
98 D2ILCD2 Unstable 58 kHz A Data 21LiQuid Crystal Display
02
· WIIIII!'IlIIIII .
99 D3ILCD3 Unstable 58 kHz A Data 3lUquid Crystal Display
03

100 ...IAAMSELN 999.6 kHz A Ram Select Not

7 - 22 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
m
'"
'"
'"
"'
,"
".
",
'"
,,' DU O'
DU 0 6
'"
'"
0 1'07
,"
'"
r't
,"
"
""
"
"
"
"
"
"

W, ~T " 'Q
." ".
,,
~IEW ~ D 6 1 1 0 U.

,,,,, , ; ! !! ,, 1 , ! !;!

,,,
'"".
'"
".
.,.
'"
'"
'"",
..'", "
,"
...
,"
,,'
DU OI
0 1'02
DU Ol

...'"
"
""
"
""
"
..
"

,
W, ~ I [W H0 6 11 0S ....
snoo,
.,,'"
Figure 7.4 01401102103l04/06I07 Display drivers
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 23

Table 7.4 Signals measured on display drivers 01401102103.

Logic O:OV Logic 1=+SV

Comp Name Soape Freq. Data Description

Cire/IC HlUA
D1401~1402nO'403

31 NC 0 l Not Connected

32 -20V NEE
IU.uuu .uuu - - - - - --Q
0 H Power supply
.~

33 NC 0 l Not Connected

34 FRAMEIDI .. ~ .. 70 Hz A .. .Ishift register Data Input

35 MIM .~ ..
34.7 Hz A Signal to convert LCD driver
signallnto AC

36 NC 0 l Not Connected

37 ISHL 0 l Select shift direction

3B ICl ~ 16.7 kHz A shift CLock

39 IFCS 0 l shift clock phase

40 NC 0 l Not Connected

41 GND 0 l GROUND (OV)

42 NC 0 l Not Connected

43 100 70 Hz A shift register Data Output

~
44 VCC -- - -- -- - - -- - --------- -- - . - . Q
0 H Voll supply (+SV)

45 NC 0 l Not Connected

46 NC 0 l Not Connected

47 V1 N1 tu 0 H Power supply for LCD drive

U
--- --- ----
48 V2N2
I 0 H Power supply for LCD drive

-- ------ -- - - ---- . - .... .........

4' VSNS 0 H Power supply for LCD drive
1
7 - 24 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Comp Name &op, F"",. Data Description

Circ!lC HIlJA

50 V6N6 0 H Power supply for LCD drive

5 X261X26 34.7 Hz A Liquid crystal driver output 5

X1061X26 ·TLlITLJJ··
X1S61X26

21 X101X10 34.7 Hz A Uquid crystal driver output 21

X901X10 ·lLJJlLJf···
X170 1X10

55 X761X76 34.7 Hz A Uquid crystal driver output 55

X1561X76 ·TllJTLU·
X2361X76

79 X521X52 34.7 Hz A Uquid crystal driver output 79

X1321X52
X2121X52 JtJ"tJl
96 X351X35 34.7 Hz A Liquid crystal driver output 96
X1151X35 ·TLlITLJJ···
X1951X35

Table 7.5 Signals measured on display drivers 01404106/07.

Logic O=OV Logic 1=+5V

Comp Name Sco," Frnq. Data Description

Cire/IC HIlJA
D1404n01406n)1407

31 -20V NEE 0 H Power supply (-20V)

I
32 VI N1 t .. _. . .. _._-_ . . . . _._-_ .... - ... -. 0 H Power supply for LCD drive

33 V2N2 IU. 0 H Power supply for LCD drive

. _.... ........................
34 V3N3 0
I H Power supply for LCD drive

35 V4N4
Imu.mmuuu .... -_ .. _.
0 H Power supply for LCD drive

36 I GND 0 L GROUND (OV)

37 LlNECUCLI .LLL.L.LJ. ... 16.7 kHz UA LINE CLock/Latch Clock 1

38 I SHL t .. _...... .. ... ................ 0 H ..JSHift direction

39 DATACUCL2 ...llIL.JliL..r .. 833 kHz A .. Jshifl CLock 2

40 NC 0 L Not Connected

41 DO 103 JJ.L..JJ..LJJJ. 16.7 kHz A

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7·25

Comp Name Soape Freq. Data Description

CircilC HIlJA

42 01/02 .~ 41 .6 kHz A

... .. . ... ~
43 02101 JJJJ,J .. .. ... ..... ..
112 kHz A

44 03100 .. ~ 100 kHz A

45 IE_N 01404 . ~ .. 16.7 kHz A .. '/Enable input

IE_N 01406
.LSLJl...JL .. 16.7 kHz A .. '/Enable input

IE_N 01607 a L .. '/Enable input

46 MIM .JUUlfL .. 34.7 Hz A switch signal to convert LCD

drive waveform in AC

47 Ne a L Not Connected

48 fCAR_N 01404
.rrrrrY 16.7 kHz HlA Enable output for cascade
connection

fCAR_N 01 406
. ~ ... 16.7 kHz HlA Enable output lor cascade
connection

ICAR_N 01407 .LSLJl...JL .. 16.7 kHz HlA Enable output for cascade
connection

49 Nee .rrrrrY ... a H Power supply (+5V)

50 Ne a L Not Connected

Y261Y26 35 Hz A liquid crystal driver output 5

5
YI06 !Y26 .lJUU1J1JlT
YIS6 !Y26

21 YIO!YIO 35 Hz A liquid crystal driver output 21

Y90!YIO
YI70!YIO rtnJL
55 Y76 !Y76 35 Hz A liquid crystal driver output 55
YI56!Y76
Y236 !Y76 Ji...f"tJl
79 Y52 !Y52 35 Hz A liquid crysru driver output 79
Y132!Y52
Y2121Y52 Ji...f'tJl
96 Y35 !Y35 35 Hz A liquid crystal driver output 96
Y1151Y3S
YI95!Y3S
:1'1:,1'1.,1"1
7 - 26 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

,,~

""',
,,---, >< po " 1-
,
L", "
"l ,-
lL
"l.L "" , " '"
'-'--
" " , " "
0-
" "
'-'--
'-
" ,• ""
'--
" ""
'--
" ,• " "
"• " "
'-- ~, •"
'" 7. MC 1I 65
TOPVlEW
S16622
911 1 14
7. HC' 165 5f66Z3

Figure 7.5 KeyboarddecodefS DI60 '~

Table 7.6 Signals measur9d on keyboard decoders D160II02ID3I04I06.

Logic o-OV Logic 1",+5V

Com, Name Scope F"". Dota Oescription

Clrc/1C tWA
D1 601/01602I016031D16041D1606

FRONT-LATCHlGl Unstable 34", A FRONT LATCH signal

2 FRONT·CLOCK!> 1 Unstable 775 Hz A FRONT CLOCK signal

3 CURSOR2-U ...
B-MQVE-UPf ...
CURSOR1 -R!...
01601
0 1602
0 1603
0
0 "" CUASOR2-Lett key
Channel a·MOVE·UP key

TIME-nsf... 0 1604
0
0 "" CURSOR1·Right key
TtME·ns key
LCD/ ...
CURSOR1 -U ...
01606 0
" Liquid Crystal Display key

4
TIME-sf...
SOFT-51...
0
0 "" CURSOR1·Left key
TIME·s key

A·MOVE·UP/ ...
SPECIAU ....
0
0
0 """ Soft key · 5
Channel A-MOVE·UP key
SPECIAL FUNCtion key

SOFT-4I... Soft key-4

5
A·mV/. ..
SOFT·31...
0
0
0
"
H
H
Channel A·mV key
Soft key·3
B·AClDCI ... 0 H Channel a·
AC/DC/GROUND key
HOLDfRUNI ... 0 H HOLD/RUN
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 27

Comp Name Scope F.... Oe,. Description

Cite/IC HAJA

6 SOFT-2/... a H Soft key-2

CHAN-AIBI... a H CHANnel AlB key
SOFT-1 /... a H Soft key -1
TRIGGERI.. . a H TRIGGER key
SETUP/ ... a H SETUP key

7 not used a L
not ""'"
8 VSS logicO=OV 0 L Volt Supply ground

9 FRONT-OATA2I... 0 H FRONT-DATA block 2

01602/9 connected to 01601110 0 H
FRONT-DATAl I ... a H FRONT-DATA block 1
01604J9 connected to 01603110 a H
0160619 connected to 01604/10 0 H

10 01601 /10 connected tp 0160219 a H

WAVEFORM/.. . a H WAVEFORM key
01603110 connected Ip 0160419 0 H
01604110 connected Ip 0160619
EI...
0
0
H
H not u,..,
11 AUTOSET/ ... a H AUTOSETkey
RECORDI... 0 H RECORD key
AACIOCI ... 0 H Channel A-
ACIOCIGROUNO key
B VI ... 0 H Channel B-V key
0 / ... 0 H not used

12 METEAI... 0 H METER key

B MOVE DOWN/ .. . 0 H ChaI'Vl9l B-MOVE DOWN key
CURSOR DATAl... 0 H CURSOR DATA key
A MOVE DOWNI... 0 H ChameI A-MOVE DOWN key
UNDOI... 0 H UNDO key

13 SCOPEI... 0 H SCOPE key

MOVEU... 0 H MOVE Left key
DOWNI... 0 H DOWN key
A MOVE DOWNI.. . 0 H Ct\EInneI A MOVE DOWN key
MATHI... 0 H MATH key

14 UP/ ... 0 H UP key

AV/ ... a H Channel A-V key
CURSOR 2 AI ... 0 H CURSOR 2-Righl key
B mV/ ... 0 H Channel B-mV key
AI... 0 H nol ""'"

.1DIJDlJJlJJ[ ...
..
15 FRONTCLOCKl... 6OkH, A

,. VCCI... Lununu • . . . . . .0
a H Main supply
7 - 28 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

7.1.7 Analog A2 PCB Troubleshooting.

7. 1.7. 1 Test point signals.

The analog A2. PCB is provided with test points, marked: "TP' See figure 10.4: A2 PCB layout (wired
components side). These can be used to check correct functioning of the PCB.

All measurements are made in the default MASTER RESET condition (start the measurements in the
ScopeMeter using MASTER RESET).

A MASTER RESET Is perlonned as follows:

I . Remove all signals from the ScopeMeter.
2. Power the ScopeMeter with the Power Adapter/Battery charger PMB907.
3. Tum off the ScopeMeter
4 . Hold down the LCD key and press the ON/OFF key simultaneously. Two beeps are audible, and
all volatile memories (RAM with battery backup) are reset. The ScopeMeter is automatically set
to the meter mode.

NOTE: For the measurements on Test Points 101 ... 529 and 901 ... 921 appfya 10 kHz square wave
signal to the channel A BNC. Press the SCOPE button to go to SCOPE mode and press
AUTOSET to get a stable picture on the LCD.

NOTE: For the measurements on Test Points 700... 806 first switch on the ScopeMeter using a
MASTER RESET. Then press the SPECIAL FUNCTion key and the GENERATE softkey.
Use the select/adjust keys to select 'square 1.95 kHz', and press the right most ENTER
softkey to activate the generator.

Use another oscilloscope with high input impedance and 10;1 probe to measure the signals on the
test points. See lable 7.7:

Table 7.7 Overview signals on Test Points (TP) on analog A2 PCB.

Logic O",OV, Logic 1",+5V

TP N""" Soap, Freq. Data Description

101 0 Base V2112

102 0 Output 02101

.. __... _.... _... _..
103
.... 0 Output N21 01

104 0 COliectorV2105
... _... -_ .....•
106
I - - - - - - - - - --- ------- -------0
,~
0 Base V2104

107 ATTB-A
I ~
0 Collector V2111

108 0 TP for OFFSET DAC

,~

109 POS-CHB 0 POS-CHB

----- --------- --------- ----a

201 0 Base V2212

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 29

202 mV-in from A2d 0 Output D2201

203 _\ __ O ._ r'L_ r'L __ n.. __ ~~ 10 kHz Output N2201 , VDC '" -1.5V
\.J \.J \.J \.J \... _ , ~

204 _ ~ __0 __ n-- -U__ O

-- -U -- -U --- \.:___.G
~~_
,' 10 kHz Collector V2205
- - - - - - - _ •• - - _ ••••••••.••• ·0
206 o Base V2204
e----------------.~
207 ATTA--A Collector V22.11

208 f - I_ _ ~_
~~ _~o •• o TP for offset DAC

209 POS-CHA t ~ ...... m. m:- 0 POS-CHA

331 t ~~ .. ~ := o VAEF 02301

332 LF: sq. 10 KHz SGN-in N2301

,..
••• • -G.33
HF: sq. 500 KHz Voc '" 2.3V
501
.JtAA
------ -- - --- - - --- - -- -- .- .. .
-G,O, S
77kHz Collector V2517, VDC = -7.7V

502 - 77 kHz Base V2517

503
·~~i­ 73kHz Base V2503, Vrx; '" -3,83 V

504 . Jl/-1AAA-: 73kHz Sense Resistors, Pos. side

Voc '" -7.7V
506 . J1AAAA-: 73 kHz Sense Resistors, Neg. side
Voc '" -7.75V
r - - -- - -- 4
507 +Vre!
-"- - --"------ --------- -- 0
o +Vrej

508 -Vre!
I-I----~-: o -Vre!

509 f--t . ;" o

.m--~- Output N2501

511
r....... n. ____ -------- ----:,
o TP for FEEDBACK
AMPLIFIER
521 1\;V'v\~ 100 kHz PSG-Input 22501,
Voc= -1.1 mV

522
:JlJtJt-0,'."
.. _.. - -- ---- . - - - - - - - - - - - -- - 100 kHz Oscit!ator N2503,
Voc '" 0.24V
523 f.
-.t. - . . . . -. . . . -. . . . -. - m,U o INV N2503

524
fLfLfl~ 100 kHz Collector V2526,
Voc '" -O.12V
7·30 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

~
."
_. . . - - --- 100 kHz Source V2532, Voc = ..(JAV
526 ., .

527 100 kHz Source V2537, Voc '" -1.05V

526 100 kHz Source V2538, Voc '" .1.7V

529 o CLN N2503

700 .=LJlRJt .. _. 1.95kHz Relay coolact

K2750afK2751b Voc -= O.29V

701 . ~._ .. 1.95kHz Anode Zener V2752

Voc = O.27V
702 lJlSlFl 0 Output 02850

704 t uuuuuumumum ':' Collector V2761.

Voc = O.27V

706 o Anode zener V2764

801 Lu.uuuum.mmu.u .•~ Output 02850, Voc '" 2.5V

802 L uuuummmum .~ 0 Emitter V2852

803
'c

I ..
------.,~
.- _ .. o Non-Inverting Inpul N2850a

'04 lJlJl::A:: 1.953 kHz Output N2850, Voc '" O.29V

B05 t ---0
o Non·lnverting input N2650b

--- ~.
'06
t
t -

_.. . ... - --. o TP lor C URRENT SOURCE

901 o Oulputl&202901

902 o Output 3&4 02901

903 o Output 5&6 02901

904 o OUlput7&8 02901

906 o Output 1&2 02902

907 o Output 3&4 D2902

90S o Output 5&6 02902

909 o Output7&a 02902

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

911 0 Output 1&2 02903

912 0 Output 3&4 02903

91' 0 Output 7&8 02903

916 50- 0 SgndBa 02904

917 ExlEy t , ............... ......•• 0 ExlEy 02906

91. SgndSb 0 SgndSb 02907

919 Sr4b 0 Sr4b D2908

921 O·POSCHB 0 O·POSCHB 02909

7 - 32 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

TRIG IN PG ND

,
GNDC

, " VEEA

INPII
" iNPA

veeA • " GND ...

cO,l.r , vrre
, "
ceLK

DrA [
, "n VREF

veee
, OQ0308
CNO T
, " vrES

"'" " LH[ L

flLor
" " GNDS

'" " " SCHOUT

Cl ~N

,e,
"n " vees
veer
"
vH r
" " rOU l

Figure 7.6 Analog ASIC D2301

Table 7.8 Signals measured on analog ASIC 02301 .

Logic (}:(W Logic 1=-t-5V

Comp Name Freq. Data Description

Cirdle HIUA
___ _ ___ ___ __ . D
- - - - - -- - - - - -
TRIG
I ",,, 0 EXT. Trigger input

2 GNDa 0 Ground
Analog-input-circuil

4
INPB

VeCa -- --- --- -- - -- -- ------- -- --0

-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- ------ - - - ~

••
0

0
Input signal B

Positiv power supply

Analog-input-circutt

5 COAT -~ 500 kHz Serial Data line vac = 5V

6 CCLK 1-
, ,- I::"
.~
100 kHz Clock line
Voc = 18mV

7 OTAE "j--
I 1 • [ I --- 500 kHz Latch enable line
Vue = 20.7 mV

e GNDt 0 Ground Trigger-output-circuil

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 33

eomp Name Soo", Freq. Data Description

eircllC H/VA

9 STOP I. ( '"' ~.:...-- .. Trigger output

Voc=0.5V

10

11
HLDF
VDC",5

CLK
~

_.
-- .....
_._ .... - . __ ... . _._-_
" 0
Hold off

Clock

12 CLKN r~ ........ 1 MHz Voc '" 0.55V

13 CHA UUBl
--- ._ - --- _. - .. "
--- --- -- - ---
-H
50 kHz Chanel switch
VOC '" 2.4V
-- - -- - - - -- --------._-. - --a
14 VEEt 0 Negaliv power supply
4
Trigger-oulput-clrcuil

15 TOUT -~ ... 20 Hz DC-Trigger output

,. VeCt
- - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -
-.
-. 0 Positiv power supply
Trigger-output-clrcult
•
17 VCCs
- - - - - - - - -- --- a
0 Posi\lv power supply
Signal-oulput-circuit
~

18 SNGOUT LF: sq. 10kHz Output signal, Voc = 2.3V

__. ~.3>
HF: sq. 500 kHz

19 GNDs 0 Ground
Signal-oulput-curcuit

20 LEVEL t ---------- - - -------- --- .. -.".' 0 Trigger level Input

- ----- -- -- ------.
21 VEEs 0 Negaliv power supply
r • Signal-output-circuit
•
22 VCCc t •
0 Positiv power supply
Control-Iogica-circuit

23 VREF tu --- ...... -_ .....

-" 0 Reference potential

- - - - - - - - - - - -- - -.
2' VEEc
4
0 Negativ power supply
Control·logica-circuit

25 GNDc - .... . 1
~ ¢"
~ ...
• . - 0 Ground control-iogica-circuit

2. INPa
-lSlJl.IL: 10 kHz Input signal A, Voc '" -17 mV

27 VEEa
- -- - - - - - - _.. --
-----. 0 Negativ power supply
r • Analog-input-circuit

28 INPGND -~ .1 r oO •- 0 Ground input

7 · 34 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

" , " "

", " "
,.c ~ o
" "
". • " f<
,
'" " ''''
n.c. • TDA8703 /
" veco
, TOA,870.31
veco
veeA
"
" •, " orr

'"... " '"

~

" " ,.
.
D/ur
" "
"" ""
ST662~
9 1" U

FIgure 7.7 ADC N2302

Table 7.9 Signals measured on ADC N23Q2,

logic O:OV Logic 1=+5V

Camp Name Freq. Data Description

eire/Ie HIlJA

01 Data output bit no.l

Voc = 2.6V: for HF see no. 12

2 00 Data output bit no.O

Voc ""2.1V;for HF see no. 12

3 AGND o
4 VRS l........... n .............. :',,0 o
5 DEC tu.... _.. __ ._ ..... __ ........:~,7 0

• NC o Not Connected

7 vCCa I. .. unnunnm:' o
, IN
•••• -Q.!d
LF: sq. 10 kHz Voc ", 2.3V
HF: sq. 500 kHz
, VAT o
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 35

Comp Name SeOP' Freq. Data Description

Cird lC HIlJA

10 NC 0 Not Connected

ov
11 O/UFL
- - -- -- --- - -- ........ 0
0 Not Connected

12 07 IJUlf,;::::lIIllFlil -~~ LF: 10 kHz Data output bit no.7

Voc ,," 3 .1V
~. , "
__ • -- 0 •• ••• • ••••• • ~••
HF: 500 kHz

13 OS IlIIILJIIIILJII:· LF: 10 kHz Data output bit no.6

V DC = 1. 1V; for HF see no.12

14 05 see pin no. 13 Data ou1puI bit no.5. VDC = I .W

,.
15 D4 see pin no. 13 Data output bit no.4, Voc = 1.W

CL t - ,. ........ - ......
- ------- . - -- - --- - -- - -- - -- - 0
0 Voc = 1.42V

17 CLN A L :" 1 MHz VDC '" 0.55V

18 VCCD
t.. ... .... .... ... .... ... ..... :' 0
.J_'
1. vcca t .nnnnnnn • -- - --0
0

20 DGND 0
.,
21 OCTN
------ - - -- - -- -- - - -- - -- -- - - - 0
0

22 CEN 0

23 03 Ililil III :::

111111 Data output bit no.3
Voc = OZ1V: forHF see no. 12
24 02 IHlII .... 111111 nnIll :: Data output bit no.2
VDC = I .B4V: forHFseeno. 12
7 - 36 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

or,
, '"
" , " '"
" ""
" ,• " "
... ,•
" 541 "
"
"
"
. ,• "
""
"

" ""
'" " "n

ST6626
9 111U

Figure 7.8 Buffer/drivers D2901/029021D2903

Table 7.10 Signals measured on buffer/driver 02901 .

Logic O=OV Logic 1=+5V

Camp Name Scop' F"",. Data Description

Circ/lC HlUA

1 . - -- ------- - - ------- --- -----0

-. 0 Control signal

2 So'b 0 Input no.'

3 Sg4b 0 Input no.2

••
4 Sg5b t __ - - - _. - --. 0 Input no.3

••
5 SgSb t - - - ----- --- - - - - --- - -- ------. 0 Input no.4

6 Sg6b 0 Input no.5

7 Sg6b 0 Input nO.6

8 SolOb 0 Input no.7

9 8010b 0 Input no.8

10 GND 0 Ground
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7·37

Comp N~e Scope Freq. Data Description

CircllC HlUA

11 0 Output nO.8

12 0 Output nO.7

13 0 Output nO.6

14 0 Output nO.5

15 0 Output no.4

16 0 Output nO.3

17 0 Output 00 .2

18 0 Output nO.l

.-
"
E, t - - •••••.••.•••••.••.• 0
0 Control signal

20 Vco t - --- - - - -- ------- --- . - - - .. , 0 Power supply

Table 7.11 Signals measuf8d on buffer/driver D2902

Logic O::OV Logic I =+5V

Comp Name Scope Freq. Data Description

CircllC H/IJA

.w
Ey t u'uuu . . - --- -, 0 Control signal

2 Sg4b 0 Input no.l

3 Sg4b 0 Input no.2

4 Sil5b -- - ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-
--,
••
0 Input no.3

5 Sg5b ......... • 0 Input no.4

6 Sg6b 0 Input nO.5

7 Sg6b 0 Input no.6

8 So11b t uum u ...... .. . . .- 0 Input nO.7

7·38 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Comp Name S<ope Freq. D'Ia Description

-
CIrc/lC HIlJA

9 So11b ... ........ __ .... ' 0 InpulllO.8

.•• ' -" -0

10 God 0 Ground

11 0 Output no.a

12 0 Output no.7

13 0 Output no.6

14 0 Output no.S

15 0 Output no.4

0 Output 1'10.3
"
17 0 Oulput 00.2

--
1. 0 OUtput no.1

•
19 E, I . ........••.••••••.•.. .. ., 0 Control signal

20 V", I .-_ ....... - ....... - . - _. , . 0 Power supply

Table 7. 12 Signals measured on buffer/driver 02903.

logjc O;()V Logic 1=+SV

Comp Nome S<ope Freq. D", Description

CIrc/lC HIlJA

1 E, t....... n.n ................ :s- 0 Control signal

2 SO" 0 Input no.1

3 Sg4a 0 Input 00.2

4 $gSa L........................ , - 0 Input no.3

5 $gSo L .. ;· 0 Input no.4

• l .... m.... mm.m.m;·

-
SgSo 0 Input 00.5

7 $gSa t..... m.. m.. mm ... , 0 Input no.6

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7·39

Comp Name Scope Freq. D,.. Description

Cire/IC HlUA

8 Sc16 0 Input no.7

9 Set6 0 Input 00.8

10 God 0 Ground

11 0 Output no.8

12 0 Output no.7

13 0 Not connected

14 0 Not connnected

15 0 Output no.4

16 0 Output no.3

17 0 Output nO.2

18 0 Output no. !

19 Ey L.............. ... ....... ;" 0 Control signal

20 V", t . __.. . _.. .. __ .......• 0 Power supply

7 - 40 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

7.2 REPLACEMENTS

7.2.1 Standard parts

Electrical and mechanical parts replacements can be obtained through your local FLUKE/PHILIPS
organization or representative. However, many generic electronic components can be obtained from
other sources. Before purchasing or ordering replacement parts. check the parts list lor value,
tolerance. rating. and description.

NOTE: PhySical size and shape of a component may affect instrument per1ormance. particularly at
high frequencies. Always use direct-replacement components, unless it is known that a
substitute will not degrade the Instrument's performance.

7.2.2 Special parts

In addition to the standard electronic components, some special components are used:

Components, custom manufactured or selected by FLUKEIPHILI PS to meet specifIC performance

requirements.

Components that are important for the safety of personnel.

NOTE: Bofh type of components may only be rep/aced by components obtained through your local
FLUKE/PHILIPS organization or representative.

7.2.3 Transistors and integrated circuits

Some notes on handling these components:

Do not replace or swap semiconductor devices unnecessarily, because the change may affect the
calibration of the Instrument.

When a device has been replaced , check the circuit that may be affected lor proper operation. See
also the Performance Verification Procedure in chapter 4.

7.2.4 Static-sensitive components

In the ScopeMeler the blacklyellow "static-sensitive components" symbol is present (see also figure
7.4) . This means that this instrument contains electrical components that can be damaged by
electrostatical discharge. Although all MOS Integrated circuits incorporate protection against
electrostatic discharge. they nevertheless can be damaged by accidental overvoltages.

Figure 7.9 Static-sensitive symbol (blacklyellowj

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 41

It is also possible that a delayed failure Of "winding" effect may occur. When this happens, the
component will lail anywhere between two hours to six months laler.

When sloring and handling static-sensitive componenls, Ihe normal precautions for these devices are
recommended. Handling and servicing static-sensitive assemblies and components should be done
only at a stalic free workstation by qualified personnel.

CAUTION: Testing, handling, and mounting call 'or _peelalattention. Personnel handling
static·..nsltlve dflviCM shoukt norm.lly be connected to ground via a hlgtt-
ohmic realttor'.
7 - 42 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

7.2.5 Replacement of parts

7.2.5. 1 Replacing parts in the bartery compartment

Figure 7. 10 Replacing parts in battery compartment

Referring to ligure 7.10. use the following procedure lor replacements In the battery compartment.

BatffHy cover lJ5Mlmbly replac.ment

,. The battery cover (item 17) Is secured 10 the ScopeMeler with two black M3 Torx screws (item
20). Use a Tone screwdriver to loosen the two screws (do not remove them) from the battery
cover.

2. Lift the battery cover from the ScopeMeter.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 43

3. Reinstall the new ballery cover.

1. Remove the battery cover (Item 17).

2. Use a pair of tweezers to pull the elastic gasket (item 18) from the battery cover.

3. Mount the new elastic gasket on the battery cover.

NOTE; Take care that the gasket is not damaged. A correctly fitted gasket assures the sealing oIthe
ScopeMetar.

Battery COvtH' Tonr .crews and FfIIIf repIlIcement

1. Remove the battery cover.

2. The black M3 Torx screws are ot a captured type (item 20). Remove screws by unscrewing them
with a Torx screwdriver. Add a little pressure with another small screwdriver at the back of the
screw.

NOTE: Do not forr:;e the screws by pressing them in orout. The screw action is vital for the captured

""""'.
3. Pull the two rubber leet (tlem 19) from the battery cover.

4. Push the new rubber feet onto the battery cover.

5. Reinstall the (new) black M3 Torx screws into the battery cover.

7.2.5 .2 Replacing parts on front CDVS(

Figure 7. II Replacing parts on front CCV6r

Referring to figure 7.11 , use the follOwing procedure for replacements on the front cover.

1. The front cover is secured to the ScopeMeter with two black M3 Torx screws (item 4). Use a Torx
screwdriver to loosen the two screws (do not remove them) from the front cover.
7 .« CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

2. Uft the front cover assembly (item 3) from the ScopeMeter.

NOTE: The gasket be/W8en the front cover and the two case halves is sealed to, and must rema in
with, the front cover. The front cover lifts away easily. Do not damage the gasket and do not
separate the front cover from the gasket. A correctly fitted gasket assures the sealing of the
ScopeMeter.

3. Reinstall the new Iront cover.

Front COIIfH" Tant Be"'''' ~t

I. Remove the front cover.

2. The two black M3 TOOl screws (item 4) are captured type SCfeWS . Remove screws by unscrewing
them with a Tont screwdriver. Add a little pressure with another small screwclri'v'er at the back of
the screw.

NOTE: Do not force the screws by pressing them in or out. The screw action is vitat for the capturad
screws.

3. Re inslallthe new Tont screws Into the Iront cover.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 45

7.2.5.3 Rep/acing parts on bottom cover

Pl(}ure 7. 12 Bottom cover replacements

Referring to figure 7 .12, use the following procedure for replacements in the bottom COlier.

Bottom cover aNembly rephlcements

1. First remolle the battery colier assembly (see Section 7 .2.5.1.)

2. The bottom COllet is secured to the top colier by two M3 Tone screws (item 29) that are accessible
In the battery compartment. Use a Tone screwdriver to remove the two screws.

3. Uti the bottom COlIer a litUe from the top ooller and unfold the SoopeMeter.

NOTE: A nat cable is used for interconflflCtion between the bottom oovet with the analog A 1 PCB
and the digital A2 PCB. To remove the flat cable, relet to Section 6.2.4. The gasket between
the two case halves is sealed to, and must remain with, the lower case haN. The upper case
haN lifts away easily. Do not damage the gasket and do not separate the lower case half from
the gasket. A correctly fitted gasket assures the sealing of the ScopeMeter.
7 - 46 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

4. The analog A2. PCB and top screening are secured to the bottom cover by two M3 Ton:: screws
(item 30). Use a Ton:: screwdriver to remove the two screws.

5. Carefully lift the metal top screening. while pulling it backwards.

6. Pull the battery wiring plug (item 27) out of the connector on the analog A2. PCB.

7. Use a Ton:: screwdriver to loosen the two black screws (item 13). 00 not remove them from the
input unit assembly. Now the analog A2 PCB can be lifted out of the bottom cover assembly.

8. Fold the analog A2. PCB back on the digital A1 PCB in the top cover.

9. Lift the bottom cover screening out of the bottom cover assembly.

10. Reinstall the new bottom cover assembly.

Battery wiring aSSlJmbly replacement

Rgure 7. 13 Wiring assembly replacement

Referring to fjgures 7.10 and 7.13, use the following procedure for replacing the battery wiring and
battery contacts.

1. First remove the bottom cover assembly.

2. Unsolder the battery wiring assembly (item 27) from the battery compartment.

3. Reinstall the new battery wiring assembly.

Battery contacts replacement

1. First remove the bottom cover assembly.

2. Remove the battery wiring assembly.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7·47

3. Unsolder the small battery contact Interconnection wire (see figure 7.13).

4. Bend the solder lags of the battery contacts (figure 7.10, item 23) in the bottom cover in such
way lhallhe conlacts can be pulled out of the battery compartment.

5. Pull the battery contacts (figure 7.5, items 22 and 23) and the black buffers (figure 7.10, item 24)
out of the battery compartment with a pair of tweezers.

NOTE: The extnJ black plastic buffers in two banery contacts (see figure 7. 10, item 23) prevent
erroneous charging of the banery. Mount these banery contacts in the correct position!

6. Reinstall the new battery contacts.

Battery charging contsct and +12VIO contact replM:emBnt

1, first remove the bottom cover assembly.

2. Remove the battery wiring assembly.

3. Bend the solder lugs of the contacts (figure 7.10, items 25 and 26) in the bottom cover so that
the contacts can be pulled from the battery compartment.

4. Pull the contacts from the battery compartment.

5. Reinstall the new charging contact andlor the new + 12V/0 contacts.

7.2.5.4 Stand replacement

Referring to figure 7. 10, use the following procedure lor stand replacement.

Stand usembly replBcBment

1. The stand is secured to the ScopeMeter with two black M3 Torx screws (figure 7.10, item 16).
Use a Torx screwdriver to loosen the two screws.

2. Lift the stand from the ScopeMeter.

3. Reinstalilhe new stand.

Stand Tont screw replacement

1. Remove the stand assembly (Iigure 7.1 0, item 15).

2. The black M3 Tone screws are 01a captured type (item 16).Remove SClews by unscrewing them
with a Tone screwdriver. Add a little pressure with another small screwdriver at the back 01 the
screw.

NOTE: Do not force the screws by pressing them in orout. The screw action is vital for the captured
screws.

3. Reinstalilhe new Tone screws.

7,2.5,5 3O-pole flat cable replacement

Refer to Section 6.2.4. of this Service Manual for instructions on how to replace the 3D-pole lIat cable.
7 - 4B CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

7.2.5.6 Input unit assembly replacement

Figure 7. 14 Input unit assembly

Referring to figure 7.14. use the following procedure for input unit assembly replacement.

1. Remove the front cover assembly.

2. Disassemble the bottom cover assembly.

3. Remove the JO-pele flat cable.

4. Unsolder the wiring (6x) of the input terminals from the analog A2. PCB.

5. The input unit assembly Is c lamped onto the analog A2 PCB. Loosen these clamps and pull th e
input unit assembly from the analog A2 PCB.

NOTE: The white gaskets on the input terminals (4x) are sealed to, and must remain with the input
unit assembly. Do not damage the gaskets and do not separate them from the input unit
assembly. Correctly fitted gaskets assure the sealing of tho ScopeMeter.

6. Reinstall the front unit assembly.

7. 2.5.7 Top cover assembly replacement.

Referring to figu re 7.12. use the following procedure for lop cover assembly replaceme nt.

1. Remove the bottom cover assembly.

2. Remove the 3O-pole flal cable.

3. The digital AI PCB and metal screening afe secured to the top cover with four M3 Tone screws
(item 33). Two of these screws contain standoffs. be sure to put them on the right place again.
Use a Tone screwdriver to remove the screws.

4. Remove the metal AI screening from the digital At PCB.

5. lift the digital A 1 PCB out of the top cover. Be careful not to damage the infrared LED and
phototransistor of the optical interface.
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 - 49

NOTE: TIle gasket between the two Optical RS-232-C Interlace LEOs on the digital A 1 PCB and
front cover must remain with the LEOs. TIle top cover lifts away easi/y. Do not damage the
gasket. A correctly fitted gasket assures the sealing of the ScopeMeter.

6. lift the keypad from the top cover (item 2).

7. Reinstall the new lop cover (item 1).

7.2.5.8 Keypad replacement

1. Remove the bottom cover assembly.

2. Remove the 3O-pole flat cable.

3. Disassemble the top cover assembly.

4. lift the keypad from the top cover (item 2).

5. Reinstall the new keypad.

7.2.5.9 Uquid crystal display (LCD), contact strips and backlight foil (Model 97 only) replacement.

Figure 7.15 LCD replacement

Referring to figure 7.15, use the following procedure for lCO replacement.

1. Remove the bottom cover assembly.

2. Remove the 3D-pole flat cable.

3. Disassemble the top cover assembly.

NOTE: Oils ordirt from the hands are ennemies of the LCD contact strips used in the LCD assembly.
Whenever handling these strips, it is advised that tweezers be used so as not to contaminate
them. Care should a/so be taken when handling the front pane/lens or LCD glass. Dirt or
finger prints on these parts will be visible to the user and may impair the readability of the
dIsplay.
7 • 50 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

4. Pull the three metal clamps from the display (item 8).

5. Ullthe LCD complete in its Irame from the digital AI PCB.

6. Push the LCD including the LCD contact strips out of the display frame.

7. Take the two display adjustmenl screws (item 6) out 01 the display frame.

8. Uft the top ' I' LCD contact strip (item 10) from the display.

9. Pull the left and right 'L' LCD conlaet strips (item 9) from the display.

10. (MODEL 97 ONLY)

The backlight loil (item t2) Is glued to the reflective LCD (Model 97 only). The backlightloil has
two contact legs ItIat make contact with two large rectangle spots on the digital A t PCB.

11. Pull the backlight loil lrom the display.

12. Reinstall the LCD rubber tilling part (item 13) and the back light loll.

13. Reinstall the two 'L' LCD contact strips.

14. Reinstall the display with ' L' LCD contact strips in the display frame.

15. Reinstall the ' " LCD contact strips on the display.

16. Reinstall the two display adjustment screws.

17. Reinstall the frame with ttw display assembly on the digital A I PCB.
t8. Reinstall the three metal clamps.

19. Reinstallihe digital A 1 PCB and top cover.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7 · 51

7.3 SOLOERING TECHNIQUES

7.3.1 General soldering techniques

Method:

Carefully unsolder the soldering leads of the semiconductor one after the other.

Remove all superfluous soldering material. Use desoldering wick, ordering code: 4822 321 40042.

Verify that the leads of the replacement part are clean and have pre-tinned leads.

Place the replacement semiconductor exactly in the same position, and solder each lead to the
re levant printed circuit pad~n the PCB.

NOTE: The maximum permissible 5{)/dering time is 10 seconds during which the temperature of the
leads must not exceed 25OC. The use of so/der with a low melting point is recommended.
Take care not to damage the plastic encapsulation of the semiconductor (5{)ftening point of
the plastic Is 15OC).

CAUTION: When you are soldering inside the Instrument it is essential to use a low v oltage
soldering Iron, the tip of which must be connected to the ground of the
Scope Meter.

A suitable soldering iron is:

- Mini soldering Iron station, WECP·COD3 (regulated transformer) and Wener LA·20 (soldering
Iron ).

Ordinary 60140 tin/lead solder with flux core and a 35W to 40W pencil- type soldering iron can be used
to do most of the soldering. If a higher wattage soldering iron is used on the circuit PCB, excessive
heat may cause the circuit wiring to separate from the PCB base material.

7.3.2 Soldering micro-miniature semiconductors

Because of the small dimensions of these SOT semiconductors and the lack of space between the
components on the PCB, Il ls necessary to use a miniature soldering Iron with a pinpoint tip (max.
diameter 1 mm .) to solder a SOT onto a PCB.

Suitable soldering too ls afe:

Mini soldering iron stalion, WECp·C003 (regulated transformer) and Wefter MLR·20 (mini
soldering Iron).

A hot·air solder tool: Leister Hot-Jel

Nexl, the following materials are recommended:

Soldering lin , diameter 0.8 mm. , SnPb 60/40 with a Aesin Mildly Activated (AMA) flux . Ordering
code: 4822 390 80133.

Desolder braided wire. Ordering code 4822 321 40042.

Solder paste 26.

Non-cofl"osive and Res!n Mildly Activated (RMA) flux-Co lophony. Ordering code: 4822 390 50025.

Refer to the Support Bulletin OSC 296 (ordering code 4822 872 08407) for a complete discussion
of the soldering techniques fo r SMO's.
7 - 52 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

7.4 SPECIAL TOOLS

7.4.1 Extender flat cable.

For diagnostic testing and troubleshooting, a 30-pole 50 cm extender flat cable can be used. Using
this extender flat cable makes it easier 10 separate the two units A 1 and A2 without breaking the
interconnection.

The ordering code for the extender flat cable is: 5322 321 61369.

7.5 RECALIBRATION AFTER REPAIR

After any electrical component has been replaced the perlormance of thai particular circuit should be
checked, as well as the perlormance of other closely-related Circuits. If necessary a recalibration
must be perlormed. Since the power supply influences ali circuits. the perlormance of the entire
instrument should be verified if work has been done in the power supply or if the transformer has been
replaced. If necessary a recalibration must be done. If parts of the attenuator circuits and/or the
Analog ASIC have been replaced , it might be necessary to do Hardware SCOPE Calibration
Adjustments. Refer to section 5.6. 1 of this Service Manual.

7.6 INSTRUMENT REPACKING

If the ScopeMeter is to be reshipped to a Service Centre for service or repair, attach a tag shOwing
the full address and the name of the individual at the users firm that can be contacted.

The Service Centre needs the complete ScopeMeter, InCluding the RED and the GREY scope
probe, its selial number, and a complete description at the problem and the work that is to be done.
I! the original container is not available, repack the Instrument so that no damage occurs during
transport.
MAINTENANCE OF THE PRIMARY CIRCUI T B- 1

8 MAINTENANCE OF THE PRIMARY CIRCUIT

(PM8907/... )

The Scope Meter Itsell has no primary (mains) power supply.

The Instrument is powered with a separate Power adapterlbattery charger PM8907/ ... , In which the
primary power supply is located. The PM8907/ ... Is non-repairable. It can be ordered at your nearest
Fluke/Philips Service Center.

Table 8. 1 Power adapter/battery charger survey.

Typenumber Description

PMB907fOOl Universal Europe 220V, 50 Hz

PMB907fOO3 North American UL, CSA, HOV, 60 Hz

PMB907fOO4 United Kingdom 240V, 50 Hz

PMB907/00B Universal 115V f 230V

Figure B. 1 ScopeMeter Power Adapter/battery Charger PM89071....

REPLACEABLE PARTS UST 9-1

9 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Assembly name Rgurefpage Table/page

Scope Meter final assembly 9.1 9-3 9.1 9-2

Front cover assembly 9.2 9·5 9.2 ....

Input unit assembly 9.2 9-5 9.2 ....
Display assembly 9.2 9-5 9.2 9-.

Battery contact assembly 9.3 9-7 9.3 9-6

Stand assembly 9.3 9-7 9.3 9·6

Batlery cover assembly 9.3 9-7 9.3 9-.

Bottom cover assembly 9.3 9-7 9.3 9-£

Digital Al PCB assembly 9.4. 9-8 9.4. 9-8

Analog A2 PCB assembly 9.519.6 9-14/9· 15 9.5. 9-13

AcceSSOfies replacements Fluke 9.7 9.6

Accessories replacements Philips 9.8 9.7

9_1 INTRODUCTION
The replaceable parts section provides illustrated parts lists for the ScopeMeter models Philips
PM931PM951PM97 and Fluke 93/95197.

The mechanical parts are listed numerically by asssembly. The electrical parts on the prinled circuit
boards Al and A2 are listed alphanumerically by assembly. Each part is shown in an accompanying
illustration.

The parts lists provide the following information lor each part:

• Item number
• Figure number
• Description
• Ordering code
• Total quantity 01 cornponenents per assembly
9 -2 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

9.2 HOW TO OBTAIN PARTS

For Philips Export B.V.:
Contact your local Philips Sales and Service representative. The addresses and telephone numbers
are listed in this manual in section 11 : 'Sales & Service all over the world'.

For the John Fluke Mfg. Co., Inc.:

Contact your local Fluke authorized representative. In the U.S. order directly from the Fluke Parts
Dept. by calling 1- 800·526-4731 .

To ensure prompt and efficient handling of your order. include the following information:

1. Mode number (PM xx). (Fluke xx). Code number (9444 ........ ) and Serial number (OM..... .). The
items are printed on the type plate on the bottom cover.

2. Ordering code

3. Item number

4. Description

5. Quantity

Table 9.1 ScopeMeter final assembly. (See figure 9. 1)

When servicing the ScopeMeter, use only the replacement parts specified.

Item Figure Description Ordering code aty

1 9.1 Top cover assembly PM93 5322 447 70108 1
1 9.1 Top cover assembly PM95 5322 447 70109 1
1 9.1 Top cover assembly PM97 5322 447 70 104 1
1 9.1 Top cover assembly 93 532244770105 1
1 9.1 Top cover assembly 95 53224477011 1 1
1 9.1 Top cover assembly 97 5322 447 70115 1
2 9.1 Keypad PM93193 532221861461 1
2 9.1 Keypad PM95195 532221861459 1
2 9.1 Keypad PM97/97 532221861457 1
29 9.1 Bottom cover tone-screw blank M3 5322 502 13772 2
30 9.1 Board A2 tone-screw blank M3 5322 502 13772 2
31 9.1 Input unit tone-screw blank M3 5322 502 13772 2
32 9.1 3Q-pole fiat cable 5322321 61238 1
. . 3Q-pole extender flat cable for
re pair purposes 5322 321 61369 1
33 9.1 Top cover tone-screw blank M3 5322 50213772 2
REPLACEABLE PARTS UST 9-3

LIQUID CRYSTAL
DISPLAY

3 FRONT
COVER J <'O.)
/

BOTTOM COVER

SATIERY
COVER

Figure 9. 1 ScopeMeter final assembly

9-4 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Table 9,2 Front cover assembly (See figure 9.2)

Input unit assembly
Display 8sssembly

When servicing the ScopeMeter, use only the replacement parts specified.

Item Figure Description Ordering code Oty

3 9.2 Front cover assembly 532244770112 1
4 9 .2 TOf)(screw black M3 5322 502 13nl 2
,
5 9.2
9 .2
Inpul unil assembly
LCD adjust screw
5322 218 61462
5322 535 93237
1
2
7 9 .2 LCD frame 5322 255 41246 1
8 9.2 LCDctamps 5322 401 11411 3
9 9.2 LCD contact strip L-shape 5322 466 62048 2
10 9.2 LCD contact strip I-shape 5322 268 90443 1
11 92 Display reflective PM93193 PM95195 5322 130 90991 1
11 9.2 Display transflective PM97/97 5322 13091054 1
12 9.2 Backlight foil 5322 466 62052 1
13 9.2 LCD rubber filling part 5322 466 62049 1
 AEPLACEABLE PARTS UST 9·5

Figure 9.2 Front cover assembly

Display assembly

-
Input assembly

-
9· 6 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Table 9.3 Battery contact assembly. (See figure 9.3)

Stand assembly
Battery cover 8sssmb/y
Bottom cover assembly

When servicing the Scope Mater, use only the replacement parts specllied.

Item Figure Description Ordering code Oty

14 9.3 Stand assembly 5322 456 90416 1

,.
15

17
9.3
9.3
9.3
Anti Slip strip
Torx screw black M3
Battery cover assembly
5322 468 62045
5322 502 13nl
5322 447 70116
1
1
1
18 9.3 GaSket 5322 530 51238 1
19 9.3 Aubberfoot 5322 402 41625 2
20 9.3 Tont screw black M3 5322 502 13n 1 2
21 9.3 Bottom cover assembly 5:322 447 70113 1
22 9.3 Battery contact spring 5322 492 70908 3
23 9.3 Battery contact spring assembly 5322 492 70909 1
24 9.3 Buffer 5322 466 62047 4
25 9.3 12VIO contact 5322 466 62643 2
2. 9.3 Charging contact 5322 466 62642 1
27 9.3 Battery wiring assembly 5322 321 61237 1
28 9.3 Battery pull slrip 5322 466 62046 1
REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 9-7

Figure 9.3 Battery contact assembly

Stand assembly
Battery cover assembly
Bottom assembly
9-8

o E

o
~
3

5
 REPLACEABlE PARTS LIST

Table 9.4 Digltsl A t PCB assembly (figure 9.4)

When servicing the ScopeMeter, use only the replacement parts specified.

"em Agure Description Ordering code Oty

AI 9.4 Digital At PCB assembly PM93193 5322 2t6 61483 1
Digital A 1 PCB assembly PM95195 5322 216 61464 1
Digital At PCB assembly PM97/97 5322 216 51275 1

F G H I

,,BB ,,,m ,
'"•

'•"

'"•

.'

Figure 9.48 Digital A 1 PCB assembly

REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

"",

"
..
"'

em"
"'"

C1222 MOU NTED OVER R1232

Figure gAb Modifications Digital A 1 PCB assembly

REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 9 - 11

Ordering code Description Item

CAPACITORS
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1201
5322 126 10785 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C 1202
4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1203
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 1204
5322 122 33869 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 15PF C 1205
532212234098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1206
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1207
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1208
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1209
4822 12232916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1211
5322 122 33869 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 1SPF C 1212
5322 122 33869 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 15PF C 1213
4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1214
5322 122 33869 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 15PF C 1215
4822 122 33498 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.7NF C 1216

4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1217

5322 126 10733 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 680PF C 1220
5322 12232448 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 10PF C 1221
4822 126 10004 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 120PF C 1222
5322 124 42332 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 50V 20% 10UF C 1302

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1303

532212610785 CAP.CH IP 63V 10% 100NF C 1304
4822 12232916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1305
4822 122 33498 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.7NF C 1309
532212610785 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 100NF C 1311
532212442331 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 6.3V 20% 100UF C 1312
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1316
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1317
482212232916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1318
532212442332 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 50V 20% 10UF C 1319

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1321

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1322
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1323
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1324
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% lONF C 1326

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1327

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1328
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1329
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C1330
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1332
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1333
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C1334
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1335
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C1336
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1337
9 - 12 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Ordering code Description Ilem

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1338

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1339
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1340
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1341
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C1344

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1346

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1347
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1348
482212232916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1349
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1351

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1352

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1353
5322 12442332 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 50V 20% laUF C 1401
4822122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1402
5322 126 10785 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C 1403

4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C1404

4822 12232916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1405
482212232916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1406
4822 12232916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1407
4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1408

482212232916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 1409

5322 126 10733 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 680PF C 1411
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 1503

RESISTORS
5322 111 91899 RES.CHIP RMClIa 1% 261E R 1201
5322 11681226 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 215E R 1202
4822 11191814 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 121E R 1203
482211681165 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1M R 1204
4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 11K R 1205

4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 11K R 1206

4822 11682532 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 11K R 1207
4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 11K A 1208
532211191611 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 5K62 A 1209
532211191993 RES. NETWORK 002-563 56K A 1210

4822 11682532 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 11K A 1211

482211681165 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1M A 1212
4822 116 82532 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 11K A 1213
4822 116 82685 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 51Kl A 1214
5322 11680427 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 1K A 1215

5322 116 82904 AES.MET.GLAZED RMCl18 1% 464K R 1216

5322 116 80427 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1K R 121 7
4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 11K R 1218
5322 116 80427 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1K R 1219
4822 116 62532 AES.CHIP RC-a2H 1% 11K R 1220

4822 116 62532 RES.CHIP RC..Q2H 1% 11K R 1221

4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC..Q2H 1% 11K R 1222
4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC..Q2H 1% 11K R 1223
REPLACEABLE PAATS LIST 9 - 13

Ordering code Description Item

5322 116 80427 AES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 1K A 1225

482211681789 RES.CHIP RMC1I8 1% 316E R 1226

532211191899 RES.CHIP AMCI /8 1% 261E A 1227

5322 I I 6 80427 AES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 1K A 1228
482211191826 AES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 511E A 1229
482211191814 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 121E A 1230
532211191993 RES.NETWOAK 002-563 56K A 1231

5322 116 80427 AES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 1K A 1232

532211682011 RES.METAL FILM AC-02H 1% 147K R 1301
5322 116 80429 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lOOK R 1302
5322 116 81795 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 3K48 R 1309
532211681226 AES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 215E R 1311

5322 116 80428 AES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 10K A 1312

4822111 91691 AES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 34K8 R 1313
482211 1 91614 RES.CHIP RC -02H 1% 121E A 1314
532211681794 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 2K15 R 1316
532211681226 RES.CHIP RC"(}2H 1% 215E R 1319

4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 11K R 1401

532211191811 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 5K62 R 1402
532211191811 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 5K62 R 1403
4822 111 91626 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 68K1 A 1404
5322111 91611 RES.CHIP RC -02H 1% 5K62 A 1406

5322111 91811 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 5K62 A 1407

482211191885 RES.CHIP AMClIB 1% 10E R 1408
532211191963 RES.CHIP AMClI8 1% 34E8 R 1409
5322111 91963 RES.CHIP AMC1 /8 1% 34E8 R 1411
532211191963 RES.CHIP AMC1 /8 1% 34E8 R 1412

532211191963 RES.CHIP AMC1/8 1% 34E8 A 1413

4822 111 91885 AES.CHIP RMCII8 1% 10E A 1414
4822 116 82532 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 11K A 1416
5322 116 82902 RES.MET.GLAZED RMCII8 1% 23K7 A 1417
4822 130 90972 TEMP.SENSOR KTY81-220 A 1418

5322 11681794 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 2K15 R 1419

532211191893 AES.CHIP AMCl/a 1% 51Et A 1421
4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 11K R 1422
4822 116 82889 RES.METAL FILM AC-02H 1% 9OK9 R 1423
532211680427 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 1K A 1424

532211680429 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% lOOK A 1501

5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lOOK R 1502
5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP AC"(}2H 1% 100K R 1503
5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 100K R 1504
5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 100K R 1506

5322 116 80427 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 1K R 1507

5322111 91993 AES.NETWORK 002-563 56K R 1601
5322111 91993 RES.NETWORK 002-563 56K R 1602
532211191993 RES.NETWORK 002-563 56K R 1603
9 - 14 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Ordering code Description Item

SEMI-CONDUCTORS
4822 13042513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 1201
5322 130 32731 DIODE,CHIP BZX84-C3V6 V 1202
482213042513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 1203
4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC856C V 1205
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 1206
5322 130 42136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC846C V 1207
5322 130 34337 DIODE.CHIP BAV99 V 1210
4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC856C V 1215
5322 130 62043 DIODE.CHIP BZV49-C13 V 1220
4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 1304
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 1305
4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 1306
5322 130 62237 TRANSISTOR.CHIP BCX54-16 V 1307
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 1308
4822130 82521 DIODE,CHIP BZX84-B47 V 1309

4822 130 82521 DIODE,CHIP BZX64-847 V 1311

5322 130 42136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 1312
5322 130 42136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 131 3
532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 1314
5322 130 42136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 1316

4822 130 42132 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC807 V 1317

4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 1318
4822 130 82262 OIOOE,CHIP BAT54S V 1319
5322130 42136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC846C V 1401
4822130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC658C V 1402

4822130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 1403

532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 1404
5322 13034337 DlOOE,CHIP BAV99 V 1405
4822 130 82262 DIODE,CHIP BAT54S V 1406
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 1501

5322 13034337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 1502

4822 13042513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 1503
5322 13042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 1506

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
5322 209 30822 U-PROCESSOR S83C196 01201
5322 209 73179 INTEGR.CIRCUIT PC74HCT74T 01202
5322 209 30819 DIGITAL ASIC SCOPEMETER 01203
5322 209 30228 SRAM 32Kx8 HM62256 D1204
5322 209 60428 INTEGR.CIRCUIT PC74HC132T 01205

5322 209 30228 INTEGR.CIRCUIT HM62256 01206

4822 209 63758 FROM 16KxB N28F256-A200 01207
532220930674 FROM 32Kx8 N28F512-200P1C4 01208
5322 209 60428 INTEGR.CIRCUIT PC74HCl32T 01209
532220973181 INTEGR.CIRCUIT PC74HCT373T 0 1210
REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 9 - 15

Ordering code Description Item

5322209 11147 INTEGR,CIRCUIT HEF4093BT D 1301
4822 209 63761 LCD DRIVER HD61105A o 1401
4822209 63761 LCD DRIVER HD61105A D 1402
4822209 63761 LCD DRIVER HD61105A D 1403
4822 209 63759 LCD DRIVER HD61104A D 1404

4822 209 63759 LCD DRIVER HD61104A D 1406

4822 209 63759 LCD DRIVER HD61104A D 1407
4822 209 30208 INTEGR.CIRCUIT PC74HCT86T D 1408
5322 209 11996 INTEGR.CIRCUIT PC74HCT393T D 1409
5322 209 30675 INTEGR.CIRCUIT PC74HCTl63T D 1410

482220963762 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HCrt65T D 1601

482220963762 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HCTl65T 01602
4822 209 63762 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HCTl65T D 1603
4822209 63762 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HCTl65T 01604
4822 209 63762 l.C. INTERFACE PC74HCT165T 01606
482220960175 INTEGR.CIRCUIT LM358M N 1301
532220961473 INTEGR.CIRCUIT LM324M N 1401

COILS
532215763648 COIL 1UH 5% L 1201
532215763651 COIL CB-322513T L 1202

MISCELLANEOUS
5322 242 80215 CRYSTAL 25MHZ HC-49/U G 1201

5322 130 61296 INFRARED ELEMENT SFH409-2 H 1201

5322 130 62923 PHOTO TRANSISTOR SFH309F-4 H 1202

CONNECTORS
5322 267 70302 CONNECTOR 3O-PIN STRAIGHT X 1201
9 - 16
 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Table 9.5 Analog A2 PCB assembly (Ftgure 9.5)

-
When servicing the $copeMeter, use ooly the replacement parts specified.

Item Figure Description Ordering code Qly

A2 9.519.6 Analog A2 PCB assembly 5322 2t 8 61465 1

c D E F G

~
l!jt=!J

~
llJ1l

ST6617
92020)

Figure 9.58 Analog A2 PCB assembly (SMD components side)

REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

I
"
;

~ C22"
R2117 ~VU07

Figure 9.5b Modifications Analog A2 PCB (SMD Component side)

l
 9 - 17

I
J ;

,
"o
!
o

NaT cON NEcnD

I ~"".n::
.,
00

I
STUSO
920210
 9-

A B c
fL'S , L250' )

~
1 o
X, 1
N
~O
2517

r-, •
f \ 9lL
4 \ l2504 I
,_/ N
- 0 ,
o en ;;; _

••
5

TOP VIEW
Z2S01
'0·• •.'
• •
4 ,
 9 - 18 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

c D E F G

~ ~
N N
;;; M
N
M K2203 K2202
N N
U U U
~
N
M O ~O ~O
N
M

~-
N
0 0
M N 5N K2715
ol o M 0 ~
~o go
6_ 0
..... R-
~o
N
ro W N
0 0 0
~ ~ ~
0 0 0 ~
go

,, M
~o
• S? - K2750

~-
0
~O
~
~o

~O
~
~o
~
K2103 K2102

0
:0

BEHO°'i':~h1'lil<i
• , (. 6 6 K2 1.
TOP VIE W 9
. 16 13 11 K22..
K27 .

5T6616
920204

Figure 9.6 Analog A2 PCB assembly (Wired components side)

REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 9 - 19

Ordering code Description l1em

CAPACITORS
5322 121 40308 CAP.FOll 400V 10% 22NF C 2102
5322 122 32982 CAP.CERAMIC 2% 56PF C 2103
4822 122 31194 CAP.CERAMIC 0.25PF 8.2PF C 2104
5322 122 33869 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 15PF C 2105
482212231195 CAP.CERAMIC 2% 10PF C 2106

532212511029 CAP. VARIABLE 10 PF MUR C 2107

4822 122 31072 CAP.CERAMIC 2% 47PF C 2108
532212511029 CAP. VARIABLE 10 PF MUR C 2109
482212230149 CAP.CERAMIC 0.25PF 6.8PF C 2111
4822 122 31049 CAP.CERAMIC 0.25PF 6.8PF C21t2

4822 122 32027 CAP.CERAMIC 2% S6PF C2113

532212511029 CAP.VARIABLE 10 PF MUR C 2114
5322 861 12331 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 330PF C 2115
482212231194 CAP.CERAMIC 0.25PF 8.2PF C 2116
5322122 32661 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 56PF C 2117

5322861 12331 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 330PF C2118

4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 2119
5322 122 32967 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 5.6PF C 2120
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2121
4822 122 33339 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 4.7NF C 2122

482212233891 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 3.3NF C 2123

4822 12233891 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 3.3NF C 2124
4822 126 10004 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 120PF C 2125
4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 2126
4822 122 32891 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 10% saNF C 2127

4822 122 32448 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 0.5PF 10PF C 2128

4822122 33891 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 3.3NF C 2129
4822 122 33496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 100NF C 2130
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2131
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2132

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2133

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2134
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2135
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2138
4822 122 33515 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 82PF C 2137

4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2139

4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C2140
4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2 .2NF C 2141
4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 21 44
4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2145

4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2146

4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2147
4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 21 48
5322 121 40308 CAP. FOil 400V 10% 22NF C 2202
5322 122 32982 CAP. 2% 56P C2203
9 - 20 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Ordering code Description Item

4822 t22 31194 CAP.CERAMIC 0.25PF B.2PF C2204

5322 122 33869 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 15PF C 2205
4822 12231195 CAP.CERAMIC 2% 10PF C 2206
5322 125 11029 CAP.VARIABLE 10 PF MUR C2207
4822 122 31072 CAP.CERAMIC 2% 47PF C2208

532212511029 CAP.VARIABLE 10 PF MUR C 2209

482212230149 CAP.CERAMIC 0.25PF 6 .8PF C 2211
4822 122 31049 CAP.CERAMIC 0.25PF 6.8PF C 2212
4822 122 32027 CAP.CERAMIC 2% 56PF C 2213
5322 125 11029 CAP. VARIABLE 10 PF MUR C 2214

5322661 12331 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 330PF C 22 15

482212231194 CAP.CERAMIC 0.25PF B.2PF C2216
5322 122 32661 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 56PF C 2217
4822 122 33216 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 270PF C 2218
4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 2219

5322 122 32967 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 5.6PF C2220

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% lONF C 2221
4822 122 33339 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 4.7NF C2=
4822 122 33891 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 3.3NF C2223
4822 122 33891 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 3.3NF C2224

4822 126 10004 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 120PF C2225

4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 2226
4822 122 32891 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 10% 58NF C2227
4822 12232448 CAP.CERAMIC 63V O.5PF 10PF C222B
4822 122 33891 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 3.3NF C 2229

4822 12233496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C 2230

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2231
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2232
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C2233
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C2234

5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C2235

4822 122 33515 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 82PF C 2237
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C2238
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2 .2NF C2239
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C2240

4822122331 27 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2241

482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2242
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C2243
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V Hl% 2.2NF C2244
4822122331 27 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2245

482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2246

482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C2247
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C2248
4822 12233496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C 2301
4822 12233496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C2302

4822 12233496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C2303

5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C2304
5322 122 33869 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 15PF C2305
4822 12233496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C2:106
4822 12233496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C2307
REPLACEABLE PARTS UST 9 - 21

Ordering code Description Item

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C2308

4622 122 33496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C2309
532212234098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2310
4822 122 33496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 100NF C 2311
4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 2312

5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C2313

5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2314
4822 122 32139 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 12PF C 2315
4822 122 33496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C 2316
482212411162 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 58UF C2317

4822 122 33496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% l00NF C2318

4822 122 33496 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 100NF C2319
5322 , 22 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2320
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C2321
482212423627 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 4.7UF C2322

482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C2323

4822 12423627 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 4.7UF C2324
5322 122 32452 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 47PF C2326
5322 122 33869 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 15PF C2340
5322 122 33869 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 15PF C 2341

5322 121 43885 CAP.FOIL 20% 470UF C 2501

4822 12232891 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 10% 58NF C2502
4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C2503
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C2504
5322 t 2 t 43884 CAP.FOll 20% 1200UF C2506
5322 121 43886 CAP.FOll 20% 180UF C2507
5322 121 43884 CAP.FOll 20% 1200UF C 2508
4822 124 11162 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 58UF C 2509
4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C 2511
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2512

482212411 162 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 58UF C 2514

5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2515
5322121 43887 CAP.FOIL 20% 470UF C 2516
5322 121 43887 CAP.FOIL 20% 470UF C 2517
482212411162 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 58UF C 2518

5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2519

482212411162 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 68UF C 2521
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2522
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2523
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2524

532212143885 CAP.FOIL 20% 470UF C 2526

5322 126 10733 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 680PF C 2527
482212411162 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 58UF C2530
4822 122 32916 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 220NF C2531
482212411162 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 58UF C2532

482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2533

5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C2534
5322 121 43885 CAP.FOIL 20% 470UF C2536
9 - 22 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Ordering code Description Item

4822 t22 32891 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 10% 68NF C 2537

5322 t 22 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 1()% 22NF C2538

5322 t22 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C2542

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C2543
4822 126 10004 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 120PF C2544
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C2546
482212411162 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% saUF C2547

5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C2548

482212411162 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20". 68UF C2549
5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2551
532212442329 CAP.ELECTROLYT. 20% 3900UF C2552
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 1()% tONF C2701

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 1()% 10NF C 2703

5322 122 3409B CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2705
5322 126 11389 CAP.CERAMIC 10% 22PF C 2750
5322 122 32854 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2752
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2753

482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2754

5322 122 32654 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 22NF C 2756
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2757
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2758
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 1()% 2.2NF C 2759

4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2 .2NF C2760

482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2761
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2 .2NF C 2762
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 1()% 2 .2NF C2763
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 1()% 10NF C2804

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C2806

5322 122 33897 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 3 .3NF C2850
5322 122 33897 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 3 .3NF C 2851
5322 122 33897 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 3 .3NF C 2852
5322 12233816 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 2.2NF C 2853

5322 126 I 0733 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 680PF C2854

4822122 33216 CAP.CHIP 63V 5% 270PF C 2856
5322 12232452 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 47PF C 2857
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 1()% 10NF C 2861
5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10N F C 2862

5322 122 32452 CAP.CERAMIC 63V 5% 47PF C2863

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C2864
482212233127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2 .2NF C2866
4822 122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2 .2NF C2867
4822122 33127 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 2.2NF C 2868

5322 122 34098 CAP.CHIP 63V 10% 10NF C 2901

REPLACEABLE PARTS LI ST 9 - 23

Ordering code Description Item

RESISTORS
5322 116 82895 RES.CHIP RMC1/8 1% 31E6 A 2101
532211680429 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1001< R 2103
4822 051 10108 RES.CHIP RC-ol .% lE R 2104
482211191885 RES.CHIP RMCI/8 R 2106
4822 111 91885 RES.CHIP RMCI18 '"
1%
lOE
lOE R 2107
5322 111 91893 RES.CHIP RMCII8 1% 51E l R 2108
532211191963 RES.CHIP RMCII8 1% 34E8 R 2109
4822 116 81789 RES.CHIP RMCl /8 1% 316E R 2110
5322 116 82899 RES.MET.GLAZED RMC1/8 1% 3K83 R 2111
4822051 10106 RES.CHIP RC-ol .% 10M R 2112

4822051 10106 RES.CHIP RC-ol .% 10M R 2113

4822051 10106 RES.CHIP RC-ol 5% 10M R 2114
4822 116 82408 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lK33 R 2115
482205151331 RES.CHIP RMCl/8 1% 133E R 2116
532211191899 RES.CHIP RMCl/8 1% 26tE R 2117
482211191891 RES.METAl FILM RC-02H 1% 34K8 R 2118
4822 050 29534 RES.METAl FILM MRS25 1% 953K R 211 9
4822 051 10106 RES.CHIP RC-ol .% 10M R 2120
4822 11681165 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1M R 2121
5322 116 80428 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 10K R 2122
4822051 51005 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1M R 2123
532211191893 RES.CHIP RMCI/8 1% S1El A 2124
4822 051 57502 RES.MET.GLAZED RMCII8 1% 7K' A 2125
532211680429 AES.CHIP RC-()2H
4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC-02H '"
1%
1001<
11K
A 2126
A 2127

482211881185 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1M A 2128

5322 11882112 RES.CH IP RMCII8
5322 116 80429
532211682011
RES.CHIP
RES.METAl FILM
RC-02H
RC-02H
'"
1%
1%
681E
1001<
147K
A 2129
A 2130
R 2131
4822 116 82887 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 7'K A 2132
5322 116 82899 RES.MET.GLAZED RMClI8 1% 3K83 A 2133
5322 116 80609 RES.MET.GLAZED RC-02H 1% 7K' A 2134
532211191893 RES.CHIP RMCl18 1% 51 El R 2135
4822 11 6 82384 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 750E A 2136
5322 11191809 RES.METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 215K A 2137
5322 I I 6 80427 AES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% lK A 2138
5322 1I 6 80428 AES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 10K A 2139
532211191893 AES.CHIP RMC118 1% 51Et A 2140
5322 116 80428 RES.CH IP AC-Q2H 1% 10K A 2141
4822 OSl 51781 RES.NETWORK RMCt/8 1% 178E R 2142

532211681795
462211191814
532211682899
5322 116 82899
5322116820 11
RE8.CHIP
RES.CHIP
RES.MET.GLAZED
RES.MEl.GlAZED
RE S.MElAl FILM
AC-02H
AC-02H
AMCII8
RMCI18
RC-02H
1%
1%
1%
1%
.
3K48

,,1<83,
t21E

147K
R 2143
R 2144
A 2145
A2146

5322 116 82904 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCII8

'"
1% 464K
R 2147

A 2148
5322 111 91893 RES.CHIP RMCI/8 1% 5tEI R 2149
9 ·24 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Ordering code Description Item

482211191885 RES.CHIP RMel /8 1% 10E R 2150

4822 116 82886 RES.CHIP RC -02H 1% 61K9 R 2151
4822 11682887 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 75K R 2152

4822 11682887 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 75K R 2153

532211680428 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 10K R 2154
4822 11681165 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1M R 2155
5322 116 82903 RES.MET.GLAZED RMC1 18 1% 31K6 R 2157
4822 116 82885 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 51Kl R 2158

5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% lOOK R 2159

4822111 91826 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 511E R 2160
5322 116 81794 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 2K15 R 2161
5322 11191809 RES.METAL FILM AC-02H 1% 215K R 2162
5322 116 82904 RES.MET.GLAZED RMC1 /8 1% 464K R 2163

4822 116 82888 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 825K R 2164

482205110108 RES.CHIP RC-0 1 5% lE R 2165
482211690788 RES.CHIP AMClI8 1% 68El A 2166
482211681165 AES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 1M R 2167
4822 116 82532 AES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 11K A 2168

5322 11 6 82903 RES.MET.GLAZED AMCl/8 1% 31K6 A 2169

5322 116 82899 AES.MET.GLAZED AMCl /8 1% 3K83 A 2170
5322 116 80428 RES. CHIP RC-02H 1% 10K A 2171
5322 11681794 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 2K15 R 2172
5322 11682895 RES.CHIP AMCl /8 1% 31E6 A 2201

5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% lOOK R 2203

48220511 0108 RES.CHIP AC-Ol 5% lE R2204
482211191885 RE S.CHIP AMCl/8 1% 10E R2206
482211191885 RES.CHIP AMC1 18 1% 10E R2207
5322"191893 RES.CHIP AMCl /8 1% 51El R2208

482211191887 AES.CHIP AMClI8 1% 42E2 A 2209

482211681789 AES.CHIP RMC1/8 1% 316E R 2210
5322 116 82899 AES.MET.GLAZED RMC1 /a 1% 3K83 R 2211
4822 051 10106 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 10M A 2212
482205110106 AES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 10M A 2213

4822 051 10106 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 10M A 2214

4822 11682408 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lK33 R 2215
4822 051 51331 RES.CHIP RMCl /8 1% 133E A 2216
5322 11191899 RES.CHIP AMCl /8 1% 261E R 2217
482211191891 RES. METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 34K8 R 2218

4822 050 29534 RES.METAL FILM MAS25 1% 953K R 2219

482205110106 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 10M R2220
482211681165 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 1M A 2221
5322 116 80428 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 10K R 2222
482205151005 RES.CHIP RC-02 1% 1M A 2223
5322 111 91893 RES.CHIP RMClI8 1% 5tEl A 2224
5322 11682901 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCl /8 1% 19K6 A 2225
5322 116 80429 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lOOK R 2226
4822 116 82532 RES. CHIP AC-02H 1% 11K R 2227
482211681165 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1M R 2228
REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 9 - 25

Ordering code Description Item

5322 116 82112 RES.CHIP RMCl /8 1% 681E R2229

5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lOOK R 2230
532211682011 RES. METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 147K R 2231
482211682887 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 75K R 2232
5322 116 82899 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCl/8 1% 3K83 R 2233

5322 116 80609 RES.MET.GLAZED RC-02H 1% 7K5 R 2234

5322 111 91893 RES.CHIP RMCl /8 1% 51El R 2235
4822 116 82384 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 750E R 2236
5322 111 91809 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 215K R 2237
5322 116 80427 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lK R 2238

532211680428 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 10K R 2239

5322 11 1 91893 RES.CHIP RMC1Ia 1% 51El R 2240
5322 116 80428 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 10K R 2241
4822051 51781 RES. NETWORK RMC1/a 1% 178E R 2242
5322 116 81795 RES.CHIP RC -02H 1% 3K48 R 2243

482211191814 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 121E R 2244

5322 116 82899 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCl /8 1% 3KB3 R 2245
5322 116 82899 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCl /8 1% 3KB3 R 2246
532211682011 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 147K R 2247
5322 116 82904 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCl/8 1% 464K R 2248

5322 111 91893 RES.CHIP RMCl /8 1% 51El R 2249

482211 1 91885 RES.CHIP RMCl/8 1% 10E R 2250
4822 116 82886 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 61KS R 2251
4822 116 82887 AES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 75K R 2252
482211682887 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 75K R 2253

532211680428 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 10K R 2254

482211681165 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1M R 2255
5322 116 82903 RES.MET.GlAZED AMCl /8 1% 31K6 R 2257
4822 116 82885 RES. METAL FILM AC-02H 1% 51Kl R 2258
5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lOOK R 2259

4822 111 91826 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 511E R 2260

532211681794 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 2K15 R 2261
5322 111 91809 RES.METAL FILM AC-02H 1% 215K R 2262
5322 116 82904 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCl /8 1% 464K R 2263
4822 116 82888 RES.METAl FILM RC-02H 1% 825K R 2264

482205110108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% lE R 2265

4822 116 90788 RES.CHIP AMCl /8 1% 68El R 2266
482211681165 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1M R 2267
4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 11K R 2268
5322 116 82903 RES.MET.GlAZED AMCl /8 1% 31K6 R 2269

5322 116 82899 RES.MET.GlAZED RMC1 /8 1% 3K83 R 2270

5322 11680428 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 10K R 2271
532211681794 AES.CHIP RC -02H 1% 2K15 R 2272
482205110108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% lE R 2301
482205110108 AES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% lE R2302

482211682408 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% lK33 R2303

4822 111 91892 RES.METAL FILM AC-02H 1% 511K R2304
4822 05110108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% lE R 2305
9 - 26 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Ordering code Description Item

482205110108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 1E A 2306

4822 OS1 10108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 1E R2307

4822 116 82887 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 75K A 2308

482211682887 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 75K R2309
532211191899 RES.CHIP RMCII8 1% 261E A 2310
4822 051 10108 RES.CHIP AC-Ol 5% 1E A2312
4822 051 10108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 1E R 2313

4822 051 10108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 1E R2314

532211191901 RES.CHIP RMC1/8 1% 348E R2315
5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 100K R 2316
482211191828 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 68Kl A 2317
5322 116 82897 RES.MET.GLAZED RMClI8 1% 383E R 2318

4822111 91888 RES.CHIP RMC1/8 1% 56E2 R 2319

4822 116 82885 RES. METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 51Kl R2320
4822 116 82884 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 316K A 2321
5322 116 82903 RES.MET.GLAZED RMC1/8 1% 31K6 R2322
5322 116 82898 RES.MET.GLAZED RMC1 /8 1% 464E R2323

482211681789 RES.CHIP RMCl /8 1% 316E R 2324

482211191821 CAP.CHIP RC-02H 1% 2K61 R 2325
482211191888 RES.CHIP RMCl /8 1% 56E2 R 2330
482211191888 RES.CHIP RMCl /8 1% 56E2 A 2331
482211191888 RES.CHIP RMCI/8 1% 56E2 A 2332

4822 111 91868 RES.CHIP AMel /8 1% 56E2 A 2333

4822111 91888 RES.CHIP RMCII8 1% 56E2 A 2334
4822111 91888 RES.CHIP RMClI8 1% 56E2 R2335
482211191888 RES.CHIP AMC11a 1% 56E2 A 2336
482211191888 RES.CHIP RMClI8 1% 56E2 R2337

532211681794 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 2K1 S A 2338

5322 116 82895 RES.NETWORK RMClI8 1% 3lE6 R2340
5322 116 82895 RES.NETWORK RMClI8 1% 3lE6 R2341
5322 116 82896 RES.MET.GLAZED RMClI8 1% 46E4 R2342
5322 116 82896 RES.MET.GLAZED RMClI8 1% 46E4 A 2343
5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 100K R2345
5322 101 60082 POTM.TRIMMER VG4 25% 10K R2346
5322 101 60082 POTM.TRIMMER VG4 25% 10K R2347
482211191826 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% SIIE R 2501
482211191826 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 511E R2502

482205110108 RES.CHIP RC-Ot 5% 1E R2503

4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 11K A 2504
482211191885 RES.CHIP RMCII8 1% 10E R 2506
532211191963 RES.CHIP RMC1/8 1% 34E8 R 2507
5322 III 91893 RES.CHIP AMClI8 1% 5E1 R 2508

4822051 10108 RES.CHIP AC-Ol 5% 1E R2509

4822051 10108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 1E R 2511
4822 051 10108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 1E R 2512
4822051 10108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 1E R 2513
482205110108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 1E R2514
REPLACEABLE PARTS UST 9 - 27

Ordering code Description Ilem

4822 051 10108 RES.CHIP RC-Ql 5% lE R 2516

4822 051 10108 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% lE R 2517
4822 051 10108 RES.CHIP RC -Ol 5% lE R 2518
482205110106 RES.CHIP RC-Ol 5% 10M R 2519
482205110106 RES.CHIP RC-Ql 5% 10M R 2521

4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 11K R 2522

532211681795 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 3K48 A 2523
482211191814 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 121E R 2524
482211191891 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 34K8 R 2526
5322 11681794 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 2K15 R 2527

4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 11K R 2528

4822 11191814 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 121 E R 2529
5322 11681228 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% SKit A 2530
482211191885 RES.CHIP RMC 1I8 1% 10E R 2531
482211191885 RES.CHIP RMC 1/8 1% 10E R 2532

532211682901 RES.MET.GLAZED RMC1/8 1% 19K6 R 2534

4822 116 82885 RES.METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 51Kl R 2535
5322 11680427 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lK R 2536
4822 111 91891 RES.METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 34K8 R 2537
5322 116 82367 RES.METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 3K16 R 2538

532211682367 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 3KI6 R2540

4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC -02H 1% 11K R 2541
482211191885 RES.CHIP RMC 1/8 1% 10E R2542
532211681228 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% SKII R2543
4822111 91891 RES.METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 34K8 R2544

4822111 91814 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 121E R2546

4822111 91816 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 14K7 R2548
4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 11K R 2551
4822 116 82408 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 1K33 R 2554
532211191811 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 5K62 R 2556
5322 116 81794 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 2KI5 R 2557
532211681794 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 2KI5 R 2556
5322 116 81794 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 2KI5 R 2559
532211191809 RES. METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 215K R 2561
4822 116 82532 RES.CHIP RC -02H 1% 11K R2562

482211191885 RES.CHIP RMC1 /8 1% 10E R 2563

5322 111 91811 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% 5K62 R2564
532211191893 RES.CHIP RMCI/8 1% 51El R2565
482211191891 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 34K8 R2566
4822 111 91891 RES.METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 34K8 R2567
532211191809 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 215K R 2568
532211191809 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 215K R2569
482205110108 RES.CHIP RC -Ol 5% lE R 2571
5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lOOK R 2572
532211191809 RES.METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 215K R2573

4822 1t 6 82885 RES.METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 51Kl R 2575

5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC-02H 1% lOOK R 2561
532211341318 RES. SMW02 5% OEl R2562
9 · 28 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Ordering code Description Item

482205110108 RES.CHIP RC·Ol 5% 1E R 2583

482211191885 RES.CHIP AMCl/8 1% 10E R2584
532211682901 RES.MET.GlAZED RMe1/8 1% 19K6 R2596
532211682901 RES.MET.GlAZED RMC1/8 1% 19K6 R 2597
5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 100K R 2598
5322 11682901 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCII8 1% 19K6 R2599
4822 116 82886 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 61K9 R 2729

532211640214 RES.N.T.C. SPEC R 2750

5322 116 82905 RES.METAl FILM R25 487K 1% R 2753
482211191892 RES.METAl FILM RC·02H 1% SilK R 2754
5322 11680427 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 1K R 2755
482211191891 RES.METAL FILM RC·02H 1% 34K8 R 2757

5322 116 80428 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 10K R 2758

532211191899 RES.CHIP RMCII8 1% 261E R 2759
4822 11690788 RES.NETWORK RMC1/8 1% 68E1 R 2760
532211191809 RES.METAL FILM RC·02H 1% 215K R 2761
4822 11681165 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 1M R 2762

4822051 10106 RES.CHIP RC-Ql 5% 10M R 2763

482211191828 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 68K1 R 2764
532211682901 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCI/B 1% 19K6 R 2766
532211681228 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 5Kll R 2767
4822 116 82883 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 237K R 2768

532211682011 RES.METAL FILM RC·02H 1% 147K R 2769

4822 111 91891 RES. METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 34K8 R 2770
5322 11680429 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 100K R2771
5322 116 80429 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 100K R2772
4822 051 51002 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 1K R2773

4822111 91814 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 121E R2774

532211681795 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 3K48 R 2775
482211191891 RES. METAL FILM RC·02H 1% 341<8 R 2776
532211191893 RES.CHIP RMCI/B 1% 51El R2777
5322 116 82905 RES. METAL FILM R25 1% 487K A 2778

4822051 53483 RES.MET.GlAZED RMCII8 1% 34K8 R 2653

5322 116 82903 RES. MET. GlAZED RM CII8 1% 31K6 R 2854
482211191828 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 68K1 R 2856
4822 111 91828 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 68K1 R 2857
4822 051 10108 RES.CHIP RC·Ol 5% 1E R2858

4822 11682887 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 75K A 2859

482205110106 RES.CHIP RC-Ql 5% 10M A 2860
4822 116 82883 RES.CHIP RC·02H 1% 237K R 2661
532211191812 RES.METAL FILM RC·02H 1% 562K R 2862
532211681795 RES.CHIP AC-Q2H 1% 3K48 R2863

482211191891 RES.METAL FILM AC·02H 1% 34K8 R 2864

482211191891 RES.METAL FILM AC-Q2H 1% 34K8 R 2865
4822 111 91814 RES.CHIP RC-Q2H 1% 121E A 2866
482211191891 RES.METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 34K8 A 2867
4822 1'1 91891 RES.METAL FILM RC-Q2H 1% 34K8 A 2868
REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 9 - 29

Ordering code Description Item

4822 051 53483 RES. METAL FILM RC-02H 1% 34K8 R2869

5322 11662111 RES.CHIP AC-02H 1% 261K R 2670
5322 116 82904 RES.MET.GLAZED RM Cll8 1% 464K R 2871
5322 116 82904 RES.MET.GLAZED RMCl/8 1% 464K R 2672
532211682111 RES.CHIP RC...()2H 1% 261K R 2873

532211191809 RES. METAL FILM RC"'()2H 1% 215K R 2875

4822 116 82884 RES.CHIP RC"'()2H 1% 316K R2676
532211191809 RES.METAL FILM RC"'()2H 1% 215K R2877
4822 116 62885 RES. METAL FILM RC"'()2H 1% 51Kl R 2878
5322 11662901 RES.MET.GLAZED RMC1/8 1% 19K6 R 2879

532211 1 91899 RES.CHIP RMCI/8 1% 261E R2881

5322 116 82901 RES.MET.GLAZED RMCI/8 1% 19K6 A 2901
532211682011 RES.METAL FILM AC-D2H 1% 147K A 2903
5322 116 82903 RES.MET.GLAZED RMC1/8 1% 31KS R2904
5322 116 82903 RES.MET.GlAZED RMC1/8 1% 31K6 A 2906
482211191891 RES.METAL FILM RC"'()2H 1% 34K8 R 2907
5322 116 82903 RES.MET.GLAZED RMC1/8 1% 31K6 R2908
5322 116 82903 RES.MET.GLAZED RMCI/8 1% 31K6 A2909

SEMI-CONDUCTORS
5322 130421 45 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR92 V 2104
532213044787 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR31 V 2105
5322 130 42145 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR92 V 2106
532213061707 TRANSISTOR BF991 V 2107
5322 13042718 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFS20 V 2108

5322 13042145 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR92 V 2109

5322 13042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2110
532213042145 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR92 V 2111
4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 2112
482213042513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 2113

5322 130 42145 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR92 V 2114

5322 130 42145 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR92 V 2204
5322 13044787 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR31 V 2205
532213042145 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR92 V 2206
532213061707 TRANSISTOR BF991 V 2207

5322 130 42718 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFS20 V 2208

5322130 42145 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFA92 V 2209
532213042136 TRANSISTOA,CHIP BC848C V 2210
5322130 42145 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFA92 V 2211
4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOA,CHIP BC858C V 2212

4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 2213

5322 130 42145 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR92 V 221 4
532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2301
532213044711 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFT92 V 2302
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2303

5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2501

5322 130 62661 TRANSISTOA,CHIP BRYS2 V 2502
5322 130 62659 TRANSISTOA,CHIP BUZ11A V 2503
9 - 30 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Ordering code Description Item

5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V2504

5322 130 62922 DIODE MBRD63OCTI4 V250ti
5322 130 62922 DIODE MBRD63OCTI4 V 2507
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2508
5322 130 42136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2509
4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 2511
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAVgg V 2512

4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 2513

5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2514
4822130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 2516
532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V2517
482213042513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC85BC V 2518

5322130 42136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2521

5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2523
4822 130 42133 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC817 V 2526
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2527
532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2528

5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2529

532213062922 DIODE MBRD63OCTT4 V 2533
532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2534
532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2536
532213062921 TRANSISTOR 2SK974STR V 2537

5322 130 62921 TRANSISTOR 2SK974STR V 2536

5322 130 62922 DIODE MBRD63OCTT4 V 2539
532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC648C V 2541
4822 130 82262 DIODE,CHIP BAT54S V 2543
4822 13042513 TRANSISTOR ,CHIP BC858C V 2544
4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC858C V 2736
4822 130 82522 OIOOE,CHIP BZD27-C7V5 V 2751
4822 130 82522 DIODE,CHIP BZD27-C7V5 V 2752
4822 130 82522 DIODE,CHIP BZD27-C7V5 V 2753
4822 130 82522 DIODE,CHIP BZD27-C7V5 V 2755

5322 130 44787 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR31 V 2754

5322 130 44787 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BFR31 V 2756
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2757
5322 130 60502 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BSS83 V 2758
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2759

5322 130 42136 TRANSISTOR.CHIP BC848C V 2760

5322 130 42136 TRANSISTOR.CHIP BC848C V 2761
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2762
5322 130 34337 DIODE,CHIP BAV99 V 2763
4822130 82522 DIODE,CHIP BZD27-C7V5 V 2764

5322 130 42136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2765

5322 130 42136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2766
532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2767
532213042136 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC848C V 2768
4822 130 82522 DIODE ,CHIP BZD27-C7V5 V 2811
REPLACEABlE PARTS LIST 9·31

Ordering code Description Item

4822 130 82522 DlODE,CHIP 8ZD27-C7V5 V 2769

4822 130 82522 DIODE,CHIP BZD27-G7V5 V 2612
5322 130 60502 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BSSB3 V 2851
4822 13042513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC8saC V 2852
4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR,CHIP BC658C V 2853

4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR.CHIP BCa58C V 2854

4822 130 42513 TRANSISTOR.CHIP BCa58C V 2901

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
4822 209 63764 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC4316T 02101
4822 209 63764 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC4316T 02102
4822 209 63764 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC4316T D 22<>1
4822 209 63764 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC4316T 02202
5322 209 30821 ANALOG ASIC OQoo308 02301

4822209 63764 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC4316T 02750

4822 209 63764 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC4316T 02751
4822 209 63764- I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC4316T 02850
4822 209 63763 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC541T D2901
4822 209 63763 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC541T D 2902

4822 209 63763 I.C. INTERFACE PC74HC541T D2903

5322 20912171 INTEGR.CIRCUIT PC74HC4094T D2904
5322 20912171 INTEGA.CIRCUIT PC74HC4094T D2906
532220912171 INTEGR .CIRCUIT PC74HC4094T D2907
532220912171 INTEGR .CIRCUIT PC74HC4094T D2908

532220912171 INTEGR .CIRCUIT PC74HC4094T 02909

4822 209 63757 INTEGR.CIRCUIT lF453CM N 2101
4822209 63757 INTEGR.CIRCUIT lF453CM N 2201
5322 209 30676 INTEGR.CIRCUIT TOA8703T/C4 N2302
4822 209 60175 INTEGR.CIRCUIT LM358M N 2501

4822 209 63765 INTEGR.CIRCUIT LM2SSM-l .2 N2502

5322 209 7 1807 INTEGR.CIRCUIT SG35240 N2503
5322 209 31309 INTEGR.CIRCUIT TlC27M2ACOR N2750
5322 209 31309 INTEGR.CIRCUIT TlC27M2ACDR N 2751
4822 209 63757 INTEGR.CIRCUIT lF453CM N 2850

COILS
532215763649 COil 39NH 20% l2301
532215763646 COil 1UH 5"10 l2302
5322 157 63647 COil O.lUH 5% l2303
5322 157 63647 COIL 0.IUH5% L2304
5322 15763648 COIL 1UH 5% L2501

5322 157 63092 COIL 58UH L2502

5322 157 63092 COIL 58UH L2503
5322 157 52707 COil 22UH L2504
5322 157 52707 COil 22UH L2506
5322156 11139 COil FILTER SOV-l0A Z 2501
9 · 32 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Ordering code Description Uem

MISCELLANEOUS
5322280 10245 BUZZER MEB-12B-12 H 2901

5322 280 80745 RELAY RAL3W-K K 2101

5322280 80745 RELAY RAL3W-K K2102
5322 260 80745 RELAY AAL3W-K K 2103
5322 280 80745 RELAY RAL3W-K K2201
5322 280 80745 RELAY RAL3W-K K2202

5322 280 80745 RELAY RAL3W-K K2203

5322280 80745 RELAY RAL3W-K K 2750
5322 280 80745 RELAY RAL3W-K K 2751

CONNECTORS
5322 267 70302 CONNECTOR 3O-PIN STRAIGHT X 2001
4822 267 30431 SOCKET HEC0739.o1-010 X 2501
5322 265 30434 CONNECTOR 3-PIN STRAIGHT X 2502
REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 9 · 33

Table 9.7 Accessories replacemenls Fluke

OFIDER NUMaEfI DESCFIJPT10N
!MODEL NUMBER
PM9OfI&'OO1 NiClJd Battery Pad<
LIne Vol1age AdapterlBattery ctwgar (North Amer\ell)
PMB907/003
PM891&'Q02
PM9081/OO1
Safaty·Oesigned SoopeMeter Probe Set
S.lety.Oeaigned Duel Banana Plug 10 Femele BNC Adapt ...
"
16. 17. 16. 19,3 •• . 7.8.

'"""""
c-"
ScopeMeter Yeflow PfoCIICtIve Holster
Accessory Cue
F1uIce91601S
Fll.*e 9 16010
Multimeler r_ Lead Set
Pr0b8llp 10 Barw\a Plug Adaplef/Adjust adapI8I' ,
9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 1.,

Fluke 9 16127 Ouidt ()pereling GuIde

Flu.... 916119 ~EngI!ah U.... 1.bnuBI
~e9 16122 Soo~s~1etef Francto. Spanish. I\aIIan U-. Manua/
~e915970
"""'"",,',,"
Figure 9.6 ACC6ssories fepJscement.s Fluke
9 - 34 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST

Table 9 .8 Accessories replacements Philips

ITEM DESCRIPnON ORDER NUMSER ITEM DESCRIPnON ORDER NUMSER
IMOOEL NUMSER /MODEL NUMSER

,,, Adapter BananalllNC

Adjusl adapter REO
PM9Q8,1 1OO1
5322 263 50192 "" Soope probe REO
SoopIl probe GREY
N

,""
HF adapter Bl.ACK 5322 263 50193 High voltage t"tpin REO 5322 264 20087

,,•,
HF adapter BLACK 5322 263 50193 High voltage tSSt ~ GREY
"" """ " . 50193
§
Mini test hook REO
Mini test hook GREY
532221070131
53222t070129
•
,
HF adapte, BLACK
HF adapter BLACK
5322
5322
263
263 50193 ,"•
Trim screwdriver REO 5322 395 50417 Trim SCfewdrMlr RED 5322 395 50417 •
,• •
Trim screwdriver GREY 5322 395 50416 Trim SCfewdriver GREY 5322 395 50416
Test lead REO 5322 397 60157 NiCad Battery Pack PM908tlIOOl
..,.".
H
Test lead SLACK
"" Tesl pjn REO
532239760156
5322 264 20046 Acceseory case
PM9OB3IOOI
C"
"",. Tesl pin Bl.ACK
Benaoa adapler REO
Banana ~dapler BLACK
5322 264 20045
5322 264 20051
53.22 264 20052
User. Menuell
English 4822 87200492
Dutch , German, French 4822 872 00494

" Powe' adaplerslBatt8l\l charger.

UnMirsaJ Europe 220V. 50 Hz
North America UL CSA, 11 OV. 60 HZ
PM89071OO1
PM89071OO3
Swedish. ~nish,
Finnish , Norwegian 4822 872 00495
F,erd1. stlanish. Italian 4822 872 00493
Uniled Kingdom 240V. 50 Hz
Universal 115Vf230V """"""
PM89071OO8
Ouick Ope,a~ng Guide
Service Manual
4822 872 00491
482287205346 (optjonal)

Figure 9.8 Accessories replacements Philips

CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 10 • I

10 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
10 · 2

01101

"

IDI (Ull

R1111

.
I
C1222 MOUNTED OVER Rt232
 -

(lUI

II II [Un
Rill!

C1222 MOUNTED OVER RI232

 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

ST6849
92020]

Figure 10. 1a Modifications Digital A 1 PCB

CI RCUIT DIAGRAMS

This chapter contains all circuit diagrams and PCB layouts of both the ScopeMeter analog and digital PCBs.

PARTS LOCATION A 1 (PCB)

C1201 A4 CI340 04 01603 02 R1313 F2 V1311 F2

C1202 A3 Cl341 H2 01604 03 R1316 Fl VI312 F2
C1203 61 Cl342 E3 01606 04 R1319 El V1313 E2
Cl204 C4 Cl343 62 G1201 C4 R1401 B4 V1316 Fl
C120S 04 CI344 A3 H1201 01 R1402 E2 V1317 F2
C1206 0' CI34S C3 H1202 01 R1403 E2 V131S F2
C1207 04 Cl346 E2 J3 A3 R1404 E2 V1319 Fl
C120S D4 Cl347 03 L1201 C3 R1406 F2 Vl401 B4
C1209 04 CI348 C4 L1202 C4 R1407 F2 V1402 E4
Cl2tt B4 Cl349 04 Nt301 A2 R1408 B4 V1403 E4
C1212 C4 Ct3St Fl N1401 F2 R1409 F2 V1404 E4
C12t3 6' C13S2 Fl R120 t 01 R1411 F2 V1405 Cl
C1214 A2 C13S3 Fl R1202 01 R1412 F2 V1407 Cl
Cl21S C' C1401 03 Rt203 01 R14 t3 F2 V1S0l A2
Cl216 Al C1402 04 R1204 61 R1414 F2 Vl502 A2
C1217 El C1403 E3 Al20S 02 R141S E4 V1S03 A3
Cl220 A3 C1404 Gl A1206 C3 R1416 E4 V1506 A3
Cl221 B4 C140S G3 AI207 C3 R1417 F4 TP207 G2
Cl302 02 C1406 04 Rl20S C4 R1419 E4 TP208 G4
Cl303 El C1406 F2 A1209 C4 R1421 E4 TP209 F4
C1304 El C1407 Gl Al2 10 Al R1422 E3 TP210 14
C130S A2 C1408 H3 Rl2 11 65 R1423 E4 TP211 12
C1309 F2 C1409 F3 Rt2 12 B4 R1424 E4 TP212 11
C131t F2 C1411 E4 Al213 AI RI50' A3 TP213 Cl
C1312 02 C1S0, A2 Al214 B4 Rl502 A2 TP214 Cl
C1314 Fl Cl502 A3 A1215 A2 R1S0J A2 TP214 A2
Cl3t6 C3 01201 A3 A1216 A2 R1S04 A3 TP216 Al
CtJt7 63 01202 Cl R1217 Al R1S06 A3 TP217 Al
Cl31S C4 01203 C4 R121S B4 R1S07 A3 TP219 61
C1319 03 01204 C2 A1219 C4 Rl601 62 TP221 Cl
C1321 A2 01205 E2 AI220 E2 Rl602 E3 TP222 A2
C1322 Cl 01206 62 R122t A3 Rl60J E4 TP223 64
Ct323 62 01207 01 A1222 63 T1301 01 TP224 Fl
Cl324 HI 01208 Cl R1223 A3 V1201 61 TP22S Cl
C1326 H4 01209 02 Rl224 62 V120J E2 TP227 61
C1327 C4 01210 C1 R122S A4 V1204 .5 TP233 E3
C1328 Gl 01301 F2 Rl226 C4 V120S E2 TP234 E2
Cl329 C2 01401 H4 Rl227 C4 V1206 A2 TP23S F2
CI330 G3 01402 H2 Rl22S 62 V1207 A2 TP2J7 E3
Cl331 E4 01403 HI A1229 B3 Vt210 F4 TP239 63
Cl332 62 01404 G2 A1230 C4 V1215 E2 TP244 E2
Cl333 F2 01406 G3 A1231 61 Vt220 C2 TP244 Fl
CI334 F2 01407 F3 R1232 C4 Vt304 El TP246 Cl
Cl335 F3 01408 Fl Rl301 A2 V1305 01 TP247 61
Cl336 04 01409 Fl RI302 A2 Vl306 El TP24S E4
Ct337 03 01410 Fl R1309 El V1307 El TP249 62
CI338 03 01601 62 Rl311 El Vl308 E2
C1339 02 01601 61 Rl31 2 El Vl309 E2
 A B c 0
lV PROGRA MMING
~~TAGE '"• :rIF
KER NEL
TE ST
I
,
.
r - - -,
217
CONTACT

'L ___ ,,
CltG'

R1201. R!1I1

B2
.
, I

L£f :lif
1 , [mlll ~ ~E
R!lt1

, I an.:
, •••
'"• '"•
8 l' . ,
~

R I ~Gl

'"•
2

3
Rill!

C1201

4
Cll. 9
8
ov PROGRAMMING
VOLTAGE CONTACT (1211

5
c 0 E F G

:rn.
]:m-<
-
N

o
~ ~
<
N

0
-
N

°
tim

~
ImtJ]
8 " ,
Im5:1 '" • 1[\15 1 I
BEl

~~
o
lTh
;
• 0
41. 231.
0 11Ill4]
014t ~

1~1414 1
I
]um]
R14t1 I
8 " ,

8~'
•
m
~
Q
~ ]mll ']
lEJ
80 .~
U B

B
1·!4n 1

:ffi-
:m-;
luml I rn . ~
~~
. 209

m-rn
 10 - 3

G H I

212
•

'"•

'"•

Figure 1O. 1b Digital A 1 PCB

10 - 4

, , , • , •
._" I ONlO" t l~ CUI T
I
• ,- 0"',-"
" "'"
.. C-£
" ' 50'
"M
"X"" ,.... " .,.. ..
,~
~ ,,~

"00' T~."
.

,
fJ
T.,., I

•
3
~

" ."
.",. ,-
" .,,. ,.
~
,.."',.
•
T
I

,
~
,,~

.. C",,,, , C

3 "'(
,- ,,,. ,,
,, """, L~
*
~ ,

,,, ~ I
"" ,, T. T.
, c ..
, ... , <OK

.. ... .,....'"...'
~
,
L ____ .....J

"'
,
r- ~ l"~,
....:....>--'.•• ~~ "'
-
.. ' I
,L _ ___
>'-7-,
---' _ ,
" ~."...'"

.'.."
, 0-
,
".., ,
,

•
,
r- -----,
,
,
.""" ..
'" ,....
",
,
J; I
,
,
, I '" ro,
~;'>O' :b 7'oo:l
T"",OI"'. •I ",,,,;
,
, ,. ' .... ""
, ,
,
."... T~o
,
,
,
J;
,.•,
I
•
•
,
" . "" ". '"
,
L..
• ."
--------- ----
"
0
"
,
,
,
. " I e. f1,,=
• SENSE

'.0,
I
- ,
, " ,.,,, ,
,
'"T'," ,," "~
,
,
,
,
,
,
~;
, ~
0

..
, '",' I
,
,
, . ., "
, "
,,
-
,,
,
, .. ul'Cl,
'."
I DECOIJPL1 N. I
..
. ~
~:l

,
, ,,,
,,
,
~".~" •• :b ~13'.
I"· I '" I '"
." ~~
,
,,,
,
*I ,'". .,I:!:~,"''.~," :!:;"" 0
I'" :bI ' ~'"'' I* ~,'",., :!:'.,,, *~'>i" *
I '" I"· I7
"·'''' I_"",
'" *I ;"'
'" " :!:;,lJO
I '"
,,~,.

,,
-
,,
,
,,, ~~, "~,,,, ! :,,,. ! ,' ,,. ! :''" ! " '" :l: 7' :l::' ,>0 :!:':' :l: ~' '" :l:7' '"
I "· I '" I '" I'" I '" I '" l '·· I '" I "" I '" 1'0'
llll '00 ~ ,
,
,, ,,, _":I'>f
,, , , :!:;"'" : !: ",.. :!:~ , ,.,
TOO. I "" 1'''" .
r·' ,
· ,' , ,
~ .. o. , :b~"" "
L __ __ ....J

-
,
...
.,",
 •

" . , • • , " " I

"
~ .W'D I

~" . I.

t ..,." t .." L,
. *..". .
,
;, • " 'fIe :
,
,
,
,-+-
' .>--'~ :' f-<'-~:".:": :j.,•.L . ,~, ~ >--1
.,' • •
' ~'-< '>-I
I "' :.--.
'0-'
1_ ,_"
t ... t ,.
-..

.•.
!~
"
"" 1
1/&'. Q +--
)§=-
~: ~
~:!: lF~-r-i:ii::;;:o:-~
~l ~:;,~
F=
~
" 111
..... ~
·~;.,~ I . f, "
." ",.c.
" c."cc
l··..
c"c,c._r.",~."",""~,,~,,c-
• ••
Ir IO•. I '·' I '·' 1'0'
0"' "
• ••
..
""H' ~.'
... ".,
•
CUOfOO • •
.,,,.
~ Jil
...., . ."."
Ie...

,
~, .. ,

l
00>0 '

."' .. ..,..
CU' I
'
."" .
CI.IOSOO' •
IlII" •

r'· 8 , I.

_ c,_ I
T'·'
'
0''''
,.! ,
:!J.!'
wtt
. .··o..
"
.. ',... 1
+--
, IT "
t::
"

'''''' ....
,.
"

IRS-232 TRANSCEIVER I
~

.
 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

"

.."...""
••

A
Figure 10.2a Digital A 1 circuit diagram (part 8)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 10 - S

PARTS LOCATION A1 (CIRCUIT DIAGRAM)

A E7 Cl33S G3 Dl604 B1 3 Rl231 G22 TP222 A3

A MOVE UP C7 Cl336 G3 Dl606 D1 3 R1301 F2 TP223 H7
A M OVE ON C7 Cl338 G4 OOWN B9 Al 302 E2 TP22' G9
AACIOC CO Cl339 G4 E C8 R1313 H7 TP228 F2
AmV CO Cl34<l GS G l 337 G4 A1314 F8 TP239 D20
AUTOSET B7 Cl34 1 GS Hl 201 G17 A1316 F8 TP241 F3
B MOVE DN C8 Cl 346 G3 HI202 Gl. RlS01 A2 TRIGGER C.
B MOVE UP C8 CI347 GS HOLDIRUN D6 RI502 A3 UNOO E8
BV C9 Cl348 G3 J3 C19 RlS03 A3 UP B9
BmV C9 Cl349 Hl ll201 G2 A1 S04 B3 V1201 C17
BACIOC C9 C1350 H2 LCD D8 A1S06 B3 V1202 B1S
B1209 B19 C13S1 H3 MATH E8 Rl S07 A3 V1203 Bl.
CI201 G2 C 13S2 H3 METEA B. A1 601 H11 V120S Bl.
C1202 G2 Cl3S3 H3 MOVEl D7 AlSO' F11 V1206 Gl .
C1203 B17 C1S03 D2 MOVE R D7 AI602 C11 V1207 G16
C1204
C1214
C12 17
.,.
D2

Gl'
CHAN AlB
CURSOR OA
CURSORll
B8
B7
B7
N1301
Nl301
ON KEY
F2
F1S
6.
Rl602
R1602
RI602
A11
H12
C12
V121 0
V121S
V1220
A18
817
C3
C1JOS 62 CURSOR I R B7 Rt 201 G17 RI603 D11 VI301 G7
Cl309 H. CURSOR2 l B8 R1 202 81S R210 G18 V1312 G.
Cl311 G8 CURSOR2 R B8 Rt 203 B1S RECORD D7 V1313 G7
C1312 G9 D C. R1204 Bl. SCOPE Be V1314 F7
Cl3lS G9 01201 D21 AI20S Bl. SETUP D7 VI31S F7
Cl 3 17 G9 01202 A18 AI210 A17 som A. V13t7 F8
Cl 3 19 03 01202 B18 AI210 D17 SOFT2 A7 VI 3tS G.
C l 321 G3 01205 B17 Rl213 G1S SOFT3 A7 V1319 G8
Cl322 G3 01207 E2S R12lS G16 SOFT4 AS VI 501 A3
C I 323 G' 01208 B2S R1216 F14 SOFTS A9 Vl SO t B2
CI324 G' 01209 Fl. Rl217 Gl. SPEC IAL 67 V tS02 B3
CI32S G' 01209 A20 RI221 C17 TEST I D17 Vl50S B3
CI327 G3 01209 A19 Al222 C17 TE STl 2 G18 WAVEFORM 08
C I 328 GS 01210 G2S Al223 D17 TIME ns C7 XI 20 t Dl
C I 329 GS 01301 G7 Rl224 D17 TIME s C7 XI 20S Cl
C1330 GS 01301 H7 R122S G19 TP216 D17
Cl 332 G2 01601 F13 Al226 C9 TP217 G18
C 1333 G2 01602 H1 3 Rl228 C3 TP21 9 B2
Cl 334 G3 01603 A1 3 Al229 D3 TP221 A3
10 - 6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

PARTS LOCATION AI (CI RCUIT DIAGRAM)

C l20S c. 0120S A3 Rl206 All Rl409 E14 TP234 H14

C l207 ' 7 0120S B3 Rl207 B6 R1411 F14 TP237 G14
C 1207 87 01206 A2 R1211 E. A1412 F14 TP244 84
C l208 87 01230 OS R121 2 E. R141 3 G14 TP246 A2
C l209 87 01401 C12 R1214 E. R1414 H14 TP247 F4
C1211 R. 01401 Al7 A1218 E. R1416 G11 TP248 H14
C121 2 E. 01402 Al8 R1219 C1J R1417 H13 TP249 014
C121 3 E. Dl4{)3 A20 R1220 E8 R1418 G13 Vl304 G19
C121S C. 01"'" Cl. RI220 E7 R1419 F14 Vl306 Hl,
CI221 E10 01406 01. Rl226 C. R1421 H11 Vl307 G20
CI302 Hl' 01407 Fl. R1227 C. R1422 H12 V1308 J20
CI303 G20 01408 Al3 R1230 E. R1423 G12 V1309 J20
CI304 Jl' 01408 813 R1232 C. R1424 G12 V131' Jl'
C1318 H11 01409 A12 Rl309 Gl, T1301 H2O V140, 013
C1401 E12 01409 B12 R1311 H2O T1301 Hl' V1402 H12
CI402 H13 01410 814 R1312 H18 TP207 e17 V1403 G12
C1403 G11 G,201 E9 R1319 Hl. TP208 D17 V140S E12
C1404 E14 H1401 01. R1401 012 TP209 F17 V1406 H14
C140S E14 J1401 C11 R1402 E13 TP210 B18 Vl503 H19
C1406 F14 L1202 C9 R1403 E13 TP211 818 X1201 A22
C,407 F14 N1401 G13 R1404 F14 TP212 B18 X1202 H22
C'409 H14 N1401 E14 R1406 G13 TP213 D2
C1411 G12 N1401 F14 R1407 G13 TP214 D2
01204 E2 N1404 G12 Rl408 D14 TP233 D14

-
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM S

• • , •
~< . ...

D-ASiC
•
L5A.0967

. ,
'W'
·" if

Figure to.2b Digital A t circuit diagram (part b)

 .. "

I H lXWt m I

l5 7

....... T '"
,,-
.,.. ~
- . ~" ."
"..,
....
Dt"".
"
""" '.It ,.
,,~

~' '''.
b" .,
,,-
..".".., ,.
b"o l

,,-
.,,,,.
",",. 0''"'
~ "OIO ," .. ~ I l",

• ' TD'
" ..,,,.... .... ..•
"' <1'1
,..",,, ..,.
'",'
. . . 11 [0> ,,"'1
.'""",,,.,
. "
"

gram (part b)
 " '. " "

" ,
....
." •,,"",,&

'''''''..
~ ,.".

" ., "

,"
"I . ".
,,"

.'.....,.."
,'

" • . ',>1
" 0 .M'
 10 - 7

I I I I
" " " " " "

I" " " .. ,

-:,
,
,
, :". , , ,
,
,
,
, ,,
,,
l ,"
,
,,
, ,, ,
t'lii: ,
,
,,,
~ lID ~ :l'J. Mq ,, ,
,
, , ,

, , ,,,
'Ii" 'f ,
,,~ ,
,

, ,
, .,,"' ,
,
,
,
,
I", " ...•::.. '~, '.' •• ' '00 ~
. , ,
,
, .. -,
' 00 . . m fl .. 'OO
, .. to , ,

,
- fu-"
,
,,,
,,,
,

" '0'
~ ' :~.
r,u ILCD I
.,

I~;
.01 .. " "
I [ •• 'l l
' • • • . " to
... . 1.0
I---
>c
Ia-."
I~- ':1'
"'" i'· ......
",,,., ".~
"'.'. '... "'"
". ~

,
."

l~::' I a,I)o; -U I:;~T I

I I
f r;~'
~ !»o, 1:(;;;)
,
.= ,;;- '"
,
~ ;;;;;, :" , ,,
L':
0::::- ~II, !
,
,I ... " "'"

F "',, ,'M ~
"P
a "",>II
10 - B

A B c o
5

Figure 10.38 Analog A2 PCB (SMD components side)

o E F G

P·
,! •

rr~
l!J~ rn
o
ST66 17
920203
 PARTS LOCATION A2 (PCB SMD COMPONENT S SIDE)
C21QS E2 02232 E, C2541 AS D2909 B, R2 145 D4
C2107 E2 C2234 E1 C2542 A3 H2561 A3 R2146 D.
C2109 E2 C2235 D2 C2543 A3 L23O, B, R2147 D3
e2110 D3 C2236 D2 C2544 E3 L2303 D2 R2148 D3
C2114 E3 e2237 D, C2546 A2 L2304 C3 A2149 D4
e2115 D3 C2239 D2 C2547 D5 L2SO' B3 R2,SO D5
e2117 E2 C2240 D, C2549 D5 N2101 D3 R2151 A'
C2118 D3 02241 D' C2551 D5 N2201 02 R2'52 D3
C2119 D4 C2242 D' e2701 F1 N2302 C, R2'53 E3
C2120 D3 02243 D' C2703 F2 N2501 B3 R2'54 E3
C2121 E, 02244 02 C2705 G4 N2S02 A3 02'55 D4
C2122 D3 022'5 E2 C2706 E2 N2503 A3 R21S7 E3
C2123 D5 022.. D2 C2752 G2 N2750 E3 A21sa B3
C2124 D4 C2247 D' C2753 G3 N27S1 G4 R2159 B3
C2125 D4 C2248 E, C2754 03 N2BSO G2 A2160 D4
eZ126 A' C2301 C3 e2757 E3 R2tOt F4 A2lS1 B4
C2127 E3 C2302 C2 C2758 D3 R2103 F4 RZ162 B3
C2128 E2 C2303 B' C2759 D4 R2104 E2 R2163 B3
C2129 D3 C2304 C2 C2760 D3 R2t06 E2 R2164 B3
C2130 D5 C2305 C' e2761 E, R2t07 F3 A2165 D4
G2131 F5 C2306 C2 C2762 E2 R2t07 B2 R2,66 D3
C2132 E, C2307 C2 C2763 E, RZtOS E2 A2l67 D3
C2133 E, C2JOB C, C2B04 F4 R2109 E2 R2, 68 8'
C2134 E' C2309 C2 C2806 F4 A2ltO E2 R2169 82
e2135 D3 C2310 B' 02850 A' A2lt1 E, A2171 E3
C2136 D3 G2311 C3 e2851 C, R211 2 D4 R2172 D4
e2139 03 G2312 B, C2852 C, R2113 D4 R220' F,
C2140 D4 C2313 C2 C2853 G' A2',4 04 R2204 E'
C2141 C4 C2314 C, C2854 G' R2115 0' R2204 E'
C2 144 D3 C2315 B3 C2856 G, R2116 04 R2206 E'
C2145 D3 C2316 C2 C2857 02 R2117 04 R2207 F2
C2146 D3 C2318 C, C2861 F' R2118 E2 R2208 E'
C2147 E2 C2319 C' C2662 F2 R2 122 D3 R2209 E,
C2148 D4 C2320 C3 02663 G2 R2 124 D3 R2210 E,
C2203 F1 C2323 C, 02864 G, R2125 D4 R2211 E1
C2205 E' C2326 C, C2866 E2 R2126 03 R2212 E'
C2209 E' C2340 C2 C2867 E' R2127 03 R22'3 0'
C2214 E2 C2341 C3 C286B E2 R2128 D4 R2214 0'
C221S 02 C2423 A' C290, A' R2'29 D4 R221S 02
C2217 0' C2458 D5 02101 03 R2129 D3 R2216 0'
C2218 02 C2484 D5 02102 D4 R2130 E3 R2217 0'
C2219 0' C2S02 .2 02201 D2 R2 131 D5 R2217 D'
C222Q D2 C2503 A2 02202 D, R2132 05 R2218 E2
C2207 E2 C2504 B3 02301 C3 R2,33 D4 R2220 D2
C222, E' C2511 B3 027SO F4 R2'34 D4 Am, D2
C2222 02 C2512 B4 02751 02 R2'35 D4 R2222 '2
C2223 E, C2515 A' 028SO A' R2'36 D4 R2224 '2
C2223 0' C2519 C' C4 R2 137 C3 R2225

.,
0290' 0'
C2224 02 C2522 0' 02902 C3 R2137 D4 R2226 02
C2225 0' C2524 A' 02903 C4 R2138 D3 R2227 02
C222. C2527 A3 D2904 C4 R2139 D4 R2228 02
C2227 03 C253' A' D2906 B3 R2140 DS R2229 0'
C2228 0' C2533 A2 D2907 B4 R2141 D5 R2230 '2
C2229 03 C2534 '3 D2907 C4 R2141 D5 R2231 0'
C2230 D' C2537 A4 02907 B4 R2143 D4 R2232 0'
C2231 F' C2538 A' D2908 .2 R2144 D4 R2233 D'
 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

R2234 0' A2322 C2 A2544 62 R2861 G, V2503 A2

02235 0' R2322 C2 R2546 A4 R2862 G, V2S04 62
R2236 0' R2323 0' R2548 A3 R2863 G2 V2506 B3
R2237 02 R2324 C, R2551 A2 R2864 G2 V2507 62
R2238 02 R2325 C, R2554 A3 R2865 F2 V2508 A2
R2239 0' R2330 C, R2556 A3 R2866 F2 V2509 63
R2240 0' R2331 C, R2557 A3 R2867 E2 V2511 63
R2241 0' R2332 C, R2558 A3 R2868 E2 V2512 E3
R2242 0' R2334 C, R2559 A2 R2869 G2 V2513 E3
R2243 02 R2335 C, R2562 A3 R2870 G3 V251 4 62
R2244 02 R2336 C, R2563 A4 R2871 6' V2516 A2
R2246 0' R2337 C, R25£4 A3 R2872 F, V2518 A'
R2247 02 A2338 C2 R2565 A3 R2873 F2 V2521 A2
R2248 02 R2340 02 R2566 B4 R2875 F2 V2523 A3
R2249 D2 R2341 C3 R2567 B4 R2876 G' V2526 A4
R22SO 0' R2342 C2 R2568 A4 R2B77 G' V2527 A3
R2251 6' R2343 C3 R2571 AS R2878 F2 V2528 A3
R2252
R2253
R2254
R2255
R2257
02
03
03
0'
E3
R2345
A2346
R2347
R2501
C2
C2
C2
B2
R2572
R2573
R2575
R2581
A,
A4
A2
A2
R2879
R2881
R2901
R2903
G2
G2
62
C2
V2529
V2532
V2533
V2534
A3
A3
A4
A4
-.,

R2502 A2 R2583 C5 R2904 C4 V2536 64

R2258 63 R2503 62 R2597 B4 R2906 C4 V2537 AS
R2259 63 R2504 A2 R2598 65 R2907 C, V2538 A4
R2260 0' R2506 A2 R2599 62 R2909 62 V2539 A4
R2261 63 R2507 62 R2729 G3 R2980 C3 V2541 A'
R2262 B3 R2508 A2 R2754 F2 R3333 C, V2542 AS
R2263 62 R2509 A2 R2755 E2 V2101 D3 V2543 64
R2264 62 R2511 A2 R2757 6' V2102 03 V2544 A2
R2265 02 R2512 62 R275B 6' V2104 E2 V2550 A3
R2267 D3 R2513 62 R2759 6' V2105 04 V2596 A3
R2268 6' R2514 62 R2760 F2 V2106 E2 V2736 F2
R2268 D3 R2516 62 R2761 F2 V2107 D4 V2750 E3
R2269 6' R2517 A2 R2762 E2 V210a D4 V2752 E3
R2270 6' R2518 A2 R2763 G2 V2109 D4 V2753 E3
R2271 D2 R2519 A4 R2764 G2 V2110 62 V2754 C3
R2272 D, R2521 A4 R2766 G2 V2111 04 V2756 03
R2301 C3 R2522 A3 R2767 F2 V2112 E3 V2757 A'
R2302 02 R2523 B:J R2767 G4 V2114 04 V2758 03
R2303 C2 R2524 63 R2768 G4 V2204 E, V2759 G4
R2304 C2 R2526 A3 R2769 G4 V2205 02 V2760 G3
R2305 C2 R2527 63 R2770 G4 V2206 E, V2760 03
R2306 C2 R252B 84 R2771 G3 V2207 0' V2761 G3
R2307 C2 R2529 83 R2772 G3 V2208 0' V2762 G4
R2308 6' R2530 E3 R2773 G4 V2209 0' V2763 G4
R2309 6' R2531 C' R2774 G4 V2210 6' V2765 E3
R2311 C3 R2532 0' R2775 G4 V2212 E2 V2766 E3
R2312 C2 R2534 A3 R2776 F2 V2213 E2 V2768 G3
R2313 C2 R2535 A3 R2777 F3 V2214 0' V2811 C5
R2315 C2 R2536 83 R2810 C, V2221 0' V2812 F4
R2316 C, R2537 B:J R2853 A' V2301 0' V2851 6'
R2317 C, R2538 E3 R2854 6' V2302 C, V2852 E2
R2318 C3 R2540 E3 R2856 A' V2303 6' V2B53 F2
R2319 C2 R2541 A2 R2857 A' V2417 A' V2854 G2
R2320 C2 A2542 A' R2858 A' V2501 A' V2901 62
~
R2321 C' R2543 82 R2859 C, V2502 A2 V3113 E3
'-"
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

,
,
R211'~

"'''4-"
•"

FtgUfe IO.3b Modifications Analog A2 PCB (SMD component SidtJ)

 10 · 9

I
-
<

,• •"
n
o
n
_

t- C22U
-VZlO?

I
--
.-
. n
0-
0-

ST6850
920210
10 · 10 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

PARTS LOCATION A2 (PCB WIRED COMPONENTS SIDE)

C2102
C21Q3
F4
F'
C2509
C2514
i'2
i'2
L2504
L2506 •••• 1P209
TP331
CI
C2
TP706
TPOO1
F2
C1
02104 E. C2516 A1 R2119 F' TPm C1 TPOO2 E2
C2106 E. C251 7 A1 R2219 F1 TP501 02 TP803 F2
C2108 E' C2518 C1 R2582 AS TP502 C2 TPB04 F2
C2 111 E' C2521 D1 R2750 F3 TP503 c2 TP805 E2
C211 2 E' C2524 D1 R2753 F3 TP504 c2 TPBOO E2
C2113 E. C2525 A3 R2778 F3 TP506 .2 TP901 C.
C2116
C22<l2
C2203
E.
F1
F1
C2530
C2532
C2547
.,
i'2

DS
T2501
X2001
X2501
A2
A1
B4
TP506
TP509
TP511
D2
B3
C1
TP902
TP903
TP904
C4
CO
C3
C2204
C2206
C2206
C2211
E1
E1
E1
E1
C2549
C2750
H2901
K1201
.,
CS
F3
FS
X2502
Z2501
TP102
TP103
••
B4
D3
D3
TP520
TP521
TP522
TP523
B4
CS
B3
C2
TP906
TP907
TP908
TP909
C3
D3
C3
c3 ,
C2212 E1 K1202 E. TP106 DS TP524 .3 TP911 D4
C2213 E1 Kl203 E. TP107 D4 TP526 C' TP912 C4
C2216 E1 K2201 F1 TP201 E2 TP527 B4 TP914 C4
C2317 C1 K2202 E1 TP202 D2 TP528 C4 TP91. B4
02322 C1 K2203 E1 TP203 D2 TP529 CS TP917 C4
02501
C2506
C2507
C250B
B2
B3
A2
B3
K2750
K2751
L2502
L2503
F3
F2
".,
TP204
TP208
TP207
TP208
D1
D1
D1
D3
TP700
TP701
TP702
TP704
E2
E2
c3
F3
TP91.
TP919
TP927 .,
B4
.2
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

A B c o E

:go
N
~
N
0
N M 1<2203
N
0
1 ~
U

~
N
:<0 :<0
::1 0
~.
~

ol O N
:< 0 a
N
0
2 M
:< 0
~
15 0
5e o
r--ge

:go
N
~ ~ ~ N
0 0 0 0
~ ~ ~ ~
0 0 0 0 ~

3 go
~
0 M
~ ~o
C2536 0 ~e

/-,
I \
~e
4 ~ L2501.
,_/
I
""'/ ~o
~

1<2103

5
~
~ e ffl e
-
o
TOP VIEW
Z2501 h
~, 3

Figure 10A Analog A2 PCB (wired component side)

c o E F G

• , I. 5 8 K21. .
TOP VIEW
. 15 13 11 9 K22 ..
K27 ..

5T6616
920204
10 ·12 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

PARTS LOCATION A2 (CIRCUIT DIAGRAM A2a)

C2102 A14 e2217 F19 02901 Al0 R2125 B16 R2212 F20
C2103 A'S C2218 H22 02902 C10 R2126 0'5 R2213 E21
C2104 A'6 C2219 F21 02903 E,O R2127 0'5 R2214 F21
C2105 Bl, C2220 H' 5 02904 E3 A2128 C15 R2215 Fl'
C2107 A'6 C2222 G,. D2906 E5 A2129 C16 R2215 G'5
C2106 A17 C2223 H2O 02907 C2 R2130 D15 A22'6 F21
C2109 A'B C2225 E20 D290B C3 R2131 D'6 R2217 E22
C2111 A'B C2226 G2 D2909 C7 A2132 D'6 A22'B F13
C2112 A'B C2227 G3 H290, CB R2 133 C'6 A22,. F13
C2113 AlB C2228 E17 K2101 A" R2134 C17 A2220 G' 5
C211 4 Al. C2229 GB K2101 A'S R2 135 A22 A222, G13
C21 15
C2116
C2117
C15
Al,
Bl.
=32
C223<l

C2233
H2O
0"
D"
K2101
K2102
K2102
A'4
B"
A17
R2136
R2137
R2138
C17
C ,B
C,.
R2222
R2224
R2224
H13
H14
H22
C2118 D22 C2234 0" 1<2103 A" R2139 C20 A2226 H' 5
C2119 A21 C2235 G4 K2103 A17 R2140 C20 A2227 H' 5
C2120 0'5 C2236 G'3 K2'03 B" A2141 C20 R2228 H'5
C2122 C,. C2238 E21 K220, C" R2142 C21 A222. G,6
C2123 020 C2237 E23 K220' E,4 R2143 C22 A223<l H,5
C2124 C22 C2240 F22 K2202 E'6 A2144 C23 A223' H,6
C2125 A20 C2241 G,6 K2202 E'5 R2145 C22 R2232 H,6
C2126 A2 =42 J17 K2202 C" R2146 C23 R2234 G17
C2127 A2 02243 J,7 K2203 D" R2147 022 R2235 E22
C2128 A17 02244 H,. K2203 E'. R2148 A4 R2236 G17
C2 129 A7 C2245 H,4 K2203 E17 R2149 C22 R2237 G,B
C2 130 C20 C2246 H19 K2750 F" A21 51 A2 R2238 G,.
C2131 A" C2247 E21 K2751 E" A2152 A4 R2239 G20
C2132 B" C2248 F22 L2301 F2B A2 153 A3 R2240 G20
C2133 B" C23<l4 F26 l23<l2 E32 A2154 A3 R2241 H2O
C2134 C" C2307 F" l2303 D25 A21 55 B22 A2242 H21
C2135 A4 C23<l9 F25 l23<l4 025 A2157 A6 R2243 H22
C2 135 C12 C23<l9 F2B N21 01 C,. A2158 A6 R2245 022
C2137 A23 C2311 F25 N2101 C'5 R2159 A6 A2246 F23
C2138 A2, C2312 F29 N220, G,. A2160 A23 A2247 H22
C2139 0'4 C2313 F28 N22O' G'5 A2161 A6 A2248 G4
C2140 B22 02314 E31 N2302 C31 A2162 B6 A224, G22
C21 41 8'B C2315 F29 R2101 A'4 A2163 B6 R2250 H',
C2144 0" C2316 F27 A210a A'4 R2 164 B6 R2251 G2
C21 45 D'4 C2317 B32 A2104 A16 R2165 D22 A2251 H7
C2146 D', C231S 032 A2106 A16 R2166 A6 A2252 H7
C2147 A2' C2319 832 R210S AlB R2167 A7 R2252 G4
C2202 E'4 C2320 E30 R2109 A" A2168 B6 R2253 H7
C2203 E15 C2326 C31 R2110 A20 A2169 B6 R2253 G3
C2205 F" C2340 025 A2111 B20 R2170 B7 R2254 H4
C2206 E,6 C2341 025 R2112 A20 R2171 0 '4 R2254 H7
C2207 E'6 C2342 025 R211 4 821 R2172 B22 A2255 F22
C2208 E17 C2l!04 F" R2115 8" R22Q' E13 R2257 G7
C2209 F17 C2806 F" A2116 B21 A2203 E'4 A2258 H7
C2210 G13 C290' 03 A2117 A22 R2204 E'5 A2258 G7
C22 11 F'B CHA E12 R2118 B13 R2206 E1 5 R2259 H8
C22 12 E'B 02101 C' 4 A2119 B13 R2207 G16 A2259 G7
C2213 F1B 0 2102 C17 R2120 B'5 R2208 E17 R2260 E23
C2214 F'B 02201 G14 R2121 C13 R2209 E,. A2265 H22
C2215 G'5 02202 F17 A2122 C13 A2210 E" A2266 G8
C2216 E,. 02301 E26 R2 123 A2' R221 1 F20 R2267 GB
 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

- H8
R2270 TP902 Bll
R2271 H14 TP903 Bll
R2272 F22 TP904 Bll
R2301 D25 TP906 Cll
R2303 COO TP907 Cll I a · l~~Cf POS !110N I
R2305 F26 TP908 Dll
R2312 F27 TP909 Dll
R2313 F25 TP911 Ell
R2314 F25 TP912 Ell "
R2315
R2316
C28
C29
TP914
TP916
",
F3 •
."
,.«>,
R2317 C29 TP918 D3 ,,,.
R2318 E31 TP919 D5 """'""" ~ ,
,""" ."
R2319
R2320
F28
F28
TP921
V2104
D7
B20
."
r , >to,
o,
I 'OH1~0I..[ liN[ IA
R2321 F26 V2105 815 ,',"
"~

A2322
A2323
F26
829
829
V2106
V2107
A20
A21
C21
"
"= , -, ",
.. 00...,'
R2324
R2325
R2330
830
C33
V2108
V2109
V2110
A23
B7
r----,-
, ,SkG
..,
' ''''''00<

R2331
R2332
C32
C33
V2111
V2112
C23
D12 , ,,<,
W"
, " ....
"
e

"
,. , , ... ,
R2333 C32 V2113 D13 ,
""L
R2334
A2335
C33
C32
V2114
V2204
B22
F20
, .. ,"
..
R2336 C33 V2205 G15 ,"
R2337 C32 V2206 E20 ' "
R2338 C28 V2207 E21 ,,, .~
J ,..

-,..
R2340 E24 V2208 G21
R2341 E24 V2209 E23
R2343 D25 V2210 H6 " ... . 0 ....
0 "£,
R2345 C29 V2211 G23 L _____ - ' ,
R2346
R2901
R2903
R2904
C29
C6
82
A9
V2212
V2213
V2214
V2301
H13
H13
F22
B30
.'
""'--' ",....
"
SRC ~

'"
,. , .. "

.
R2906 Cl0 V2302 8 30
;"d;"
R2907 83 V2303 E31
R2908
R2909
E2
C2
V2811
V2812
",
", !!11M I ~1lL . "'l
"" .
TP101 D12 V2901 C6
TP103 C16 X2OO1 Gl
TP104 C14 X2001 Al I, lue!· POS 111 0 ~ I
TP104 C16 X2001 84 !~-'- """"
TP106 820 X2001 B33
.-- ?, -, --.", "", '"
TP107 822 X2001 Cl
L ..lOi .. ,
" O'-n'
1'- • r-' .".,
'"
TP108
TP109
A6
A3
X2108
X2109
A13
A13 .... . . .,,,
TP202 G13 X2208 E13 ... ,, . ." , '"
.,~

TP206
TP207
F20
F23
X2209 E13
." ., , .,.., .,,, ,
TP208 G6
TP209 G3
TP331 C29
TP332 C29
TP717 F5
TP901 All
, • • , • •
I (l(fS(1 ole I . ,

I \lUm~ I

., ,,".

[HSCl Dl C
r" "

,
-" I " I
"
, . I "
' i~"" I ~C/DC COIJP lIl<C I ~ ~
I' t U U 15 C\lln~Ol I ':':::_
I - ,...-tiiOOi:-
BN :
'. ;" '0': '~~OJ
0::::
I t I " ", 1.,

@ I rim "":1- "'" ' ~ ,.

8h~;: I 0 " 0
•
I"
,;: ;,;
,
l:= ~
j 1'.11' ."1:1_ 8 "
'
u::::lf
c\"'''' l:~~' I lr m. 1
" .....
qt~ " S
All .
j;::;'
,
, n:~N

n::::o #. "", n:'~ ~'

~
,
:~ i..L
~ ,

~
,
~ ~ ' 1 ","'_
"
l~ , , " , ~
F= ~ "::::::
~
,,
, F "
c\" "'
'ilt [----1
,
I " ,

,,;;;:
ICll.lf<NH A
RfUI S
m"1 u:; : :~:
~ I~ ~
'"1 '::::1
r:::"
)::;:. l~
~I I..

1_ "'C"' I 1 ' C/{)C COU!'LI!tGJ~. ,

,
.- ',"
,
c\"""
~t~~,~ _N~ '1~oo
: <H '
L ____
-
l _J
,
T''; ~
. '"
' c~: ' ,<,w

~' j ', " ±:t~,,,. I"

I '
, ,
, "i" l 'I O~~'
~
"'
1:::;' ,,,'
IlT .n. ] n::;,~ ,
"
,
". ,"
~
.~

,=,
~
, ,
::- ±~:" ,
l:~" ,
~
-~

',' I ' ~~
-~
,
, ,

¥ llr~
101:&' ,

o~::·
~~ ~
""."
·' 1 ,,'.:, rr:::;;::[ ~::&'
.

L
 . "
"-. • n , ~. I
II" "

" I CH ANNE L B

I f[[[)8AC~ \.001' I

...,

-
I A!11Q!J [ All ' 00' I
. I •• " ,
"' .. "

I C ttAN~tEL A
 -

o·
" " " " "
~"..,IIO U,~~·.. ~
l'~:"~~,,'
.~ .

F>
I--,-_-_',"_e:;: '" .... , r "' :r:~
II'-r-~,:,~,. f-----, ,
~i'l'i't";-~-.L'i"'--.L-----i'i'i';"'t-r-."",";;-J?
~ I ::::I~:M
.,." ,.,. ~'"
~
~"-
0''' ' .....

t« .•••".
• ..,. tJl[

o II ' ~"
... .n•
,

.....,
.,
•
Of."
,.". ....
or.-~
--
"'DO •
.''' ~ ..... u,..
...'"
-'"
...
I ....... 00 oU lt I
... ...
-
... e "-J ""

'. ·n''.
-

...."
'W

..,,, ...., "'.. _8 "w, .. " ,,-

c.:.~ ~c~" I
" <>- .... o w.
"

-. ...
CllO l
'«01 .0. '"
-
,~

.>J'" •• , oJ
t-'
'- 1.. '-
, b"l" ,
• 11 •. • "
' w'
..
.w.
,- .cc.
. .0. "
• Ch
"

, .. ....--e.....,- . n~·"ir
,.. ..~:··:
..., I'" a.., I ." '" .. . . .· 0
,-
r! , .. ~~ ,

..,
0lI0306
"" ".: , ,
1If---r- '·'-T--f.~o. (" " ,0

..
1-<"""";-!--1.';",,- 1.-----1',',',",O-,
, ,. ,~ .... ;",',','I-"~
r.> " ... t>."
·""1'"
,,,,,e
".
n21 '
..
" -. ,
'.. •- -1'Jj','j'--,c::::-"I
~r'':'
en"
,
I • • ~,

o "w ."" T'-

.. "--jODi'!CI-
_ " ... ,
L--~1
cO" et<. • • ,'" , tt ,
a-
n,
-,..,. ,~
"',
u-
.. --- +______
,~,

.w t"r- -"
, . n.!! Q
"

r= ~ ," .
t;: ,u.. •••., .".. tnt. on .. • -
~,

!; lI_',""';c.,-"_",CL ____ L·_·_'..J_·_'_T '·,f

U- J. C21JO

1'"
..,.., .,......
 10 · 13

" • " • " "

~ N' cOC DIGI T.... CONy £ R rE~

....,

,~________~__+-~ ii!!
~ '" ra~o z
IO' 870l

...-,
-'~~
~
••
".
,.,
.~
•••

-
.,...,.

Figure 10.5 Analog A2 circuit diagram A2a

10 ·1 4 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

PARTS LOCATION A2 (CIRCUIT DIAGRAM A2b)

C2301 C20 C2868 E17 R2343 C20 A2881 A17

C.2302 C21 02301 021 R2345 B2. TP331 B23
C2303 C24 02750 07 A2346 B24 TP332 B23
C2304 F21 02751 017 A2347 C24 TP700 D'
C2305 C26 02751 09 A2535 A25 TP701 D.
C2306 C21 02850 012 A2729 G3 TP702 B3
C2307 C22 02850 A2 A2750 C3 TP704 G3
C2308 B23 K2750 02 A2753 C. TP706 G'
C2309 E20 K2750 C3 R2754 C5 TP801 012
C2310 C24 K2751 D. R2755 03 TP802 F14
C2311 E24 K2751 F2 R2757 A4 TP803 015
C2311 E20 l2301 E23 R2759 B3 TP804 E16
C2313 E23 l2302 026 R2760 05 TP805 B15
C2314 025 L2303 C20 A2761 07 TP806 A16
C2315 E23 l2304 C20 A2762 010 V2301 A25
C2316 F21 N2302 B26 A2763 05 V2302 A25
C2317 A27 N2750 C3 A2764 05 V2303 026
C2318 A26 N2751 G4 R2766 C5 V2736 DB
C2319 A27 N2751 G3 A2766 E5 V2751 C4
C2320 024 N2850 B16 R2767 DB V2752 04
02322 C25 N2850 016 A2768 DB V2753 04
C2323 C25 R2301 C20 A2769 07 V2754 C6
C2324 C25 R2302 C21 R2770 E5 V2755 H5
C2326 B25 R2303 B25 A2771 H3 V2756 C6
C2340 C19 R2304 C23 R2772 H4 V2757 A4
C2704 E4 R2305 F21 R2773 O. V2758 83
C2705 H3 R2306 C21 R2774 G. V2759 F5
C2750 B3 R2307 C22 R2775 E5 V2760 F'
C2751 C5 R2308 C23 R2n6 E9 V2761 G'
C2752 010 R2309 E23 R2777 C4 V2762 F5
C2753 H3 R2310 C26 R2n8 Cl V2763 F6
C2754 H3 R2312 F22 R2838 B22 V2764 H5
C2756 E4 R2313 E20 R2853 E13 V2765 D2
C2757 DB R2314 E20 R2854 E13 V2766 02
C2758 83 R2315 B23 A2856 013 V2767 DB
C2758 DB R2316 C24 R2857 E13 V2768 E10
C2759 E6 R2317 B24 R2858 E13 V2769 C4
C2760 B3 R2318 025 R2859 E14 V2851 E13
C2761 C6 R2319 E23 R2861 E15 V2852 F15
C2762 09 R2320 E23 A2862 E15 V2853 B14
C2763 DB R2321 F23 R2864 E16 V2854 817
C2801 Cl R2322 E23 A2865 B14 X2001 Fl
C2850 E13 R2323 A2. A2866 E17 X2001 B28
C2851 E14 R2324 A24 A2867 F14 X2201 Fl
C2852 E14 R2330 828 R2868 F14
C2853 E14 R2331 B27 R2869 F15
C2854 E15 R2332 828 R2870 C14
C2856 E15 R2333 827 R2871 A15
C2857 E13 R2334 828 R2872 A15
C2861 A15 R2335 827 R2873 B15
C2862 815 R2336 828 R2875 815
C2863 E16 R2337 B27 R2876 A15
C2864 A16 R2340 019 R2877 A16
C2866 F14 R2341 019 R2878 B16
C2867 E17 R2342 C19 R2879 B16
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

, •
t;[ N E~HOR TRTtGER
SnfCll011
"~ 3 ~O
7 """J1~
2.
,, . ", ~
,
• ,
;;:. -'
, ~ RUti9

•
..,,
,
,
• ~

~
"
"
20' £

,.,
027."

g - OlJfP

I
C21e1O
", RUI7

L___ "
I-!.~ --,
,-
.m
.U:I<J
"''''';':;
~' "
.
" ,.
U 7~·.

• "
~"~
"

,
" .,
I OHM R ~ NGE S(

P~OTECTIO N I
Cl~ClITl I

,,· CV!>6

I" , C270 '

•
I QHII C TR CUl1 t

• ,
- · 'eo' "U~'

--
". r

s •" "
f c C?1
.... 0
, , f , Ofi
, ,
.~, . . ~ 0
"
- • • R2,"
· 5~ . , - ~~. "2111
~m
-
c::::l " , • ' "'75 ~

Il_:~..
Sl02'
,,,r • • '"of C~7~ .
'" , ~" j, t n~

'"' .""P. '~'M

11021
CU De '~
C"~
'"

Figure 10.6 Analog A2 circuit diagram A2b

, • , • •

,
,,,
, ,
l __ ~~'':'J
.~ I Olin Sil l 11:11

I OHM RM,IG{ SELEC TION "R,- I .... ,

.'Or

_n",
IlOU
c/.,
vt16 '
I l021
C1V6
 CUR~tNl SOUR~E I

'0",;-- ~, _I ..
T~ LT
'TTr"U'TOIt
< H... N[l •
I '1 " ORDfR FillER
 " " " "
CUII ~[NT SOURCt

c~uo

'..
. " . .. . .--·L!LL!l
· "~'i·'·\
 , ,. ~
" " " "
11&81
~"

"", T ~

,~,

~~ "'=
~"

r~;
I ~N ~ lOG ASIC
I
~ ,-L
..~~ ....rli2><11 . ~ .. .., . .,
."
~~ "2J02
"'~
. ~ 301
"
" " " "
O~J40

",
02J"
~2lO: T enO? t2JO~ T 02>07 ."
'" rQQ. ".,," '00, 100_
"
.~1 ' 2
,.' "2'U , , ,
. ~ [.

"
", .... ~"J40
, ~
"~,

"".
G~O . ,[[0 ~C C.
"~ ,
"" "-, ",
'"EF
~
IN _o><O
, "'340
"' "
.. "•
DU!5 1 " T!. ,~. D2JQ I
, " '''''' JO ~
,,-
,.,. 00030a
~,.

,
, '.,0
, , "'
,
,
t~l . !~t G

, ~ ,~ ,

±., , ~
" cliO
l 230 ,

"
"'~,
, ~
'0"""
'" , ~ , -------,
~~ I ." " 2 ~ I~

" 'CC< .'3" ''' ' ' ' 1

[ 2'' 1 "'lOg
, ~

,," ,"
L____ _~_~
~
• ~" ~,
C2~ "

." ~~~ ,.
100.

" 'H ,
l nn "'
"»2 .. R~mt_~
00>1 <0,- " D1'E .cc. "~, on . ~I . ~ 5'.,
.
ello,
, ClJ t ~
, ~
,
". ~'J"

"
~~J ~ ~~l f ~

."
" "
. ." -~ .
,,- • •
 10 · 15

"
IJI~LOC DIIl J1AL CtJNV[ RI£R

• y, • f

' 2001
----,
~'!!-~< :
-L-----------------C=----t-----'j .•~ ~ ~ ~
N1302
IOMll0J

•
•
•

••
•

..,
C2l,5

- U--:J.
---'

______________________________________________________________________. ~l~Ol· G'"

10 - 16 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

PARTS LOCATION A2 (CIRCUIT DIAGRAM A2c)

C2431 G13 A2506 G15 A2584 E1 6 V2544 017

02434 AS A2509 G16 A2S96 G7 V2S50 GS
02501 G14 R25 11 G16 R2597 G8 X2OO1 C22
02502 E14 R2512 G17 R2598 017 X2OO1 G11
02503
02504
C2506
C2507
G1S
E1S
C17
F17
R2513
R2514
R2516
R2517
G17
G17
G18
G18
A2S99
T2S0 1
T2501
TPSOl
E14
"6
E16
F1 3
X2001
X2OO1
X2S01
X2502
.,
E11
C22

H11
C2508 E17 R2518 G18 TP502 F13 U501 A2
C2509 017 R2519 F6 TP503 E1S
C2511 019 R2521 F6 TP504 F16
C25 12 0 1' R2522 C1B TP506 G16
C2514 Cl ' R2523 018 TP507 A1S
C2515 E1B R2524 018 TP508 A1S
C2516 E16 R2526 C17 TP509 019
C2517 C2 1 R2527 018 TP511 E1 6 ~

C2518 .21 R2528 01' TP520 81

C2519 .21 R2529 020 TP521 C2
C2521 El. R2530 .,5 TP522 84
C2522 El, R2531 .21 TP523 85
C2523 F17 R2532 E16 TP524 CS
C2524 C21 A2534 .,3 TP526 B6
C2526 A3 A2535 A13 TP527 F'
C2527 C3 R2536 612 TP528 F'
C2529 C4 R2537 612 TP529 D9
C2530 B3 R2538 .'3 V2501 E14
C2532 G13 R2540 A14 V2502 F1S
02533 C4 R2541 G1S V2503 E16
02536
02537
02538
""
66
6 13
R2542
R2543
R2544
G13
A13
F1S
V2504
V2506
V2507
F17
C17
E16
C2543 A13 R2546 AS V2508 F13
C2544 A14 R2548 B3 V2509 020
C2546 Cl. R2551 C4 V25 11 E20
C2547 E19 R2554 BAS V2512 814
C2546 El. A2S56 CS V2513 A1S
C2549 . 21 R2557 65 V251 4 G1S
C2551 .21 R2558 CS V2516 E13
C2552 C2 1 R2559 A4 V2517 F13
L2501 C16 R256 1 AS V2518 E13
L2502 E17 R2562 66 V2521 Al 0
L2503 C20 R2563 06 V2523 FS
L2504 B6 R2564 C6 V2526 FS
L2506 6B R2565 C8 V2527 66
N2501 A13 R2566 F7 V2528 66
N2501 01. R2567 F8 V2532 A8
N2502 017 A2566 E6 V2533 F7
N2503 84 A2569 E8 V2534 F7
N27SO A14 R2571 06 V2536 F6
A2501 El' R2572 Gl0 V2537 E.
A2502 F14 R2573 Gl0 V2536 F.
A2503 E16 R2575 A' V2539 G.
A2504 F1S A258 1 A9 V2541 El0
A2506 F1S A2582 08 V2542 G11
R2507 "5 A2563 .21 V2543 " 0
SALES & SERVICE All OVER THE WORLD 11 - 1

.- Protec'
Bu,eau ... LIaIson Prlilip. B,une! (vi. 6 1 _1 Pllilipo Phillpo EgyplS .. nch
El MaUlIldla, AIgef ~nI (S) PTV Lid. MicHo Eaol8.Y.

--
Till, 6() 1. 35 SIn;apoIe 1231
TI'II' 650!l502OlX:l
-.~
Tel: 20-2-3-<90922
Wm'" I\.sn~ O·Connor'•• 5nd Bhe! PhiIlpa ~1IIlopbo (Pm.. Lid, eo.)
Till: 2"-2-372250 Sardar Serl ~ Wll n
Phll~ ... nlillarUl N.Y. N&g/I'" BIaW DItus$aWn Tal: 010.231-1·51Il300
...... _ _ _ 1<
Wllemstad, eur"""" ToI' (~ 73) m 23109 or 23567
Till: 599-SM;I5;!T7 Intef<: ..... ull ( Prlilips ServIc. J' SLMI,FijI
PrlII I ~ ""gMltIn. 5 ..... 1309S01'1'" Tal: (579)3120711
'.:JO a....nc.Airooo
Till: S .... HA,.,0615011T,.,
Tal, JS9.2·:IOO785
fluke Eleclronlcl canodo In<:.
OY PhRlps "'8
SF.(l26(II Espoc
Tet. 5 .... , ·5-422.,115012245,· Bu.maby. _ CoUnbia Tal: >JSa 0 502!Il
Coosln s..A. Tel, (_1439-90001 SA Phillpslnduotr1elle .. Comme<cllie
IIu6I>oo AI,es. A.rgentiM F\uI<OI £lec1n>nIcs Can..t. Inc. II30W Bob9'Y C-x
TI'II: 154) (1) 5(i2.5.24l! MississaUOO, Ontorio ToI: (1)49428080
Phl l l~ _ _ alndullfrl.1 PTV It<!. l 4Z 1X~~ Tot, (11 4!142OO73'
-, Tal: (41 6) 89(HIlOO Phi!lps GmbH • EWI

--
~. -
TI'II' O!I-a!Ml00
Fluke EieebCM'lla ~ Inc.
ortawa. Ontario
.".,~-
Te" 056 1-501466
Ph l ll~ Scltn1ll1c • IndUllrIIl PlY Lid. TotI: (613) 723-9453 Philips GmbH· EWI
Fluke Electronlea CInIdtIlnc. 01000_30
Sydney New Sou1h _
TI'II : I)2 · 008~16
2113
-."--
Tal: (51.)885--0022
Tel: OOQ.21(K)63G4
PIIUlpo GmbH - EWI
Tel: 1)2.l188 l1222.
Flulte EMetronicI ca...<bllnc. 04300£0_ 11
Phlll~ Sc~ ,. Induotr1oll PlY lUI. CaIga!)o, _
Tal: 0201·3(110.245
MfIIbournoI Victorlo 3151 Tel: (403) 1/91-5215 Prlilipo GmbH · EWI
Till' (Io3.235:Jo66e Philips Chi.... 9.A. ... Product Elo<tr. o 6000 Franl<1U1111O
Plltllpo ScIentIfIc ,. Indusltl., PlY lid.

--
C.. $l8a2!l76 Tel: ()69. 7 ~3-31
_ _ Soutt\ ""Oll'll" 5008 Ssr4ioSlO <Ie Chile Phillpo GmbH _ EWI
Tel: 1)8..3482800 Tel: 5&-2· 77003II D 2000 HIlrrbu<'g n
PIIilipo Sc'-nllflc , 1n_lrIsi PlY It<!. Tal: CI4o-e7ll7·2711
_'" a.-.tsr<I.,0'
Tel: 07-&140191
Sanllago, o.w.
Tal: (56) (Z)232.aJOa
Tel: ~Q.611l747 1 '
PIoilipo GmbH· [WI
PrImp. ScIentific & 1ndutIrt.1 PTV Lid. PhilipI HongKong Ltd. D 80451arnannij
Penh WI!SI "ust""~ 61~ Tal: T7355811 Tal: 069~121
Till: 09-2T7-<11911
Fluke InNmllional Co<p. PhIlips GmbH· EWI
Philipo Pr_ lanollo EioId"",lk Grnb/1 88iFoIIl~ D 7012 F _
" 1102_ PooopIe·. RIpubIjc cI China TaI : 0711~12 1

-
ToI: 022VSC10l.(l Tal: (86) lIi 1 2· ~ Till: 07 11·5204150'
PhllI~ ProIeNloneIIo aeldronlk Grnb/1 lndulOlrls. Phil"" ... Columbi.o SA IlClIawI Engl_no Co. ltd.
1101 W...., ..... rtado .... - . 4282 ...CCRA

_,.,..Moh._
ToI: o=.wl0l e", 618

~
F.khroo & Bra. Tel: 57 1·2600600
91 _ E InIOIrumenbotion, ltdB.
FIlE ~ .fi67 ·131
Philips S<:lemlflc T.ll .. _ ..... mem
Watford Htlr1I W02 4TT

--
Tet. 973-253529 SogoIa, CoIorri:I<s TeI, 0923-240511
Phlll~ Bsngllodeall lid. Te l: (57) 232-4532 Philipo 9clentlfIc T. ., Jl _ I uremenl
~~ ,~
Camb<klgeC81 ZPX
TI'II : 325061 ·5 T01: 0223-J58II66
Mol,.......,

,-
Corporation Prllllpl 5 ..... Htlll6nlque
oaoe~. BsngIadWI Tel: 53-OOII.'!r.i7
15 GF! 17178To-=''''_
Tel: 880257249 B.snc;h Office 11"",- ToI, >> 1-489019 11
MannIniI WllkI ....... ,. Ch. l _ 51300 BflNO GUYINS_ltd.
Tel: 42·20377426 GEOAGETOWN
Tel: 4;)(;..1.1185 Obnov. Po"",," n .p.· Tl.X, 22.12 GUYSTORE BY
PIIlIIJM Prolftalonsl Sy.'eml 5 ..... 160'1 PRAKA6 Phlllpo Hong Kong Lid,
1070 BrusseI Tel: 42·2·594.Il&'60051 Hunij Hom. Kowloon, HongKong
Tel: 1)2·525 1\692 O. OulOU<IIIn "", Soulllnisn" Tel: 773SS88
rill: 1)2·525_· Co, Ltd. Sehmlclt,. Co (H."'.), Ltd.
Hom-. Wlillsmo lnet Purwy ~
wancJ\aj, Hong Kong

"'-
Tet 809.29S5000
Tel: 357·2..,j,42220
PhlllpI AIS Tell . .1s.IU_l
ot< 2:300 ~.., S
ToO , (~(5) e3J0.=
MT... •.... Sl: PNlipI !!e1Vl... •
E.P.TA INGEHIERA S.R.L 1502 BUDAPeST
Tel: -t4So32-3B2100
~"~ Tel: :)601 · 1669760
Tel: 3 ·251¥..2 Phlllpl Ecllldor S ..... Helmelll_1d S.F.
Coo" n 8oIivI. S.R.L 11 S6Y Co<deto 125 Reykjavik
uPaz,BoIMa TM 593-z.56S635 Tel: 354-1-691500
Tet. (591) (2).0962 P~ eo..ln Cis., UdL
Samelnd H.F.
PhilipI IMdIcll SV-leml lid •. 0uiI0. Ecuador 125~oik
()oI6el Silc PIIUlgS.P. TotI: (591 32 529684 Ttli. 3(;4- H.5833
Tot 55--!1 , 52:141111 Provco eo..ln Cia., lIdL PeIco Electronlcl Jl
AlP HHoIc Ei9c:tronlc. ltd., G,,"~aqui. Ec:uado<
EIectr1<:.'1 lid. I6E 0IvI1ion
S"" P BLAI;>, Brazil TotI: (59:1) (4) 311 7~1\l _y400025
ToI: (55) (1 1) 42 1 5-4T7 Tel: 022 493031 114930590
 _.
11 - 2
SALES & SERVICE ALL OVER THE WORLD

...... ............--
-_.
I E _ Ucl.IIE DMaIon
""'" ~ ""
Tot .73$21

~ L1d.IIE DMaIon
Newo.lNI1 00 15
TM(JJ , ~ -
TeI : 822~8582-4

.......
_"-.......-.s-.
Tel; 82 53 753-t183.'o1
PhI. . . EIo<:trtcaI Co. of .......... (I'\'I'IMt) Ud,
K8t1ocIIi • 74600
Tel; H ·2.·725rn-t
Flu ... In"""""'"
E _, WA. !IB206-11()g()
Tel: 1206) 35e-SSOO
T\X: 185 .03FIJ.kE UT
Corp,

-
TIi: !i00153

..
'~m FA.)(: (2Of1 ~n.
T01: s:J:»S&'5 r-

.....
_ fl«tnlnlo:. Ii
ElKtrlc.,. ~
Lid, IIiE DIvI-'on
....
~-­
PhIUp.1n<lln1rliN (I(oru) Ud.
PNIpo deI ........1 SA

Tel, 585-21 ·291924129111301

....
TIOI: .~ l
'Till: 82·;2·187037' PhlIIpe ......... SA
_a.c..... 1i " - " - EIecCo.", Co. lid. .... '00
Tel:5H~
~ Ud_ liE DIYWcIn
T", 82·2-M37'"

--"'"'-~--'-.-
~&tIOaol
T..: 5181181!1181&(
......
fJectl'W'llc: ~ S."-Fl.L.
-~

--
HI_ s.mc.. Pvt., LId, lIm", P"",
Toll: OI--';!~3 Tel : (51)(14)28-8650
- (El Botnt..y
.atlOiI3, ,.... PrIIIipe ' 'I' r l q
t "'1" ' _ 0 . ' 11 P"~1no:.
T..: ttl ) (22) 636--45110
(91 )(2l) ~
L· I" 8 _
TIOI:_111 .......
PIWIwi_
Tel: 811).(/'6'
HInditrooIIIienoIcH Pvt., Lid, EIKtranIc~~)

-
1IangeIof. 5110 080, _ $dn. Bt.:I. 5pM! _li~. Corp.
Tel , (~ ' ) (81 2) 3&3-139 P......... Jayoo • 5eIangor 46200 PI ........
TeI:eo-:HSIIO"2 Tot 183) 12)775 ' 82
HIndItron a . - I"wt.. L1d. w.comb ......,. Sdn.. __ E_ _ _ _ SortIoo-
c.IcuQ 700017, _

........ 6(). l MI'OIJZNAN

-
TIOI: (81 ) (33jQ2_
H _ _ .......... PYI ~ Ud, tl!OJ (3) n~
TIOI: TeI: _ I - 4 I _
NewDelN,l10019, _ C _ "- y~ Ii Co. UG. P1IIUpe ~ S," .Fl.L- DMaIon of I • f
Till: (91) (II )0641.(138(1 1000 umo. Codrr>o
Tel: 356-221168 Tel: 1-&51!8'
Kindlll'on &frvk>ee PYI" Ltd,
s.c..ns..-cI 003. _

-,-
~
MuJc ...... f~~B ..... { ....uI} PhIlip. """"""'""- tIIomIon Iii e

--'-"
c.P. 0:1100, Muic>o 4 100 PolIo

--
TIOI: {!II ) t&t2l82H 1I7
T..: (90} (5 ) 6IlO-<l23 Tet (2) 81a:27B
P,T~-'-'
....... ~ . . CwnplMcIon'
Tot. 021 52011 2:( UeIlic:cJC.f .
Ttll:i74~
...,..
Tel, iIU-!;-563-5oI "

---
Alike In.~ Corp,
E-. W"
_ _ u..
1182()5.9QII() PoIyq.dvdc: !net, IIlIeIIl'ftt' L-C.III..!.. ~llptI
TOII: (l!06)~

_ _ . - SIod< Comp..
'"""""'"
Tel: 2ot:105O ~ST1'O'DO
TIOI:~
-~ ___ "- ~ • "- IIIeIIaIo
n"~
Tot !J8.2H!7~ 138II'l75158 -~
Till: 308OiS1 ~ _;2.411
.u. T" Co, L1d. 1_"_1n LIE.
~o
Tel: eee.2-t15100!115
........ "- ~.", 81101...
""'"'
--
TIOI: 9114,' ·7 181118;2 TUI: 6203 NEGONHO ~11411

.......= """'.-£1.".._.", Ii 6-. {I'Il1d. Tel: eee. . .... . 22~

--
a.e..II St: ,. Lid.

- ......
"...., ........ "-1\atIItI1i "- $I .......
TOII:III5I330333
~. ,p.A.
ToI: ;2·25 134
"""'*'
T": ~'870
K.t~,~ PIIIllpe ProjM:t O' ••• op .... nt (8) PlY Ud.

--=
TO!; (039) 36352-4G'lYoI TIOI: 138M ~~13'

...""-
NF Cln:uIt .,..... Block eo.. UcI. PhI"'"' ..........•.'1'.
T..... II •• ' n_....
Tel, 8e-3502DOO
Rat* O'eor.r-'.... Ud.
ToI: (0015)452-00111 SirICIIIX>re 0511
lI!: O. 3-390 11 ;2 T,,: (65) 473-78Co'
- PhIIIpe eor,:-.tlon' _ _ PNIIpe PlY Ltd.
Minalu-ku ToIIjoc loti
TIOI: 01485511
JolIn FIuQ ~. eo..
no:.
PhHIpto_
T - . . s.Mce Pro!, o\I<t'
""~­
-.-=
TeI, 27" I_:)II11
_ , TOI<yo 105, ........ TIOI:OoIO-723:293 8ouII> Atncen PhiIIpe PTY l1d.'
....-..-. New _ 2OIiI2

.......,
PhIIps ~ t. " - " " PTY Ud. _ Ii

-
Tel: (II ) (3) 43<H118 1
" . ,. . ,1 DepI. T..: 27· " .... 1O-5Q37
JolIn "...... .... Co.. h:,

--"'-
CIIuo-Iw, 0UkJ0 &41 _Ipe Ibenc. SAE
TtII: 0&-084·1110

-'
_k~
Tet 301·3-33610111
Tot (81 ) (6) 22i-OII7' ~"""- EIa:t ........ Pfoduo:to, (NIOOr") ltd.
Jar<IM - . . 5uppUee •
~~
_
Tel: _ u..
1162-&11f9211
a..- Tel, 2:Jot.1-l10011101811

0II1;2o.1D'
......
_ V .....
TIOI: ) 4 . 1 _

Tel, .7·2·7~'O'0 """"'"' Iberb SAE '

..".. 480'211h>

--
Toll; 2&0!.;2.S57M Toll: 47·2·_2 TtII: 34 .... ·"313800
"'-.... _ . Jo_ rr.dI"9 Co. Na~. EIoieIronIcoo •
~ RepublIc of r.ty ...... ~
I'IUWI • MlISKA.T Er.gIo_•• U<L
00 78oI-8IM.2 ~ -""'"
Tot (12)
"""""" "
Tel: .... 1.-:J87
SALES & SERVICE ALL OVER THE WORLD 11 - 3

Compulfllink o.r.o. SYII<Io ..... Lid. N. V. PhlUpo GIoeIIo".".,.",_ ~

K._
CokJm>o. 5. Sri Lanl<..t ~OO~ PIyrnouIh. MI48170
Till: (94) (1) = t . l 181: 38·11.Q53-M (313)522,9140
C.
P.O. eo. 1/108
& Co. N.V. "_.
11070 BEOGRAD
..Inn" poll.
Etosn. MN 55121
PARIMAR leo Tel: 38-11-178134 1612) a51.~2(!
~~, T_Ieo.s.m' St. Loul.

-.
P... AIMARleo II 000 ZAGFIEa SL \.ouiI, MO &3146
Till: 597·72111VTT88O T"t()olI·276333 (31.) 993-3IlO5
P~H lpe KIst.induat/let AB Philipo Electronics SAA.L P.. omua·
1t,;493~ Porarnuo. NJ 07652
Till: 46-8·7001370 TOo!: 31693 (201) 262·11550
Ptlilipe ... G T. .I unci Me. .l1K:fInlk Prlilipo EIeetrIcoI _ . U<I. Rochelle.
~,-

,--
,~. Aoc:he:i11lf. NY 104\122
Till: 01 4882390 TooI, 2 18511121B701 (715)323-1'00
Phlllpl s... THI "' _ .. PhHIps
_ co EIocIrk;aI (Pvl,) Lid.
11116 Gland G,---.,. NG 27_
TOI: 1l22J6.!7111 T""~"'72" (919)273-1918
..... SNIIed Electronics and ,-~

.....-,
Tr.dlllll Co. M~'II~,0I"4 130

-~
(216) 234·.540
PhilllMl Elpor1 B.V.!1i E ElIpGft
TOI: 228OO3121111lO5 Phl_phIo
Teat ....... . . . . -

,- -,-
Philipe Tiliwen LId. MaIYem. f'>\ 1EI355
I ()4.4 6 Tolpoj PO Bo. 218 (215)6-47·!I55I'I
Tel: 006-2-50!/7S66 5600 MO Enh>ven Dol. .'
Scnmlcll Scienliflc DaBu. T~ 75229
Tel: ~ 1 4076!35<16

_•.
(214)669<1311
T8IWM
Tel: 0:/·5005719
F..: . 3. 40768612
TlX 3SOO() phi<: nI 'M_
San AnIoniO. TX 78216
Flu"," lnt'l Co<p. (512) 34I>-00I98
Philipe (T.nzanll) LId.
Da, ... SaIaam PO Bo. 9090
Mllil Slop 20M
Tot 255512!.l571 8eIevue, WA9!IOO5
EIiereIi. W" 982\'lU-iD9O
Phillpe EIee""",1 Co. 01 Tel, 2O&-356-S500 (206) 881-6_
ThoI_Lld. Fa>; (206) 356-5116
- ,=
Tel: 56·2·233-63X1'1l
TlX: 18510:1 FLUI(£ UT

_unolf<lnlX lid. ~

-......
llangi<ol< 1(1240 Hun\eYUIe
~.-
Till: (56) (2) 375-2733
Hun_ . AI. 3!iII05-62Q2
1W!i) &31-0581
Camp ............ _ Servlcu (1_) Lid.
SAN FERN ... NOO BV PMa ltrnpl. AZ 85282
T8I,653-54451G17 (6C2) .38-6314
S.T.I.E.T.

,-
32bis"",8&nG_

Till: S48656
1nm..CA927 1'
(7 14)863-903.
N_n'
TUrk Phlilpe lIeerel .... S . F",mo,,'. CA 94538
80640 ~.1sIer'i>uI (4 1S)II5I .51 12
TIII: OO-I, ' 792710
,td S' "I1,nl Trading
Abu Ohobi. U ..... E.
E~.
~"-
""torO,oollOO,.
(:103)~I000
TIII: 971 -2·771370
~~~
Hart. A~Allq Ltd. ~.CT06D33
DubaI, U .....E. (203) 659-J.504.

-
Till: 971 ... ·283625
AItornorIr. Spring"
I n _... PI'IlIlpe del Uruguey S.A. ,td18mOnl8 Springs. Fl ~8D3
1OOnl......a.o. UNgUAV
ToI, (S98) (2) 921111
N.V,

""""'"
P~lIlpo

TeI : 7~'85
Gloelll"'l*"abrielcen ..
(4Q7) 331-4881

MaIIena. G... 3lI0II7

(<<l() EI53-.7.1
Cl'lieago'
I n _ Sotrudnlchle.lVa PBlaIlne. IL 6IJD67
1211\1 MOSCOW (708) 7tl5--o:;ocI
TIII: 2405252 India....,.,n.
Indo. V_.aIone. Philip. s. .... Indanapolis. IN 16261!
Coracas 1010-... 1317)875·7670
ToI , 5&-2-905.7061
Coaooln C.A. -~
S;lIereio., IdA 01821
eo..ca. 1070-.... _ (SOO) 663-20000
T8I, (58) (212'HI3-09 lIoc ....llle·
Rut.d T_IIIII'" T... veI "'gtlncy Rcx:kviIo , MD 20882
Sana'a, 'I""""" (301)770- ' 570
T.. , 9ti7·2·27323 1
11 · 4 SAlES & SERVICE All OVER THE WORLD

-~
F........ ~
-
_'A......~
-.-
- . t o _ _ Sdn. __

-'"-
(1)14 15) el51-6\12 (Il0l 131 n4.)422
(Sol)(1) 552-52.a CoIonIoo .,.. v.IIo. lie...
,......... cati!omII ..... 1cwII dII E*:toconIcoo InWotriool. SA (~1<eI)
(II (114) 1!Ie3-8031 Uo Pili. 8011"'" (~) (5) se:!-«)oI()
CoMin 8oIMe. S.A. L
~-
. . . . 000._ (5111) (2) 30t0-\1i62 to" 363-366 Umo. "'"
l/npo:>I1Ioc:jQ-y ~ ~

- .......... -
_ _ •• razIl
II I (303) e95-1171 'A
"'"""
ATP_TII< EIooc-*:oi l _
(55) (I I ) 421 ·S4n _.0 --. e - .
(51)1 14) 2&-80860

"'*"
PNI~~ I "'.

--
(1 ) (.o7)33I .2m _oIe e _ . , . 0rMM0,~
"-do I Corp.
(83) (2)7'00-621

-
fluU ~ ~Ir>c.
""-
"-"""
(416) eeGo'MOO
iii • • •• .....-01~
(I) (708) 7t&(I5OO f'IInIi 0'C0nr0r'. ~ PTE Ud.
(e$) 473-1M-4
_ .... , D.C. (56) (2) 232-<lO1!1

-
~. ~ T...... ,......,R.D.c.
IIIoIjIroa. ,...... ~ 01 ctoInI

-.-
(I ) (30 1) 77().15'M fluU _ _ Corp. ScIw'nIdI Sc*'fiIIc T......
(_) 121501..:M611
(M) (I) 512-3-130
" ........... tOtwJoi<My
(I) (201) 5118-Il500
~_ e 1~1Ion, Udoo_ -~
M................ lld.
(0$) (2) 37$-27M-<1
'". ,.,.,
"""""". (57)287-&124

-
1iIon\aYlclN. Utuguooy

--
(I) (2 14) ~IOOO OuIfo,E_ CouIn V"9"'1"I s.A..
~~Cio .• L.-. (5011) (2)1"015
(5113) (2) 230-263
, - '~JaI~~'~""'!e"'
( 1 ){2DII) ~ WN'ic:NI, "-'II K_ _OA
SdomidI I Co (IU(.). Ud. (MI12I2.oIHl3G
(6521 (5 ) 833-CIZ2'2
FOR c:rot.WTRI£S N07 USTED ABO\iE:

---
~-­
A.O.T. ~Eo"'_""Ud.
(1172) (3) 5oIW737

--
Jam .,... MIg. Co" Ire.
(e l l (3)3-l34.(1181

n. Myou"og. Inc.
(12) (2) 6~-3M2""
.........
"....~ .... , ... M.

"""'''''
e-. WA _1i09O
U.S.A.
N
,~

""
.... c..p.

(1) (208) 351--5500

11) (2011) 35&-5118
185103 FlUKE IJI'
 ...
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

, , , , , , • I , I •
1Hf fILlE~
I ! CH~ ~ GE~
OSCILLATOR I CONTROL
I L£~El SHlf l I
AND ~l'II'llrl[~
!
• c-' • " •

r"o-
:!: ~"lf>
~. .Z"9
M ,nJ'
.~& '
2'!"
UlIO'
"' ~OOl _c, ". '~21
::l0.--. ..,
'L ,
• • v ... •

:;: ~mo
.. '" " , :!J' "2'" ..
"2'0 '
I
-..-"" .",.,.,"""
•
H
r--·.l~.!.-7"1 •
.~" _.nor
• ~: '''l' ~

: V"~.
'"
:, 1I\:
,:,
..
,, eL 1-, , 1\1
1. ~U
~
.e...
,, "2"~

...
C- Cc ,.,
,, ,, ,,~

,L -__ ___ ,J , • ." "

I'"""'-
0 2'2'
'~ I
'W: '~?:~r .~''lO
." "~'O

~
X«(
.~S '
, a-lOv ".
. 0 " £0 C""",,CIo-

•
'·~l'
n· -7. CU ~REN l lilt

• .
- n.

,
., <[0 OSClll "'"~
rot£OUEOIC' 'I: ._~.

.
•
b~~
l[vEl

BATTERY .,.n
'2'~: (
' ~ lrT

- CHARGER
'~g (
BU "

0 ., •
•
-is''
- I fL VBACI\ COlti"
SECOI<O o.R' elM:

('c- ..
•

FlfJure 10.7 Analog A2 circuit diagram A2c

 ,
UYE L $l!lrt
AND ~M PL I ~ I ER

-r-----f'
,- ,---- ~. I""OI.'"
'0 ~ '
.M<lOG I.... Uf

I CURRENT LlnIT

Bl rTH' CH AliCE
,,
PIiOT t eT /01<1

rl T~lCII. CONVEP T(~

SECON~ A~T CI~CUIT
 " " " " " "
R£f£RENC[ SGURCE

.~ " ,

SELF
POW~R

UNDER v(X. TlC~

OETECl101<
I CSCllLUO~
•

.'
'~a'

----,,
lI,r.J

, KNI[ 10[11'"''''
""
~, Y ! N,C."
"' .. lll "[ _TOo;.:,

!91._., ... , . II.[ MClll O"NG

,, ' O( CIU{ OOC'

,
: __ J
£C10li I

,
 1Q - 17

I
'. I " I " I " I " I "

.F OSCILLA T ING
SU~ P L Y IS.O . P . S . l

."
'~5 JI
• 5' ,
, :; ~ ~ I ~ ::!: ; 25 1 ~
I n"
..
e
. r •
'25e l .,
IrEEDB~CK I • :; ~25 ' 9 ::!: ;ml

r r"
AMI' LI , IU
a
-

- ,,50' r - !'~\LI ---,

~6 . "
, , I •• , ,,,
::!: ~ <5~2 ::!: ~2 ~2' , "
I ::!: ~2""
.~Z6

'''0 '"
' 2522 ' .'
~ 2"' _ C25'~
r eo 1 22
•
I':~; r 'r WO 2 ,
• ,
,
,
,,
,,
,,,
" 2501
I

-litli ,~
• , ',09 ,
,
,, ,,
.. •Cl""
~ ''I"O\l
• ICM.

•• ' 25 2.
"'- ,
, ,
,. •••
'2523
~20.

l ~~
,,
,
'"'' ".
"., "'"2_ 0"·29 ,,,
'" ,,'l
Ill [

T~' " ~
'." I
aC6.6
"~ 6 '
,,,£'b
C2 ! " ::!: ~2 !' .
Y ~" 1""
,~

66.M ."
, '2.32
'"
...
_
.::!: ':2 51 0 ~ ::!: ;m l ::!: ~2m ,
·Y'·D. I l2
• 1"" In. ,,,
, ,,
~2"2J ,"
- 30'
,
,
I'" , "
.L , (
(
,
"
.L L ___ _ _ ..J
,
,
,,,. .. "so_ 10 "

''''. '2'" 1.
',"I" I " "
251 •

" I

, 1."
S 162.2
';>2020'

...